Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout231 MASKEL RD APPLICATION FOR:ELECTRICAL PERMIT DEPARTMENT DECISION TOWN OF SOUTH WINDSOR PEER M# Application is hereby: BUILDING DEPARTMENT /j�002.3G. AP O . 1540 SULLIVAN AVENUE b 644-2511.ext. 230 Bldg;Permit# Date Building Insp r , Application must be printed or typed FEE SCHEDULE Location of Job: $o-$1,000=$15.00 3 j (Yin,' .QT=6 Over,$1,000= Street No. Street Lot No. $15.00.per$1,000 . or any fraction thereof Tenant Designation Apt.No. APPLICANT APPLICANT ADDRESS APPLICANT'S PHONE# - - OWNER l N S OWNER ADDRESS C OWNER PHONE C � ESTIMATED COST$ t "1 � IS THIS A CONTRACT CO T? Yes No FEE ENCLOSED-$,5aA TYPE OF JOB: 4 U R•COS New Installation Alteration/Addition/Repair 2dt�aoA3 Revised 03/05/10 i APPLICATION FOR ELECTRICAL PERMIT(Continued from reverse side, TYPE OF BUILDING IS THIS APPLICATION ASSOCIATED WITH A BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION?A-YES ❑-NO RESIDENTIAL CURRENT USE AND OCCUPANCY ❑ BUSINESS ❑. ASSEMBLY FUTURE USE AND OCCUPANCY ❑ EDUCATIONAL ❑ INSTTI'UTIONAL ENGINEER'S NAME PHONE: ❑ FACTORY ❑. STORAGE ADDRESS ❑ GARAGE . ❑ MIXED USE CTTy STATE ZIP (Other please specify) TYPE OF INSTALLATION/WIRING METHOD Roll ' �. SIZE OF SERVICE _ SIZE OF MAIN CONDUCTORS NUMBERS OF METERS NUMBERS.OF DISCONNECTS AND RATINGS NUMBERS OF PANELS NUMBERS OF DISCONNECTS REQUIRED? ❑ YES ❑ NO NUMBERS OF LIGHT CIRCUITS NUMBER OF POWER CIRCUITS NUMBER OF SWITCHES. NUMBER OF OUTLETS NUMBER OF LIGHT FIXTURES NUMBER OFAEAT CIRCUITS NUMBER`OFA/C CIRCUTfS SEPARATE HEAT LOSS AND A/C CALCULATIONS MUST BE-SUBMITTED. DESCRIPTION OF WORK THE UNDERSIGNED HEARBY APPLIES FOR A PERMIT TO PERFORM THE WORK DESCRIBED AND IS TO COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL ORDINANCES AND STATE OF CONNECTICUT BUILDING CODES IN THE PERFOR- CE OF SUCH WORK Ldi 4 61 kff�m 0� CONTRACTORS LICENSE NO. —� TYPE STATE SIGNATURE OF APPLICANT DATE 641) Z . • 0 3301 Thanksgiving Way, Suite 500 Lehi, UT 84043 ' VIVInt solar Solarlicensing@vivintsolar.com www.vivintsolar.com Phone: 885.877.2974 Fax: 801.765.5748 To Whom it may concern, hereby give consent to Kelly Carson and Aaron Fliss to sign as agents to pull permits on behalf of License No. 0188472-E1. Enclosed is a copy of my Electrical Unlimited Contractors license. Job site address: P3 tJ Description of Work: " Should you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me. Best Regards, ?A__ �yl__ _ John Neuman, Electrical Contractor License No. ELC.0188472-El Vivint Solar Developer, LLC Electric # —_- 231 Maskel LICATION FOR BUILDING PERMIT Plumbing# HVACif 1000205 Date: jn—Z Sprinkler# Estimated Cost $ Oho -a► FINAL APPROVAL Permit Fee $ Building COMPLETE RED BOXED AREAS Occupancy Fee $ is$, Engineering TYPE OF PRINT ONLY Eng. Insp. Fee $ Affidavit ► SIGN ON REVERSE SIDE Appr.forCO. �d Total Fee $ �i�► TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT, TOWN OF SOUTH WINDSOR, CT (Additional Cost) $ 44 The undersigned hereby applies to do work according to the following: Applicant is-0� f -scationofWork Lot No. Applicant's Address% e► UPAT 79 F Tel # Town ge- Zip 06e7¢ Owner v% • Architect Owner's Address Architect's Address e�lot-, G,T. Zip 0 b0'7 4- Zip Sq. Ft. New Area: 1 st FI. 2nnd FI. 3rd FI. Total New Area Purpose of this permit tyfe.W&r City Waterer Well Ll Septic System ❑ Sewer.�� Ins: HO SP Cert. / Area Basement Garage 1000 Approved by Date �� Use Group Construction Type Revised 1108 I hereby agree to conform to all the requirements of the Laws of the State of Connecticut and the Ordinances of the Town of South Windsor and to notify the Building Inspector of any alteration in the plans or specifications of the Building for which this permit is asked,and agree that this building is to be located the proper distance from all street lines,side yard lines,and required distances from all other zones and is located in whit bA44K is wif is 4Nowed. Signed I hereby apply for a Certificate of Occupanc y f r,6d in the permit. Signed DO NOT WRITE BELOW THIS LINE INSPECTION COMMENTS 0 INSPECTION FIELD SHEET 08/13/10 Printed,by Peart, Dayshell 10 30 07 INSPECTION: 31578 FOOTING PERMIT: STATUS APPLICATION: 201000555 LOCATION: 231 MASKEL ROAD SOUTH WINDSOR PROPERTY ID: 57900231 OWNER: SANTANGELO SALVATORE R & MARY E CONTRACTOR: DESCRIPTION: FINISH BASEMENT AS PER PLAN. WORK ORDER: INSPECTOR: ROSE RESULT: N/A REQUESTED: SCHEDULED: COMPLETED: 08/13/10 UNPAID FEES 00 Date Time TIME: TRAVEL ONSITE COMMENTS ALL INSPECTIONS: INSPECTED INSPECTOR RESULT INSP DESCRIPTION O8/13/10 ROSE N/A B002 FOUNDATION 05/14/10 ROSE PASS B003 FRAMING (ROUGH) 05/19/10 ROSE PASS B004 INSULATION 08/13/10 ROSE N/A B005 FIREPLACE / CHIMNEY 08/13/10 ROSE N/A B006 WOOD / GAS STOVE 06/21/10 DOUG PASS BO10 FINAL 08/13/10 ROSE N/A E001 ELECTRIC SERVICE 08/13/10 ROSE N/A E002 ELECTRIC UNDERGROUND 05/14/10 ROSE PASS E003 ELECTRIC ROUGH 08/13/10 ROSE N/A P001 WATER HEATER REPLACEMENT 08/13/10 ROSE N/A P002 PLUMBING UNDERGROUND 08/13/10 ROSE N/A P003 PLUMBING ROUGH 08/13/10 ROSE N/A P004 PLUMBING GAS TEST Electric # Dqo APPLICATION FOR BUILDING PERMIT #Plumbing 231 Maskel Road Date: -7- 0 HVAC # Sprinkler# 730978 FINAL AP ROVALS � -.------_-- Estimated Cost $ c��6o�ckYJ--w bu Buildin �C7 COMPLETE RED BOXED AREAS Permit Fee $�7 g Occupancy Fee $ Engineering TYPE OR PRINT ONLY Eng. Insp. Fee $ Affidavit Appr. for Cc�� (�- O SIGN ON REVERSE SIDE Total Fee $ -- -- -- - - ---- -- -- - - - - rjl TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT,TOWN OF SOUTH WINDSOR, CT (Additional Cost) $ The undersigned hereby applies to do work according to the following: Applicant /16v &A lht,(c ZAk Location of Work 3 1 �'�l/�S Lot No. Applicant's Address44b ChQA r Tel.# 0-d6-S-7cSr Town Zip O u Lic.# 444,67 Owner ;SYYA�_ lzs Ay&P�4 Architect Owner's Address 3W I' a- Architect's Address_ Zip Zip- -Sq. Ft. New Area: 1 st FI. M 2nd FI. 3rd FI. Total New Area. cU Purpose of this permit City WateWpIlEl Septic System❑ Sewer Ins: HO SP Cert. Area Basement Garage Approved by Date Use Grou Construction Type Revised 6/02 l©lL I hereby agree to conform to all the requirements of the Laws of the State of Connecticut and the Ordinances of the Town of South Windsor and to notify the Building Inspector of any alteration in the plans or specifications of the Building for which this permit is asked,and agree that this building is to be located the proper distance from all street lines,side yard lines,and required distances from all other zones and is located in wtbio this building aV its se is allowed.VVI — Signed I hereby apply for a Certificate of Occupancy for the w\or a ribed iP this application for the permit. Signe l�`" DO NOT WRITE BEI-Ok THIS LINE INSPECTION COMMENTS Electric# 7,i-(0 0 APPLICATION FOR BUILDING PERMIT Plumbing# Date: o 3 -2- HVAC # MaRkQ1 Road — Sprinkler# - 800125 FINAL APB OVALS - --- --� Estimated Cost $ Building -q, d 7 r- - ----- - - - -- -- -- Permit Fee $ COMPLETE RED BOXED AREAS I Occupancy Fee $ �1Z Engineering TYPE OR PRINT ONLY Eng. Insp. Fee $ Affidavit _ SIGN ON REVERSE SIDE J Total Fe $ � A r. for CO. TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT,TOWN OF SOUTH WINDSOR, CT (Additional Cost) $ The undersigned hereby applies to do work according to the following: Applicant rV v 1-^X/L1' v0VC 6-- -9 Location of Work '2 3� �i�►S'r�i'� ��U Lot No.�_ Applicant's Address ,0iJ-S/" Ecr H li-4- ie,01 W/"cl), C T- Tel.# 5'C C z 7 17 7 � Town E - W ll"-9 50.1' [ . zip ozr sr 8' Lic.# SS /'i- .S' Owner Sit 4-. 5,4 1-�-t,Q xV G e 4�U Architect 4 Owner's Address lejO Architect's Address A 50 C7- zip a2Zy zip Sq. Ft. New Area: 1 st FI. 2nd FI. 3rd FI. Total New Area Purpose of this permit _4[/1 L- 42 �• l Av C-OCf-A-O 5/Yr?i / Ct- /G ' x V-3 f/f oilt�-+- City Water Well❑ Septic System❑ Sewer�l Ins: HO SP Cert. Areil Basement Garage Approved by Date L Use Group Construction Type- Revised 6/02 0 3* I hereby agree to conform to all the requirements of the Laws of the State of Connecticut and the Ordinances of the Town of South Windsor and to notify the Building Inspector of any alteration in the plans or specifications of the Building for which this permit is asked,and agree that this building is to be located the proper distance from all street lines,side yard lines,and required distances from all other zones and is located in which this building and its use is allowed. Signed I hereby apply for a Certificate of Occupancy for the work described in this application for the permit. Signed J�`'L v DO NOT WRITE BELOW THIS LINE [,� I ) INSPECTION COMMENTS V 1 i 10/cwI JL it rtfA 00V40toI141 AA1v1VAt(11VUtSUILIICKJ11Vl, w UU1 i 1169&.UNGTON ROAD SOUTH 1NWDSM CT.06074 , PF_8W289-7055 RINO FAX-VOO-2897121 BUILDERS, INC. Fa x. i i I To: CHRIS D. ���. j, �'„ Frw.�e ROBIVIANNAFUNO i i FAX 644-7280 pages; 1 i Phonet 644-2611 EXT 230 Datm 07/18J07 Re LOT#2,366 MASKEL ROAD j i Chris, I had Billrom Kahn and !. Sayer s�y� Bayer in Manchester review what we doing in the fled for subuvalls for lot#3 Maskel Road.This Rxmdation has the highest submis(4`4) - He t as provided a dry gram that will j meet what we need for stabitdy and support Pkme let me know if you need additional i ftn-,bm as we s. are planning on back fev the subwad on Thursday July 19'". i i SINCERELY, i i ROBERT MANNARINO I 3 I i j I I I I C'A k; AL left Ap 40 rk Is ............. ................ Oo Jl. C4 CM _f La alga JID co CD w go ------ ........... 4- N d 4 -—----- r NO TES - 1. AREA OF LOT 4 = 26,975 SQ.FT. = 0.619 ACRES. ' 2. ZONE OF SUBJECT PARCEL IS A-20". MINIMUM YARD REQUIREMENTS.• FRONT = 40 FEET SIDE = 10 FEET REAR = 40 FEET J. BOUNDARY INFORMATION TAKEN FROM PLANS EN777LED - KILKENNY HEIGHTS SUBDIVISION PLAN PREPARED FOR MANNARINO BUILDERS, INC. 320 ABBE ROAD SOUTH W/NDSOR, CONNEC77CUT SHEET 3 AND SHEET 4 DATE. DECEMBER 20, 2006 SCALE. 1 IN.= PARCEL "14-C" PARCEL "14-B" 40 FT. REVISION DATES TO 5-8-07 ALFORD ASSOCIATES, INC. CIVIL ENGINEERS WINDSOR, CONNECTICUT" YARD DRAIN TF= 302.17 4. APPLICANT- MAP PREPARED BY- 0 303.0 302.2 FL, 12"0 OUT= 299.57 MANNARINO BUILDERS, INC. ALFORD ASSOCIATES, INC. + % ROBERT MANNARINO 200 PIGEON HILL ROAD N Of3109" W 303.2 400 CHAPEL ROAD, SUITE 3-F P.O. BOX 484 120.00' SOUTH WINDSOR, CONNEC77CUT 06074 WINDSOR, CONNEC77CUT 06095 PARCEL "14-D" TEL. # (860) 289-7055 TEL. # (860) 688-7288 z o p 4 ''' + 304.6 5. ELEVA77ONS ARE BASED ON NGVD29. + 304. 6. NO ZONING WOLA77ONS WITH RESPECT TO LOCA77ON OF EXIS77NG FOUNDA77ON, AS SHOWN. 303.1 308.6 NO ZONING WOLA77ONS WITH RESPECT TO LOCA77ON OF PROPOSED POOL, IF ERECTED AS SHOWN. 303.E _ + 40' R.Y. 303.7+ + 308.7+ 303.6 7. EXISTING HOUSE - 305.0 + 309.0 310.0 310.2 N GARAGE FLOOR ELEVA77ON = X Z 16 o RIGHT TO 1305.2 306.5 FINISHED FLOOR ELEVA77ON = 319.36 --12"0 Hi-Q DRAIN 310.1 RIGHT TO DRAIN BASEMENT FLOOR ELEVA77ON (WALKOUT) = 310.56 304.8 D \ 310.1 YARD DRAIN #7 \ POOL 308.8+ + 8. LEGEND - TF= 304.35 305.2 5 FL, 12" IN= 298.85 + 0 CONCRETE PA770 309.4 EXIS77NG CONTOUR FL, 12" OUT= 298.85 308.4 o' + 309.8 309•9+ "� � x 310.0 EXISTING SPOT GRADE 16.0' 0 z zo. N d O 26.7' 0 DECK l_ ro W WA TER SERVICE 3 33.6' w 2' z Fp F0077NG DRAIN LINE o M V ,N EXIS77NG HOUSE � Cui t S 6"� SANITARY SEWER LATERAL + N (6-2-08) EM G GAS SERVICE 312.1 0 `v FD FL= 309.4E X SAN. FL= 308.4t T,E,1V GM 0 if) 14.8 6'x9.2' STOOP `" 311.8 TELEPHONE, ELEC7R/C AND CABLE TV SERVICES WV + 314.2 9.7 412.7 dW/OVERHANG �3161 WA TER GATE EXISTING HOUSE 316.4 8' 10.0' 315.9 3175 EXISTING HOUSE HYDRANT 317. 5 tiYo L1 N N 316.4 22�, 0 11.7' GV GAS GATE 318.18 +15.4 316. 5 1 I 314.7 40' I 317.12 317.12 N / GM o GAS METER BIT. CONC. BRICK PAVER - 3. 316.02 16 58 ELEC. MH EM p ELECTRIC METER 317.94 WALK / o CABLE TV BOX ❑ CABLE TV BOX DRIVE iV 318.1 I c� BIT. CONC. DRIVE CABLE BOX CLEANOUT I A.8` 316_6 10' 6�?DE C.L P. CO. EASEMENT, -- - 317.2 31�.5 Ei.EC. MH G EuCT�ZIC N°AiJ HOLE I 317.06 10' WIDE YANKEE GAS EASEMENT G 318.4 316.92 TRANS• AND 10' WIDE STREET TREE EASEMENT TRANS. TRANSFORMER 319.12 �- S 01'55'46" E Wy 317.2 120.00' 316.1 __j _ _318.65 317.90 317.47 �_ 316.87 316.07 315_61___________ W-8"4 WATER___ MAIN ---------- - W----- SANITARY SEWER SAN.MH#8 MASKEL ROAD TF=316.83 -an-� 1 + 314.65 0 0 SANITARY SEWER LATERAL FL= 306.3E SANITARY SEWER LATERAL FROM HOUSE TO MAIN LINE 94'- 670 ®2.29' Fi TVIS SURVEY AND MAP HAS ,3EEN PREPARED /N ACCORDANCE WITH SECTIONS 20-300b-1 THROUGH 2O-3017b-20 OF THE REGULATIONS OF CONNECTICUT STATE AGENCIES- "MINIMUM ;STANDARDS FOR SURVEYS AND MAPS IN THE RECEIVED STATE OF CONNEC77CUT" AS ENDORSED BY THE CONNECTICUT ASSOCIATION OF LAND SURVEYORS, INC.. /T IS A LIM17ED PROPERTY/BOUNDARY SURVEY BASED ON A DEPENDENT RESURVEY CONFORMING TO HORIZONTAL ACCURACY OCR U 'J LUUd CLASS A-2 AND INTENDED TO BE USED FOR AN IMPROVEMENT LOCAT70N SURVEY. SOU I ilr'USOR ENGINEERING DEPT. GRAPHIC SCALE a+°�FoNNs® eeee�OF'CONIy•.eeee TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF THIS 40 0 40 80 ep�O ,,, �j7••• 'ee�(�. ,,.••ALe. PREPARED FOR MAP IS SUBSTANTIALLY CORRECT AS NOTED HEREON. ro• eM ALpo��`( o'g�P.���M MANNARINO BUILDERS INC. IN FEET �;� ? °,., A: L.S. NO. 9344 s-z2-o8 ADDInONAL AS-BUILT/NFORMA170N ;*; IMPROVEMENT LOCATION SURVEY THE LOCATIONS OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES ARE _ No. 9344 CIVIL ENGI'NEEns 3-25-08 ADDED PROPOSED POOL AND GRADES �..�I „o ,\��'o� �o�q-<ICENSE�•'�'ee° WINDSOR,CONNECTOff APPROXIMATE AND ALL UTILITIES MAY NOT BE • o . CENS�.• + KILKENNY HEIGHTS e®ee�ss/ONAL G® e ®®+eee L) S U Rv ®,�0� • SHOWN. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, CONTRACTOR 11-1-07 ADDED AS-BUILT HOUSE, U77LI77ES AND GRADES „Oe1„�e�� + „����o� E p WILSON M.ALFORD,JR.,P.E.&L.S. SHALL CALL 1-800-922-4455 AND HAVE THE LOT 4 - UTILITIES MARKED ON THE GROUND. DATE REVISION NOT VALID WITHOUT A LIVE SIGNATURE AND EMBOSSED SEAL 231 MASKEL ROAD SOUTH WiNDSOR, CONNECTICUT SCALE: 1 IN. = DATE: JUNE 15, 2007 D:M07072PP-4 P:M06099 FOLDER:MANNARINO FILE:MANNARINO-320 ABBE Z NO TES - 1. AREA OF LOT 4 = 26,975 SQ.FT. = 0.619 ACRES 2. ZONE OF SUBJECT PARCEL IS "A-20". MINIMUM YARD REQUIREMENTS.- FRONT = 40 FEET SIDE = 10 FEET INSTALL M/RAF7 FABRIC FENCE PRIOR TO ANY REAR = 40 FEET POOL CONSTRUCTION AND SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE UNTIL DISTURBED AREA IS SEEDED AND STABILIZED J. BOUNDARY INFORMA77ON TAKEN FROM PLANS EN777LED - KILKENNY HEIGHTS SUBDIVISION PLAN PREPARED FOR MANNARINO BUILDERS, INC. 320 ABBE ROAD PROPOSED POOL SOUTH W7NDSOR, CONNEC77CUT SHEET 3 AND SHEET 4 DATE. DECEMBER 20, 2006 SCALE. 1 IN.= 40 FT. REVISION DATES TO 5-8-07 ALFORD ASSOCIATES, INC. CIVIL ENGINEERS WINDSOR, SURFACE ELEVA770N= 309.0 CONNECTICUT' POOL TO BE SURROUNDED W77H 3' WIDE CONCRETE PA770 4. APPLICANT- MAP PREPARED BY- 0 MANNARINO BUILDERS, INC. ALFORD ASSOCIATES, INC. POOL AREA TO BE FENCED PER TOWN AND STATE CODES % ROBERT MANNARINO 200 PIGEON HILL ROAD m N 0131,09" W 4' x 8' STEPS 400 CHAPEL ROAD, SUI7E 3-F P.O. BOX 484 m 120.00' TO BE SET EVEN NTH THE FOUNDA170N SOUTH W/NDSOR, CONNEC77CUT 06074 WINDSOR, CONNEC77CUT 06095 z TEL. # (860) 289-7055 TEL. # (860) 688-7288 5. ELEVA77ONS ARE BASED ON NGVD29. 6. NO ZONING WOLA77ONS WITH RESPECT TO LOCA77ON OF EXIS77NG FOUNDATION, AS SHOWN. 40' R.Y NO ZONING WOLA77ONS K77H RESPECT TO LOCA77ON OF PROPOSED POOL, IF ERECTED AS SHOWN. RIGHT TO DRAIN _ w 9 9 vi 7. EXIS77NG HOUSE - ^�� 43'6" o GARAGE FLOOR ELEVA77ON = 317.16 PROPOSED FINISHED FLOOR ELEVA77ON = 319.36 YARD DRAIN #7 �pb RIGHT TO DRAIN BASEMENT FLOOR ELEVA77ON (WALKOUT) = 310.56 (PRIVATE) \ 28.81 POOL 2(0 TF= 301.1 \- N 47.7' 8. LEGEND - PROPOSED RODENT SCREEN AT O �� FOOTING DRAIN OUTLET x x X co_ 309.4 W �310__-� EXIS77NG CONTOUR 4' 20.0' 1 x 310.0 EXIS77NG SPOT GRADE I 16.0' o z d l O 26.7' m DECK N w "+ � yy WATER SERVICE 3 4 33.6' LLJ> 2' Z FD FOOTING DRAIN LINE M 610 SANITARY SEWER LATERAL EXISTING HOUSE (o CHIMNEY S IA N 01-1-07) r; 7D EM G GAS SERVICE FD FL= 309.41 x �o SAN. FL= 308.4.t 00 -' S T,E,TV TELEPHONE, ELECTRIC AND CABLE TV SERVICES 10 OM 14.8' 6'x9.2' STOOP d W/OVERHANG - WV EXISTING HOUSE x 12.7 - 16. ? WATER GATE 316.91 ,` 317 5 ^$ 10.0' -''1 . 1 ' 13.?` HYDRANT 317. 5 N N tiY 1 GV 318.18 316. 5 1 22.7' N 11.7' GAS GA7E I 40'q 317.12 I 317.12 ', GM o GAS METER ) / BRICK PAVER }� I 316.02 16 58 ELFC. MH EM 0 ELECTRIC METER 317.94 I WALK f 3 O 1 c� BIT. CONC. DRIVE CABLE iV BOX =ASEMENT CLEANOUT 1 I `t _ __ _-__ 3 6•g f -_ CABLE TV BOX ❑tCABLE TV BOX 317.2 I 3i7. �� 3,15.5' , ELEC. MH O ELECTRIC MAN HOLE G 318.4 Gc 316.92 TRANS. C.L.& P. CO. AND STREET TREE EASEMENT TRANS. TRANSFORMER 319.12 f- S 015546" E 317.2 120.00' 316.1 _______318.65 317.90 317.47_ _�_ 316.87 316.07 _1___ 315_61___________ W 8"4 WATER MAIN W SANITARY SEWER 3f0 PROPOSED CONTOUR SAN.MH#S MASKEL ROAD TF=316.83 310.0 PROPOSED SPOT GRADE -F 314.65 0 SANITARY SEWER LATERAL FL= 306.3f SANITARY SEWER LATERAL FROM HOUSE TO MAIN LINE 94'- 670 0 2.2% THIS SURVEY AND MAP HAS BEEN PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTIONS 20-300b-1 THROUGH 2O-300b-20 OF THE REGULATIONS OF CONNEC77CUT STATE AGENCIES- "MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR SURVEYS AND MAPS IN THE STATE OF CONNEC77CUT" AS INDORSED BY THE CONNEC77CUT ASSOCIATION OF LAND SURVEYORS, INC.. /7 IS A LIMITED PROPERTY/BOUNDARY SURVEY BASED ON A DEPENDENT RESURVEY CONFORMING TO HORIZONTAL ACCURACY CLASS A-2 AND INTENDED TO BE USED FOR AN IMPROVEMENT LOCA77ON SURVEY. GRAPHIC SCALE so eeee�o�� NN.,es® e�ItO�00NIV, TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF THIS 40 0 eee��,.,,,..ALF �A��. 'eee����, ..'�i�,��`� PREPARED FOR MAP IS SUBSTANTIALLY CORRECT AS NOTED HEREON. ••°yM ° -=``�=' '''�P � °�° A= MANNARINC BUILDERS INC. � �° �e : p`yl1 Z L.S. NO. 9344 ( IN FEET ) .*;� * *�� IMPROVEMENT LOCATION SURVEY No. 9344_, T o; No. 9344 CML. ENGINEERS THE LOCATIONS OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES ARE 3-25-08 ADDED PROPOSED POOL AND GRADES s°po-:</CENSE�•'�`���e`' /CENSE��'''� ee'' MR WINDAPPROXIMATE AND ALL UTILITIES MAY NOT BE •�0 .�q�'•- i0 e KILKENNY HEIGHTS soR,CUtJNECTICiIT SHOWN. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, CONTRACTOR 11-1-07 ADDED AS-BU/LT HOUSE, UI7LlT1ES AND GRADES �'%;ONALs ,;;;vSHALL CALL 1-800-922-4455 AND HAVE THELOT 4 - WILSON M.ALFORD,JR-P.El L.S. UTILITIES MARKED ON THE GROUND. DATE REVISION NOT VALID WITHOUT A LIVE SIGNATURE AND EMBOSSED SEAL 231 MASKEL ROAD SOUTH WINDSOR, CONNEC11CUTSCALE: 1 IN. = DATE: JUNE 15, 2007 D:M07072PP-4 P:M06099 FOLDER:MANNARINO FlLE-MANNARINO-320 ABBE I CERTIFICAT110N' OF ZONING COMPLIANCE A p PR O V -E -D Proposed building(s), use(s) and/or structure(s) TOWN OF SOUTH `1t tNOSOR as sh-, — on this plan appearO to he in f , ISNGI cone, t!i:h current `' :� ., .. or a DATE: � tec, :.: ;� roes and sN­c:-. �: - -:—is _ mE,r It ioz Zoning Enforcement Officer i% IG THE B'.gLDil^IG DEFT. TUr;'k Of $QUTH WINDS1* phis cartified that this plan an0 specifications are tru+ ;opies at the proposed tiuliding or alterations to bs erected at a 31MAA�L_ �r_ pether with amendments stated in application anc r� i�j D ►y► Ej ed with plan and I agree to comply with all zoning. 6lu'dir.g and state !aws and such orders as shall be is^..wed by the Building Department during pendency APR �UM st !his application and final issuance of a building 'I i•J be*mit. ,ram Scut(�l Windsor 7't Signed ' b�'[✓i BUILDING DEPARTMENT "his plan s approved blect to the condition that orders a d ordinances regulating building shall be complied with. ::ondlYbnally Apprave4 phemfilled Wit1! Building inspeoto( sl�fl1 NO TES - 1. AREA OF LOT 4 = 26,975 SQ.FT. = 0.619 ACRES. 2. ZONE OF SUBJECT PARCEL IS A-20". MINIMUM YARD REQUIREMENTS. FRONT= 40 FEET SIDE = 10 FEET REAR = 40 FEET J. BOUN.DARY INFORMATION TAKEN FROM PLANS ENTITLED - 'K/LKENNY HEIGHTS SUBDIVISION PLAN PREPARED FOR MANNAR/N0 BUILDERS, INC. 320 ABBE ROAD SOUTH W/NDSOR, CONNECTICUT SHEET 3 AND SHEET 4 DATE.- DECEMBER 20, 2006 SCALE. 1 IN.= 40 FT. REVS/ON DATES TO 5-8-07 ALFORD ASSOCIATES, INC. CIVIL ENGINEERS W INDSOR, CONNECTICUT" 4. APPLICANT: MAP PREPARED BY- 0 MANNAR/NO BUILDERS, INC. ALFORD ASSOCIATES, INC. N 0131 09" W % ROBERT MANNAR/NO 200 PIGEON HILL ROAD 400 CHAPEL ROAD, SUI7E 3-F P.O. BOX 484 `'' 120.00, SOUTH W7NDSOR, CONNEC77CUT 06074 WINDSOR, CONNEC77CUT 06095 m -d° TEL. # (860) 289-7055 TEL. # (860) 688-7288 z 0302.0 m 5. ELEVATIONS ARE BASED ON NGVD29. 301.5 304 302.5 6. NO ZONING VIOLATIONS WITH RESPECT TO LOCATION OF HOUSE, IF ERECTED AS SHOWN. R.Y. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATION AND ELEVATION OF EXISTING U77LI77ES PRIOR TO ESTABLISHING FINAL GRADE OF PROPOSED FOOTINGS AND FOUNDA770N. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL YARD DRAIN #7 O w MEASURES FOR STOCKPILED MATERIAL AND AT TOPS OF SLOPES DURING FOUNDATION EXCAVATION. M/RAF7 FABRIC (PRIVATE) w o� rw SILT FENCE AND/OR TEMPORARY VEGETA77ON 1F PILES ARE TO REMAIN IN PLACE FOR EXTENDED PERIODS OF 77ME. TF= 301.1Ate Rl NTT 4 �� co D A/ 8. DURING CONS7RUC77ON, M/RAF7 FABRIC CHECK DAMS ALONG SWALES MAY BE REQUIRED BY TOWN STAFF. o � . 26,975 SQ.FT. RIGHT TO DRAIN DOE 9. LEGEND - 0.619 ACRES ,- RODENT SCREEN AT EX/STING CONTOUR FOOTING DRAIN OUTLET 309.5 o x 310.0 EX/STING SPOT GRADE 309.5 08.5 Lu 9t7� 31p PROPOSED CONTOUR `r PROPOSED SPOT GRADE DECK d I 310.0 3 N ro oC" GRADE TO DRAIN PROPOSED HOUSE SURFACE WATER IS TO BE DIRECTED AWAY FROM THE HOUSE AND GARAGE 2 U N FD FL= 309.1 3i1.0 P N SAN. FL= 308.4 Qr} .-`� W PROPOSED WATER SERVICE w 79'6" 308 FD-- PROPOSED 670 F0077NG DRAIN LINE PROPOSED Cv CHECK VALVE /S REQUIRED ON FOOTING DRAIN LINE AT HOUSE HOUSE PROPOSED L6.6 0 312 G PROPOSED GAS SERVICE TO CONNECT TO EXIST. IN STREET HOUSE JO& - I 00 31h T PROPOSED TELEPHONE SERVICE TO CONNECT TO EXIST. IN STREET vi 1 j m E PROPOSED ELECTRIC SERVICE TO CONNECT TO EXIST. IN STREET 14.0' CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE PAD- NOT TO SCALE MIRAF7 FABRIC FENCE - TO BE PLACED PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION AND 40' 317 o SHALL REMAIN /N PLACE UN77L DISTURBED AREA IS STABILIZED w I MASKEL ROAD 3j J5.8 o o o o 0 c 10. PROPOSED HOUSE - 6 5� n I o °.5 e cr o�o 0 0 o PROPOSED GARAGE FLOOR = 31ZO f0' I ! WIDE o o o 0 o 2 PROPOSED TOP OF FOUNDATION = 318.0 � a �o � PROP<ISEn FlNISNED FLOOR = 3J9.0 CLEANCJT i CLlt P. CO. EhSEiicilT o�uo�u Jo 0 0 3i6.8 F AND STREET TREE EASEMENT 0 0 0 o APPROXIMATE' BASEMENT FLOOR = 310.3 (WALKOUT) S 013546" 120.00' I 17.3 S:`o �' TOP OF FOUNDATION TO BE A MINIMUM OF EIGHT (8) INCHES ABOVE THE FINAL EXTERIOR GRADE. oo�o� 0 0 0 0 318 6 8"w WATER IN 17.2 W-I- - 16.4 --- --f♦i ---------1=1 C------ o° o 0 0 o --------- ------ USE GARAGE FLOOR ELEVATION TO SET GRADE OF THE HOUSE. ADJUST 07HER FLOOR ELEVATIONS W-----=- --- o 0 319.0J SANITARY SEWER oa°O0 o,�O,�o BASED ON THE ARCH/7FC7URAL PLANS. 318.E m 31a SAN.MH#8 MASKEL ROAD oho 00`�00`�0 11. PRIOR TO STAR77NG CONSTRUCTION, 774E CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO MAKE SURE THAT ALL ITF=316.83 PLAN REQUIRED PERY17S AND APPROVALS HAVE BEEN OBTAINED. NO CONSTRUCTION OR FABRICATION SHALL 4" MINIMUM CONN. BEGIN UN77L THE CONTRACTOR HAS RECEIVED AND THOROUGHLY REVIEWED ALL PLANS AND OTHER DOT 2" STONE DOCUMENTS BY ALL OF THE PERMI 77NG AUTHORITIES. =WD = !M17 FlLTER FABRIC 3 8 SECTION NOTES: SEEDING SCHEDULE - - - 1. THE PURPOSE OF A STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE IS TO REDUCE THE TRACKING OR FLOWAGE OR SEDIMENT ONTO EXISTING PAVEMENT. ALL DISTURBED AREAS NOT PAVED OR LANDSCAPED SHALL BE LOAMED WITH INSTALL CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE PAD 4" MINIMUM OF TOPSOIL_ SEED AS INDICATED BELOW. CONDITION SOIL SANITARY SEWER LATERAL PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCT70N 2. BEFORE CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE INSTALLATION, THE AREA OF THE WITH FERTILIZER AND LIMESTONE AS INDICATED BY SOIL TEST. (A MINIMUM OF 20 FEET LONG) ENTRANCE SHOULD BE CLEARED OF ALL VEGETATION, ROOTS AND OTHER FL= 306.3E UNDESIRABLE MATERIAL PERMANENT VEGETATIVE COVER: SANITARY SEWER LATERAL FROM 3. THE ENTRANCE SHOULD BE MAINTAINED IN A CONDITION WHICH WILL SEEDING DATES: APRIL 1 TO JUNE 15 & SEPTEMBER 1 TO OCTOBER 15 HOUSE TO MAIN LINE PREVENT TRACKING OR FLOWING OF SEDIMENT ONTO EXISTING PAVEMENT. OR AT OTHER TIMES, WEATHER PERMITTING 105'- 6"0 0 2.0,-. (2.0,-. IS MINIM UM) THIS WILL REQUIRE PERIODIC TOP DRESSING WITH ADDITIONAL STONE OR ADDITIONAL LENGTH AS CONDITIONS REQUIRE. LAWN AREAS: USE THE FOLLOWING MIXTURE OR EQUAL AS APPROVED BY DESIGN ENGINEER: KENTUCKY BLUEGRASS 45% CREEPING RED FESCUE 45% PERENNIAL RYEGRASS 10% APPLY 1-3 LBS./1000 S.F. TEMPORARY VEGETATIVE COVER: SEEDING DATES: MARCH 1 TO JUNE 15 & AUGUST 1 TO OCTOBER 15 OR AT OTHER TIMES, WEATHER PERMITTING USE THE FOLLOWING SEED OR EQUAL AS APPROVED BY DESIGN THIS SURVEY AND MAP HAS BEEN PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTIONS ENGINEER - 20-300b-1 THROUGH 2O-3')Ob-20 OF THE REGULA77ONS OF CONNEC77CUT ANNUAL RYEGRASS 100% STATE AGENCIES- "MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR SURVEYS AND MAPS IN THE APPLY 1 LB./1000 S.F. STATE OF CONNEC77CUT" A�- ENDORSED BY 7HE CONNE077CUT ASSOCIA77ON OF LAND SURVEYORS, INC.. lT IS A LIMI7ED PROPERTY/BOUNDARY SURVEY BASED ON A DEPENDENT RESURVEY CONFORMING TO HORIZONTAL ACCURACY CLASS A-2 AND INTENDED TO BE USED FOR AN IMPROVEMENT LOCA77ON SURVEY. GRAPHIC SCALE �rrrrr111°°1i ����rrrrN TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF THIS ao o ao so O'��o�,�NN�'T�•, 4a���F,••aLNp�•.�. PREPARED FOR MAP IS SUBSTANTIALLY CORRECT AS NOTED HEREON. M. ALF°r�"`��'' °Ak � ': MANNARINO BUILDERS, INC. IN FEET ) .°O*;� �*a =*Z*3 A * L.S. N0. 9344 THE LOCATIONS OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES ARE ? No. 9344 C No. 9344 �; IMPROVEMENT LOCATION SURVEY CIVIL ENGINEERS low N-.,�ENS�O'•��p'''',, �s�elq:��CENSE,�.• •'' ' WINDSOR,CONNECTICUT APPROXIMATE AND ALL UTILITIES MAY NOT BE ° ` KILKENNY HEIGHTS SHOWN. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, CONTRACTOR AL ep�� • o,;;;it� � • WILSON M.ALFO D,JR.,P.E.a L.S. �••.arrrr� LOT 4 - SHALL CALL 1-800-922-4455 AND HAVE THE DATE REVISION 231 MASKEL ROAD SOUTH WINDSOR, CONNECTICUT UTILITIES MARKED ON THE GROUND. NOT VALID WITHOUT A LIVE SIGNATURE AND EMBOSSED SEAL SCALE: 1 IN. = 40 FT. DATE: JUNE 15, 2007 D:M07072PP-4 P:M06099 FOLDER:MANNARINO FlLUMANNARINO-320 ABBE lz NO TES - 1. AREA OF LOT 4 = 26,975 SQ.FT. = 0.619 ACRES 2. ZONE OF SUBJECT PARCEL IS A-20". MINIMUM YARD REQUIREMENTS.- FRONT = 40 FEET SIDE = 10 FEET REAR = 40 FEET J. BOUNDARY INFORMA77ON TAKEN FROM PLANS EN777LED - K/LKENNY HEIGHTS SUBDIVISION PLAN PREPARED FOR MANNARINO BUILDERS, INC. 320 ABBE ROAD SOUTH W7NDSOR, CONNEC77CUT SHEET 3 AND SHEET 4 DATE. DECEMBER 20, 2006 SCALE. 1 IN.= 40 FT. REVISION DATES TO 5-8-07 ALFORD ASSOCIATES, INC. CIVIL ENGINEERS WIINDSOR, CONNECTICUT' 4. APPLICANT MAP PREPARED BY- MANNARINO BUILDERS, INC. ALFORD ASSOCIATES, INC. N 0131'09" W 4 0 CHAPEL ROAD,MANNARINO HILL ROAD SU17E 3-F P.O. BOX 484 120.00' SOUTH WINDSOR, CONNEC77CUT 06074 WINDSOR, CONNEC77CUT 06095 m TEL. ,{ (860) 289-7055 TEL. ,# (860) 688-7288 z n m 5. ELEVAJ70NS ARE BASED ON NGW29. 6. NO ZONING WOLA77ONS K17H RESPECT TO LOCA77ON OF EX/STING FOUNDA770N, AS SHOWN. 40' R.Y. Z EXIS77NG HOUSE - PROPOSED GARAGE FLOOR ELEVA77ON = 31 Z 16 YARD DRAIN f/7 FIN/SHED FLOOR ELEVA77ON = 319.36 (PRIVATE) RIGHT TO �1 BASEMENT FLOOR ELEVA77ON (WALKOUT) = 310.56 DRAIN `t 0 8. LEGEND - 26,975 SQ.FT. RIGHT TO DRAIN PROPOSED 0.619 ACRES �310__-�' EXIS77NG CONTOUR RODENT SCREEN AT FOOTING DRAIN OUTLET O 1'x7.6' OVERHANG �- 309.4\ p II/ \/1 x 310.0 EXIS77NG SPOT GRADE r- Lt 5_ W / W WA lGR SCRVII.E O 16.0' o a ^ d / FD FOOTING DRAIN LINE DECK N m o S 670 SANITARY SEWER LATERAL 33.6' ui 2 N pD M N EXIS77NG HOUSE n CHIMNEY 2 G GAS SERVICE N (11-1-07) TELEPHONE, ELECTRIC AND CABLE TV SERVICES p N FD FL= 309.4f EM T,E,TV SAN. FL= 308.4t WV GM o 14.8 WATER GATE 6'x9.2' STOOP m 9�• y- W/OVERHANG 12 7 HYDRANT EXISTING HOUSE 316.91 3175 8. 10.0' 16. G l 317. 5 i 1lzl 7 GAS GATE I N N I 318.18 316. 5 j 22.7 11 GM 0 GAS METER 317.12 317.12 EM 0 ELECTRIC METER 0 I 316.58 CABLE TV BOX o CABLE TV BOX BRICK PAVER 316.02 ELEC. MH 317.94 WALK 3 0 BIT. CoNC. DRIVE r[CABLE TV BOX ELEC. MH O ELECTRIC MAN HOLE CLEANOUT `r 4.Sfi 316_6 10' IvL TRANS. 7RtN.SF(1RA{FR 317.2 1 317.06 Ji0'° C.L.& P. CO. EASEMENT G 318.4 31' TRANS• AND STREET TREE EASEMENT 319.12 gay 120.00 S 0155'46"E 317.2 316.1 318.65 317.90 317.47 �_ 316.87 316.07 315_61___________ W----------------------------- - W------ __ 8 4 WATER MAIN SANITARY SEWER MASKEL ROAD SAN.MH#8 TF=316.83 -F 314.65 0 0 SANITARY SEWER LATERAL FL= 306.3t SANITARY SEWER LATERAL FROM HOUSE TO MAIN LINE 94'- 6"0 0 2.29' THIS SURVEY AND MAP HAS BEEN PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTIONS 20-300b-1 THROUGH 2O-30Ob-20 OF 774E REGULATIONS OF CONNECTICUT STATE AGENCIES- "MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR SURVEYS AND MAPS IN THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT" AS ENDORSED BY 774E CONNECTICUT ASSOCIAT70N OF LAND SURVEYORS, INC.. IT IS A LIMITED PROPERTY/BOUNDARY SURVEY BASED ON A DEPENDENT RESJRVEY CONFORMING TO HORIZONTAL ACCURACY CLASS A-2 AND INTENDED TO BE USED FOR AN IMPROVEMENT LOCATION SURVEY. GRAPHIC SCALE {{{,,,,,ni���`�. {{{,,njy�o���� TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF THIS 40 0 40 so �p��OF, NNC1�'p.• ee��0.......... �•.• PREPARED FOR MAP IS SUBSTANTIALLY CORRECT AS NOTED HEREON. AP�_'��`� A`F°4.�'� . ' M A`F°�° '�' MANNARINO BUILDERS, INC. • % ( Im IN FEET ) ;� ?0 .3 �: d L.S. NO. 9344 IMPROVEMENT LOCATION SURVEY /I/lL ENGINEERS THE LOCATIONS OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES ARE = : No. 9344 No. 9344 APPROXIMATE AND ALL UTILITIES MAY NOT BE •'•��o�:�;cENSE°• ���p•`�' '•.,��q:�!cENSE�•y���•`�' WINDSOR,CONNECTICUT KILKENNY HEIGHTS ���i�SS/ONAL EN�{i{{ ;-0" o S U RNA{{{{{ SHOWN. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, CONTRACTOR 11-1-07 ADDED AS-BUILT HOUSE, U77LI77ES AND GRADES '•�.. ,���' """""'{ LOT 4 - • WILSON M.ALFORD,JR.,P.E.&L.S. SHALL CALL 1-800-922-4455 AND HAVE THE DATE REVISION 231 MASKEL ROAD SOUTH WINDSOR, CONNECTICUT UTILITIES MARKED ON THE GROUND. NOT VALID WITHOUT A LIVE SIGNATURE AND EMBOSSED SEAL SCALE: 1 IN. = 40 FT. DATE: JUNE 15, 2007 D:M07072PP-4 P:M06099 FOLDER:MANNARINO FILE:MANNARINO-320 ABBE Revised 4/01//2002 DEPARTMENT DECISION APPLICATION FOR ELECTRICAL PERMIT TOWN OF SOUTH WINDSOR PERMIT# Application is hereby: Z60S BUILDING DEPARTMENT APPROVE 1540 SULLIVAN AVENUE Bldg.Pennut# 644-2511 ext. 230 �1 Date Building Inspect Application must be printed or typed Location of Job: FEE SCHEDULE F:Tean=!an:tt Ask� / DD $0-$1,000=$15.00 Street Lot No. Over$1,000= $15.00 per$1,000 or any fraction thereof gnation Apt.No. APPLICANT R/7T2/C le- 7-)cf 6!- p/ �l APPLICANT ADDRESS AR/ 4 0/2 C u jr T v/L L B � sT.gfFo �D e-S C-r 0 6 0 APPLICANT PHONE# 3 — O W N St OWNER .5;91- - 1>7,4jZY �Ais4rrflrJ�e% q� OWNER ADDRESS SO1.r!V G,/wIDS-0 i .Cf- 6e-0ZE r. OWNER PHONE Q C ESTIMATED COST$ /i 1UO OO IS THIS A CONTRACT COST? _Yes 4No aoil (� FEE ENCLOSED$ f�Os CO TYPE OF JOB: OR• New Installation _Alteration/Addition/Repair :Z- q7 r'. - APPLICATION FOR ELECTRICAL PERMIT (Continued from reverse side) TYPE OF BUILDING IS THIS APPLICATION ASSOCIATED WITH A BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION? ❑YES ❑NO ❑RESIDENTIAL ❑BUSINESS CURRENT USE AND OCCUPANCY ❑ASSEMBLY ❑MERCANTILE FUTURE USE AND OCCUPANCY ❑EDUCATIONAL ❑INSTITUTIONAL ❑FACTORY ENGINEER'S NAME PHONE ❑ STORAGE ❑GARAGE ADDRESS ❑MIXED USE CITY STATE ZIP (Other please specify) TYPE OF INSTALLATION/WIRING METHOD �h ♦,H.+ v�/:H w, OC/ SIZE OF SERVICE v'«�"'� SIZE OF MAIN CONDUCTORS NUMBER OF METERS NUMBER OF DISCONNECTS AND RATINGS NUMBER OF PANELS REMOTE DISCONNECT REQUIRED? ❑YES ❑NO NUMBER OF LIGHT CIRCUITS NUMBER OF POWER CIRCUITS NUMBER OF SWITCHES NUMBER OF OUTLETS NUMBER OF LIGHT FIXTURES NUMBER OF HEAT CIRCUITS NUMBER OF A/C CIRCUITS Y6,4"hP SEPARATE HEAT LOSS AND A/C CALCULATIONS MUST BE SUBMITTED. DESCRIPTION OF WORK i THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY APPLIES FOR A PERMIT TO PERFORM THE WORK DESCRIBED AND IS TO COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL ORDINANCES AND STATE OF CONNECTICUT BUILDING CODES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF SUCH WORK. /8(�a sa--7 CT CONTRACTORS LICENSE NO. TYPE STATE SIGNATURE OF APPLICANT of `� DATE y /S O i, N PERMITS/INSP PAYMENT RECPT# 20257755 TOWN OF SOUTH WINDSOR 1540 SULLIVAN AVENUE SOUTH WINDSOR CT 06074 THIS IS NOT A PERMIT DATE.t 04/17/08 TIME: 15 15 CLER�vt*: akehoe DEPT: CUSTNER# 0 PARCFJtL: CHG: BLDPRM BUILDING PERMIT 30 00 AMOUNT PAID: 30 00 PAID BY: PATRICK DUGAN PAYMENT METH: CHECK 1118 REFERENCE: A231 MASKEL AMT TENDERED: 30 00 AMT APPLIED: 30 00 CHANGE: 00 THIS IS NOT A PERMIT THIS DOES NOT AUTHORIZE WORK TO BEGIN I Town Of South Windsor Building Department Location 7 ! "'ks`l,E L Building Permit# S3yIM Q POOL REQT ITRE,MENTS: This list is not all inclusive;please refer to pool packet. Il"A 48"barrier will be provided to protect the pool access. Including a temporary fence y �r C41 for inground pools prior to filling. (-'V/C) Access gates will be self closing and self latching(if less than 54"high they shall be on jrthe pool side and be protected within 18"of release mechanism). �y o���P CN (Doors providing direct access to the pool shall either have an alarm,a self closing self ' latching device 54"above the floor,or a safety cover over the pool. "o receptacles within 10' of pool.(locking type receptacle for pool equipment must be i6y 5 L/CG 7 at least 5' from pool and GFCI protected). P"All metal parts of pool structure,fixed metal parts within 5'of pool,pump motors etc., —6'V "rL �G shall be bonded with a minimum#8 solid copper wire. & 6 6 C­7*' prConvenience GFCI receptacle shall be provided between 10 and 20 from pool. LoTrench depth for 20 amp.circuit to pool equipment shall be 12"minimum. 6 y L r`C 7 VA surface pool alarm shall be installed pursuant to Public Act 99-140. --r'—' ,6 Y C/ - All swimming Pool pumps equipped with a time clock. '9 y G rC P must be b'Heated pools require a pool cover unless over 20%of the heating energy is from non-depletable sources. t?y O l/t A R EQT TIRED SWIMMING POOL INSPECTIONS: 6 Y The following is a list of inspections that need to be performed prior to the continuation of work. Requests for //�G�.G,I inspections can be made by calling the Building Department at 644-2511 ext.230. �- /Q' 1. TRENCH AND BONDING-Electrical trench depth verification and bonding of pool and metal appurtenance ✓I including metal reinforcing for gunite pools. �FG 2. FINAL ELECTRICAL-Location of equipment and GFCI protection. Convenience outlet provided. 3. FINAL-Swimming pool access protection must be provided before pool can be used. Each swimming pool installation requires a Building and an Electrical permit. Additional permits and inspections are required for pool decks. I have read and understand the requirements Ad a ove. 0-3 _3 2 —0 Applicant Signature Date Homeowner Signature V Date 03 ��—� SFP 0 4 NU-1 D MiTek South Windsor POWER TO PERFORM.- gui DING DEPARTMENT MiTek Industries, Inc. 14515 North Outer Forty Drive Suite 300 �\ Chesterfield,MO 63017-5746 Re: 0706139J The Santangelo Residence-4 The truss drawing(s)referenced below have been prepared by MiTek Industries,Inc. under my direct supervision based on the parameters provided by Truss Tech Inc.-Stevenson. Pages or sheets covered by this seal: 112399724 thru 112399818 My license renewal date for the state of Connecticut is January 31,2008. CONK' , '%,, �+J�GANC; p No. 9 'Q? S0'9 ••</CEN ��'nnni i a July 5,2007 Liu,Xuegang The scat on these drawings indicate acceptance of professional engineering responsibility solely for the truss components shown. The suitability and use of this component for any particular building is the responsibility of the building designer,per ANSI/TPI-1995 Sec. 2. Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239972 0706139J SM10GR ROOFTRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Morroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:33 2007 Page 1 -1-0-0 2-00 7-0-0 9-" 10-0-0 i r i 1-0-0 2-M 5-0-0 2-M 1.0-0 Scale=1:18.1 4x6= 5x6= 4 3 8.00 12 4- 2 8 g 1 8 9 10 7 2.5x4 11 30= 4x6= 4x6= 2-0-0 7 0 0 9-0-0 2-0-0 5-0-0 2-0-0 Plate Offsets MY): 2:Ed O- 6 3:0-"0-2-8 4:0-3-12 0-2-0, 5:Ed ,0-0-0 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) Udefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.80 Vert(LL) -0.02 7-8 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.23 Vert(TL) -0.03 7-8 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr NO WB 0.14 Horz(TL) 0.01 5 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight:39lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2'Except' TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-1-3 oc purlins. 3-4 2 X 4 SPF 210OF 1.8E BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-M oc bracing. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=783/0-3-8,5=807/0-3-8 Max Horz2=93(LC 7) Max Uplift2=-430(LC 8),5=-449(LC 9) Max Grav2=1060(LC 3),5=1084(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/66,2-3=-1201/490,3-4=-865/432,4-5=-1236/519,5-0=0/66 BOT CHORD 2-8=-400/813,8-9=-409/836,9-10=-409/836,7-10=-409/836,5-7=-370/840 WEBS 3-8=-112/270,3-7=-75/75,4-7=-153/317 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02,120mph,h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf,Category II;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone,cantilever left and right exposed,end vertical left and right exposed, Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow.Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category 11;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 111111II1Ilrr// his en esigned for 10.0 psf bottom chord er 8)TThisrtruss hass has s been designed foar a Hive load of 20.Opsf onlive the bottom Chord in all a with reas wherle alive rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit �`�� �� CON I`l�C)!�zz�i between the bottom chord and any other members. �� Q� ,•'GANG •, �r 1 �� 9)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 430 Ib uplift at joint 2 and 449 Ib uplift at joint 5. _ ri 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced � s _ standard ANSI/TPI 1. 11)Hanger(s)or other connection device(s)shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s)95 Ib down and 74 Ib up at 2-0-12, No.23 69 _ 95 Ib down and 74 Ib up at 4-0-12,and 95 Ib down and 74 Ib up at 6-0-12,and 95 Ib down and 74 Ib up at 6-11-4 on bottom chord. The 9 lv design/selection of such connection device(s)is the responsibility of others. CENSEO• 12)In the LOAD CASE(S)section,loads applied to the face of the truss are noted as front(F)or back(B). L os/ONALENG0`��`\ LOAD CASE(S) Standard July 5,200 Continued on page 2 WARMNO Veffy deslyn pa—matc and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PACE M17-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid far use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown.and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek* is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criteria,DSB-B9 and 5CSI1 Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite SM Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute.583 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,WI 53119. Chesterfield,MO II Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both Sides of truss l. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 1, 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 0'/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C I-2 7-2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WEBS c�a 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O �•� ; �,�� 3 O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 Orientation,locate U v° = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'he'from outside rz �' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. c7 e ca-i csd O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSIAPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and ICC-ES Reports: Pe in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at �rll output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. ® 18.Use green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, nmental,1,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI l: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek* and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 i. >L_ l • / Job Truss Truss Type jCfty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239972 0706139J SM10GR ROOFTRUSS 1 1 Job Reference kxtal Truss Tech.Inc,Morroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:33 2007 Page LOAD CASE(S)Standard 1)Snow:Lumber Increase=1.15,Plate Increase=1.15 Uniform Loads(plf) Vert:13=-94,3-4=94.4-8=-94,25=-20 Concentrated Loads(lb) Vert:8=-95(F)7=-95(F)9=-95(F)10=-95(F) A WARMNO•ierVy design parantete and READ NOTES ON TMS AND INCLUDED IOTSK REFERENCE PAOE AM-7473 BEFORE USE. UAW, Design valid for use Orly with Wek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and Is for an Individual building component dry Applicability of design poramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown Welk Te„ is for lateral support of Individual web members only.Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction Is the responsibility of the erector.Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/TPII Quality Crtierla,DSB-89 and{CSII lutiding Component 14515 N.Outer Forty.Suite 0300 Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute,563 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,w153719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSII. 0 1/f�, 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. c 1-2 72-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never 0 WXZ �a, 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 0 �� ; �O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate Kb = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'ad'from outside d �' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. a g ~ c7-8 c6.7 c5-6 1 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. t— BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 b 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or Upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ff.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but C 2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. ,n 18.Use of green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone p Safety MiTek is Design sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safe Information, 20.Desi n assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 IL Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 • 11239972 0706139J SM11 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference optbnal Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:34 2007 Page 1 4-" 5-0-0 9-" _ 1 10-M 1-0-0 4-0-0 1-" 4-" 1.041 Scale=1:21.8 5x8= 4x6= 4 5 8.00 12 6 3 4 7 2 Li e 0 0 30 i 30 10 9 Us II 2.5x4 ll 3x4= 3x6 II n 4-" 5-0-0 9-M 4-M 1-0-0 4-0-0 Plate Offsets Y: 2:0-3-5 0-1-0, 4:04-0 0-1-9, 7:0-3-5 0-1 3 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) Vdefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.46 Vert(LL) -0.01 2-10 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.16 Vert(TL) -0.02 2-10 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.07 Horz(TL) 0.01 7 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight:41 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-M oc purlins. 4-5 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-M oc bracing. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-2-14,Right 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-2-14 REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=607/0-3-8,7=607/0-3-8 Max Horz 2=-169(LC 6) Max Uplift2=-307(LC 8).7=-307(LC 9) Max Grav2=789(LC 3),7=789(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-701/182,3-4=-477/189,4-5=-402/227,5-0=-477/189,6-7=-702/181,7-8=0/53 BOT CHORD 2-10=-101/399,9-10=-102/396,7-9=-72/400 WEBS 4-10=0/113,4-9=-126/129,5-9=-52/168 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category ll;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed,end vertical left and right exposed, Lumber 60L=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Category ll;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. \j1111lunnftrrl,r/ 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. ��`�C)F CON/VF ",�i, 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. . c, 8)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-"tall by 1-0-0 wide will fitJ�GAI` <�•/[1 between the bottom chord and any other members. (�•G� 9)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 307 lb uplift at joint 2 and 307 lb uplift at joint 7. 4 >,?• �.� 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. o. 3569 LOAD CASE(S) Standard ONAII InffnnunlN� July 5,2007� —J AJ WARNING Verify design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED M7TEE REFERENCE PAGE MD-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design poromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k. is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility or the building designer.For general guidance regarding er•ror.r.• fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T►I I Quality Criteria.DSB-89 and 6CSI1 Building Component 14515 N.outer Forty SUNS"M safely Mlama/on available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onohio Drive,Madison,WI 53719, Chesterfieb,M003017 Symbols Numbering System A General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator � bracing should be considered. C1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS NC stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. nc y 0 O u �,�� O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate Udesigner,erection supervisor,property owner and all other interested arties. plates 0-i,d'from outside � U p truss.of edge g O a'c7-8 c6-7 cs6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT p 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions LATERAL BRACING LOCATION PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shoo be of the species and sae,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but C 2006 MTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. '! 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. -.�-� 18.Use r green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, l,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTeV and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM." ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 s Job Truss Truss Type City Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399726 0706139J SM18GR ROOF TRUSS 1 3 Job Reference�o�tonal Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:35 2007 Page 1 1.0 0 2-0-12 i 4-0-0 7-2.12 I 10-5-8 1 12-6-0 16-0-0 i 19-114 22�23-0-0 1-" 2-0-12 1-114 3-2-12 3-2-12 2-" 3-" 3-114 2-0-12 1.0.0 Scale=1:43.8 4x6 11 8 5x8= 4x6= 3x10= 3x6= 4 5 6 7 ::4�� 8.00 12 3x6�i311QW 2 d d1 EB 7x12= 14 22 13 23 12 5x8= j� 3x4= 5x8= 2.5x4 11 5x8= 19 18 20 17 21 16 2.5x4 11 3x4= 4x12= 4x6 11 r 2-0-12 4-" 7-2-12 + 10-5-8 I 12-6-0 1 19-114 22-0-0 2-0-12 1-11-4 3-2-12 3-2-12 2.041 7-5-4 2-0-12 Plate Offsets X Y: 2:Ed 0-1.6, 4:0-6 4 0-2-4 5:03-8 0-1-8 10:Ed 0-1-2 15:0-9-0 0-" 16:Ed 0-3-8 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.38 Vert(LL) -0.21 14-15 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.86 Vert(TL) -0.30 14-15 >863 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr NO WB 0.74 Horz(TL) 0.08 10 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight:3431b LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-"oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E'Except' BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-M oc bracing. Except: 6-16 2 X 4 SPF No.2 6-0-0 oc bracing:6-15 WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=3031/0-5-8,10=3556/0-5-8 Max Horz 2=291(LC 7) Max Uplift2=-1567(LC 8),10=-1701(LC 9) Max Grav2=3573(LC 3),10=3556(LC 1) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/67,2-3=-4591/1925,3-4=4626/2024,4-5=-5708/2551,5-6=-10127/4510,6-7=-10007/4491,7-8=3644/2148, 8-9=-4550/2182,9-10=4880/2321,10-11=0/67 BOT CHORD 2-19=-1517/3344,18-19=-1517/3344,18-20=-1682/3839,17-20=-1682/3839,17-21=-568/1307,16-21=-568/1307, 15-16=-256/591,6-15=-90/65,14-15=4525/10309,14-22=-4413/9968,13-22=-4413/9968,13-23=-167213608, 12-23=-1672/3608,10-12=-1672/3608 WEBS 4-18=-194/396,4-17=-1135/2528,5-17=-3142/1392,15-17=-2041/4682,5-15=-2280/5145,6-14=-409/243,7-14=-296/510, 7-13=-7048/3156,8-13=-2133/4638,9-13=-251/256,3-19=-135/66,3-18=-336/605,9-12=-281/640 NOTES 1)3-ply truss to be connected together with 10d(0.131"x3")nails as follows: Top chords connected as follows:2 X 4-1 row at 0-9-0 oc. Bottom chords connected as follows:2 X 6-2 rows at 0-9-0 oc,2 X 4-1 row at 0-9-0 oc. Webs connected as follows:2 X 4-1 row at 0-9-0 oc. 2)All loads are considered equally applied to all plies,except if noted as front(F)or back(B)face in the LOAD CASE(S)section.Ply to ply \111t11tfllrrlrrr connections have been provided to distribute only loads noted as(F)or(B),unless otherwise indicated. � `�\OF CON/yF 3)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. �� 0 4)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf,Category 11;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left �� � ,J�GANG--/ ��1G and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 5)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1_15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate _ DOL=1.15);Category 11,Exp C.Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 6)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. _ 7)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs = o. 3569 �Q non-concurrent with other live loads. 8)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 9)This truss has been designed r 10.0 psf bottom chord live load any other 110)*This truss has been designed foralive load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord en all with l areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. IIIWO 11)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1567 lb uplift at joint 2 and 1701 lb uplift at July 5,200 ContlRUSd 6 Page 2 WARNING-Vert fy deelgn pam-etem and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE MZI-7473 BEFORE USE. ON Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shovm,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek is for lateral support of individual web members only, Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity,of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control.storage,delivery.erection and bracing,consult ANSI1711 Quality Criteria.DS6•89 and 5CSI1 Ilt"nig Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,$Lft OW Safely Informallon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofri0 Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63D17 Symbols Numbering System A General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/;' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6 4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides Of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 0 1/T�, 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS D,�. 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. rY 0 O u 3 ��i 04. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 Orientation,locate U a = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'1,s'from outside � U all other interested parties. edge of truss. Ci-a C6-7 C5-6 10 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 'Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 Software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 1 l.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. r•r• 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek" and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MiTek Engineering Reference Sheet Mll-7473 Job' Truss Truss Type city Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 ` 11239972 0706139J SM18GR ROOF TRUSS 1 3 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 0512:24:35 2D07 Page NOTES 12)This truss is designed in accordance With the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSIffPI 1. 13)Hanger(s)or other connection device(s)shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s)285 Its down and 169 lb up at 2-0-12.283 lb down and 144 lb up at 4-0-12. 283 lb down and 144 lb up at 6-0-12,283 lb down and 144 lb up at 8-0-12,283 lb down and 144 lb up at 10-3-12,530 lb down and 266 lb up at 12-0-12,500 lb down and 244 lb up at 14-0-12,422 lb down and 242 lb up at 164)-0.and 500 lb down and 244 lb up at 17-11-4,and 530 lb down and 266 lb up at 19-114 on bottom chord. The design/selection of such connection device(s)is the responsibility of others. LOAD CASE(S)Standard 1)Snow:Lumber Increase=1.15,Plate Increase=1.15 Uniform Loads(pif) Vert 1-4=94,4-7=-94,7-8=-94,8-11=-94,2-16=-20,10-1 5=-20 Concentrated Loads(Ib) Vert 16=-283(F)18=-283(F)14=530(F)13=-422(F)19=285(F)12=4930(F)20=-283(F)21=283(F)22=500(F)23=500(F) A WARMNO-Vw Jy deign par ametrra and READ NOTES ON'rMS AND ZArUMED 107EE RKYMMIW CE PAOE AW-7473 BEFORE USE. NAM' Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design Is based only upon parameters shown,and Is for on individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M iTe k• Is for lateral support of individual web members only.Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction's the responsibillity of the erector.Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure Is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding rowrr.o►rwroww- fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSVTPII Quality Criteria,DSB-69 and BCSlt Sullding Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite#300 Safety Information available horn Tens Plate Institute,583 D'Onohio Drive.Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System A General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Failure to Follow Could Cause Property 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-brocing,is always required. see BCSI1. 01 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For -/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never p WEBS NO, stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O u �!� ��� 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate Udesigner,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-14"from outside a U all other interested parties. edge of truss. 011 I c�� co- cse O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANsI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type.size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed.unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but C 2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with Industry Standards: project engineer before use. ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek* and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.- ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 f� J Job Truss Truss Type City Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 ' 11239972 0706139J SM19 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference optionalL Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:36 2007 Page 1 �1-0-0 64)-0 I 10-5-8 14-" 16-0-0 22-0-0 23-" 1." 6-0-0 4-" 4-0-8 1-" 6.0-0 1.0-0 Scale=1:43.6 6x8 i 7x12 MT181-1-i 7 Bx8= 3x6= 4 5 6 8.00 12 8 Oi 3 R 9 10 19 0 2 3x4�� 3x4�� 4 1 7.12= 11 6x8 II 9 3x4 3x4-i 8x12= 6x8 II 14 13 4x6= 2.5x4 11 r 6-" 10-5-8 14-" 22-M 6-M 4-5-8 4-0-8 7-6-0 Plate Offsets MY):: 2:0-3-13,Ed 4:0-8-0 0-1-8 7:0-5-4 0-2-8 9:0313 Ed 12:0-9-8 04-4 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ltd PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.84 Vert(LL) -0.18 11-12 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7,0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.77 Vert(TL) -0.25 11-12 >999 180 MT18H 197/144 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.72 Horz(TL) 0.10 9 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:98lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-1-1 oc puriins. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2`Except' BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-0-7 oc bracing. Except: 5-13 2 X 4 SPF Stud 6-M oc bracing:5-12 WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud'Except' 7-11 2 X 4 SPF No.2 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-7-7,Right 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-6-8 REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=1348/0-5-8,9=1348/0-5-8 Max Harz 2=294(LC 7) Max Uplift2=-075(LC 8),9=-564(LC 9) Max Grav 2=1 882(LC 3),9=1348(LC 1) FORCES (Ib)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-24281752,3-4=-21211769,4-5=-2812/1092,5-6=-2280/909,6-7=-2920/1126,7-8=-1755/754,8-9=-1778/736, 9-10=0/53 BOT CHORD 2-14=-603/1761,13-14=-46/150,12-13=0/69,5-12=-152/291,11-12=-953/2859,9-11=-471/1430 WEBS 4-14=-332t189,12-14=-572/1663,4-12=-552/1317,5-11=-750/269,6-11=-1991/728,7-11=-860/2641 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02,120mph,h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf,Category 11;Exp C;enclosed,MWFRS gable end zone;Cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category 11;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 111r1111 ltiirr7 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. Q'� GANG'• �C '. 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 8)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. i s g l ( ) q P Pe per quality P� 9 The following joint(s)s require late inspection r the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for uali assurance ins lion 4. _ �+ � •, 10)*This truss has been designed for alive load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-"tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit = - between the bottom chord and any other members. 356 11)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 675 lb uplift at joint 2 and 564 lb uplift at joint 12)sThis truss tandard is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced 0NAL \\G``��` 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard July 51200 WARNING-Verijy design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE MD 7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only wth MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. �As Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek. is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary tracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control.storage,delivery,erection and bracing.consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criteria.DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty Suite MW Sawy k0onnaMon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onotrio Drive,Madison,w1 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides Of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 0 1/I Q, 2. Truss bracing must be designed by on engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C I-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o Ztea, 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O u �!� 33 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U pb = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'hd'from outside d �' u U all other interested parties. edge Of truss. C7-e C6-7 c5-e 10 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This Symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 'Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 Software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT The first dimension is the plate 10.Comber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of buss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 1 l.Plate type,sae,orientation and Location dimensions i PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and sae,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing. BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. -.�-® 18.Use of green heated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental. health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI I: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone Plate n Standard Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate , Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239972 0706139J SM1GR ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference o t�lonal Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.5W s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:37 2007 Page 1 -1-0-0+ 4-0-0 8-0-9 11-11-7 16-" 20-0-0 _ r 21-0-0 r 1-0-0 4-M 4-0-9 3-10-13 4.0-9 4-" 1-0-0 Scale=1:36.2 7x 12 MT 181-1,i 7xl2 MT18H,�, 2.50 11 5x8= 3 4 5 6 8.00 FIT Li � 2 6I9 7x12 i 14 13 15 12 16 11 10 9 17 W2 3x6 11 8x12= 3x10 11 7x12= 6x8= 44)-0 8-0-9 11-11-7 16-0-0 204)-0 4-" 4-0-9 3-10-13 4-0-9 4-0-0 Plate Offsets X Y: 2:0312,Ed 3:043-0 0-1-8 6:0-8-12 0-2-0 :0312 Ed 9:0-38 0-3-0 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) Vdefl L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.87 Vert(LL) -0.22 11-12 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.54 Vert(TL) -0.30 11-12 >777 180 MT18H 197/144 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr NO WB 1.00 Horz(TL) 0.06 7 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:118lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 1-8-14 oc pudins. BOT CHORD 2 X 8 SYP SS BOT CHORD Rigid Ceiling directly applied or 6-0-5 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud*Except* 3-12 2 X 4 SPF No.2,5-12 2 X 4 SPF No.2,5-9 2 X 4 SPF No.2 WEDGE Left:2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E,Right:2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=2755/0-5-8,7=2751/0-5-8 Max Horz 2=-164(LC 6) Max Uplift2=-1313(LC 7),7=-1311(LC 6) Max Grav2=3298(LC 3),7=3295(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/77,2-3=-4598/1913,3-4=-5407/2412,4-5=-5406/2413,5-6=-3574/1608,6-7=4517/1877,7.8=0/77 BOT CHORD 2-14=-1596/3535,13-14=-1596/3535,13-15=-1581/3499,12-15=-1581/3499,12-16=-2428/5508,11-16=-2428/5508, 10-11=-2428/5508,9-10=-2428/5508,9-17=-1415/3470,7-17=-1415/3470 WEBS 3-13=-305/706,3-12=-1163/2523,4-12=-574/316,5-12=-191/109,5-11=-392/976,5-9=-2588/1201,6-9=-931/2125 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph,h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf;Category II;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone,cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Category II;Exp C.Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been Considered for this design. \\`11111tI111t1I7II 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs C,ONNF�i,�i,' non-concurrent with other live loads. �� 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. (,ANG' 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. P:�J� ��(�'• G� 8)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 9)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. _ 10)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1313 lb uplift at joint 2 and 1311 lb uplift at S56 joint 7. 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 lntemational Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced : ,c� !CENS��' standard ANSI/TPI 1. ��� S�ONA1- -July 5,200 J Continued on page 2 y WARNING-Verf Jy design parameter and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED IOTEK REFERENCE PAGE 1(U-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown and is for an individual building component. 1111111110 Applicability of design poramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer Bracing shown M i Te k, is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity,of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding — fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing.consult ANSI/T►II Quality CrIteda,DSB-89 and BCSII Bugding Component 14515 N.Outer ForV.Si SM SaWy InlormaMon available from Truss Plate Institute,563 D'Onohio Drive,Madison,wl 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System AL General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See 8CSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,1,or Eliminator C 1-2 C23 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never oL\c'-- WEBS tea, 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 0 O ��� 3 O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U wb = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-1/16'from outside a_ ' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. 0 ce-� csb O CL 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 b 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 'Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT p 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.lumber used shall be of the species and sae,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352, ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing. BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but C 2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. i�� x and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.- ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet.MII-7473 Job Tss Truss Type Oty Pty The Santangelo Residence-4 (1239972 0706139J IS'MUIGR ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference o Tonal Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 0512:24:37 2007 Page NOTES 12)Hanger(s)or other connection device(s)shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s)285 lb down and 169 lb up at 2-0-12,283 lb down and 144 lb up at 4-0-12, 283 lb down and 144 lb up at 6-0-12,448 lb down and 214 lb up at 8-0-12,448 lb down and 214 lb up at 10-0-12,448 lb down and 214 lb up at 12-0-12,283 lb down and 144 lb up at 13-11-4,and 283 lb down and 144 lb up at 15-11-4,and 285 lb down and 169 lb up at 17-11-4 on bottom chord. The design1selection of such connection device(s)Is the responsibility of others. 13)In the LOAD CASE(S)section,loads applied to the face of the truss are noted as front(F)or back(B). LOAD CASE(S)Standard 1)Snow.Lumber Increase=1.15,Plate Increase=1.15 Uniform Loads(plf) Vert:13=-04,3-6=94,6-8=94,2-7=20 Concentrated Loads(lb) Vert:10=-283(B)13=-283(B)12=-448(B)11=448(B)9=-283(B)14=285(B)15=-283(B)16=-448(B)17=-285(B) Q WARNING-9er yk design parameters and READ NOTES ON TW3 AND LWLVDED NDTEE REFERENCE PAGE AM-7473 BEFORE USE. UAW Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design Is based only upon parameters shown.and Is for an individual budding component. Applicability of design poramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown Is for lateral support of individual web members only.Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the resporuibdliy,of the ' e erector.Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding m,e1,,o,,,,-. fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSIjTPI1 Quality criteria,DS6-89 and 60I1 Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite 8300 Safety IMorma6on available from Truss Plate Institute,563 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison.WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/�' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. I6 4 8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both Sides of truss l. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. O_i/f Q, 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C I-2 72-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WEBS cz� 4 stock materials on inadequately braced trusses. o p O U �!� ; ��� 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate b designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-1rl6'from outside a �'' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. 0 07-8 C6-7 C5-6 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. �. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint This Symbol indicates the $ 7 6 5 required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MiTek 20/20 Software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 1 l.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing. BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. ® 18.Use green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, nmental1,,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal 11,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. i�� and 9 pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399729 0706139J SM2 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference o tional)_ Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:38 2007 Page 1 I-1-" 6-0-0 14-M 20-0-0- 21-0-0, 1-" 6-0-0 8-" 6-" 1-0-0 Scale=1:36.2 6x8 7x12 MT18H,� 4 5 8.00 12 3 6 7 2 8 Io 3x4-i 3x4-i 3x4�� 3x4 axe II 10 9 6x8 II 2.5x4 11 3x4= 6-0-0 14-" 20-" i r 6-0-0 $-" 6-G-0 Plate Offsets MY):: 2:0-3-13,Edge] 14:05-0 0-3-0] f5:0-7-8 0-2-0] [7:0313 Edge] LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.78 Vert(LL) -0.10 9-10 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.62 Vert(TL) -0.26 9-10 >913 180 MT18H 197/144 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.14 Horz(TL) 0.06 7 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:84lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF 210OF 1.8E*Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-10-10 oc pudins. 4-5 2 X 6 SPF 1650F 1.5E BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 7-7-12 oc bracing. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 WEBS 1 Row at midpt 4-9 WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud*Except* 4-9 2 X 4 SPF No.2 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-5-5,Right 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-5-5 REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=1234/0-5-8,7=123410-5-8 Max Horz2=-243(LC 6) Max Uplift2=-533(LC 8),7=-533(LC 9) Max Grav2=1704(LC 3),7=1704(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-2138/540,3-4=-1730/562,4-5=-1600/583,5-6=-1732/563,6-7=-2139/541,7-8=0/53 BOT CHORD 2-10=-582/1598,9-10=-585/1592,7-9=-380/1599 WEBS 4-10=0/304,4-9=-350/353,5-9=-12/304 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph,h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5,Opsf;Category 11;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed,end vertical left and right exposed, Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Pf=40.0 psi(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category 11,Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs ,1111111IIt111/ll// with loads 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. �� OF CON�f`C�T�ii,' 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 8)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 9).This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-"tall by 1-M wide will fit _ •r,� :_ between the bottom chord and any other members. 10)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 533 lb uplift at joint 2 and 533 lb uplift at joint = 7. _ 56 Q 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced (V standard ANSI/TPI 1. %,��,� ENSE•'��``� LOAD CASE(S) Standard ON July //1/111111111111�` July 5,200 WARNING-Verify duly.parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITEN REFERENCE PAGE MU 7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek* is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillify of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding 1. — fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/TPII QuaNly Crlterla,DSI.89 and BCSII Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty Sulle 111M Safely 6Mormallon available ham Truss Plate Institute,5153 D'Onotnio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. I6 4 8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T.1,or Eliminator A bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WEBS Coo 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. m o OO �•� ��� ; 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U Kb = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'4'from Outside a �' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. 0 a '- C7-8 C6-7 c5-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the g 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. JOINT CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JO The first dimension is the plate 10.Comber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to Slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 1 l.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION 12.Lumber used shall be of the ICC-ES Reports: species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. ® 18.Use of green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI l: National Design Specification for Metal ® 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.- ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399730 0706139J SM20GR ROOF TRUSS 1 3 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech-Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:39 2007 Page 1 _1_"� 3-8-0 F 7-1-8 I 10-58 13-5-0 15-12 16-4� 19-1-0 224).0 1.0-0 3-8-0 3-5-8 3-4-0 2-11-8 2-4-12 0-6-12 2-8-6 2-11-0 Scale=1:40.0 5x8= 7x12 MT18H= 3x4= 3x4= 4 5 6 7 8.00 F12 3x8 i 3x6\\ 8 3 9 I� 2 q 8x12= 13 12 18 11 19 10 20 R 6x8 4x6= 8x12= 8x12= 3x6 II 6x8= 17 16 15 2.5x4 II 5x8= 3x4 11 7-1-8 10-5-8 13-5-0 15-9-12 1 6-4:017-5-6 19-1-0 22-0-0 341-0 3-5-8 3-4-0 2-11-8 2-4-12 0-6 121-0-14 1-7-10 2-11-0 Plate Offsets X Y: 2:Ed 0-3-8 4:0-0 4 0-2-4 7:0-9-12 0-2-0 9:Ed 0-2-12 14:0-8 8 0-4-12 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35 0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.40 Vert(LL) -0.11 13 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.70 Vert(fL) -0.15 13 >999 180 MT18H 197/144 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr NO WB 0.75 Horz(TL) 0.06 9 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC20031TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight:415lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF Not*Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-"oc puriins. 7-9 2 X 4 SPF 210OF 1.8E BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-M oc bracing. Except: BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E*Except* 6-0-0 oc bracing:5-14 5-15 2 X 4 SPF Stud,9-14 2 X 8 SYP SS WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud WEDGE Left:2 X 4 SPF Stud,Right:2 X 4 SYP No.3 REACTIONS (lb/size) 9=7196/0-5-8,2=2827/0-5-8 Max Horz 2=288(LC 7) Max Uplift9=-3621(LC 6).2=-1250(LC 8) Max Grav9=9485(LC 4),2=3719(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/67,2-3=-5320/1785,3-4=-5054/1851,4-5=-7387/2908,5-6=-8064/3171,6-7=-8832/3480,7-8=-11302/4385, 8-9=-12573/4793 BOT CHORD 2-17=-1601/4057,16-17=-1601/4057,15-16=-193/490,14-15=-14/89,5-14=-1484/752,1 3-1 4=-296617 4 7 2, 12-13=-3194/8064,12-18=-3283/8498,11-18=-3283/8498,11-19=-3697/9773,10-19=-3697/9773,10-20=-3697/9773, 9-20=-3697/9773 WEBS 3-17=-60/104,3-16=-282/392,4-1 6=-1 70 31709,14-16=-1551/3926,4-14=-2019/5214,5-1 3=-6 3411 3 24,6-13=-1594/752, 8-11=-718/339,8-10=-703/1716,7-11=-1289/3206,7-12=-1130/2847,6-12=-052/1468 NOTES 1)3-ply truss to be connected together with Simpson SIDS 1/4 x 4-1/2 screws as follows: Top chords connected as follows:2 X4-1 row at 0-9-0 oc. \�11111I11itfftrl/y Bottom chords connected as follows:2 X 6-2 rows at 0-9-0 oc,2 X 4-1 row at 0-9-0 oc,2 X 8-2 rows at 0-5-0 oc. � O�CONNF Webs connected as follows:2 X 4-1 row at 0-9-0 oc. �� 2)All loads are considered equally applied to all plies,except if noted as front(F)or back(B)face in the LOAD CASE(S)section.Ply to ply .` P� ••`GANG''• TIC connections have been provided to distribute only loads noted as(F)or(B),unless otherwise indicated. �J mod„, �(�'••G�', 3)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. `r• r 4)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. _ 5)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate .2 56 DOL=1.15);Category 11;Exp C.Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 6)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. %� .t� �CENSE•' 7) truss as been other liveloads.This fr greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non NA1�NGv``�\` 8)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 9)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. July 5,2007 t"jMt4k&t96 �20 plates unless otherwise indicated. A WARNING-Verrfy design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITEK REFERENCE PAGE MII 7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with M7ek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for on individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity,of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery.erection and bracing.consult ANSI/T►II Quality Criteria,DS5-89 and SCSI building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty.Willa d300 Sally kdormallon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrfo Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO OW I Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss I. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 0 1/1 Q, 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,1,or Eliminator C 1-7 C2-3 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never 0 WEBS N,, stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. u �'� 3 ��� 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate Udesigner,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'/,d'from outside a U all other interested parties. edge of truss. a- g ~ c7-8 ce-7 cs-e 10 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION species and size,and 12.Lumber used shall be of the s ICC-ES Reports: p in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. w 18.Use of green treated lumber maypose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM:" ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399730 0706139J SM20GR ROOF TRUSS 1 3 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:39 2007 Page NOTES 11)•This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 12)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 3621 lb uplift at joint 9 and 1250 lb uplift at joint 2. 13)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 Intemational Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSVTPI 1. 14)Hanger(s)or other connection device(s)shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s)2751 lb down and 1100 lb up at 15-9-12,2300 lb down and 945 lb up at 165-4,and 2300 lb down and 945 lb up at 18-54,and 2300 lb down and 945 lb up at 205-4 on bottom chord. The design/selection of such connection device(s)is the responsibility of others. LOAD CASE(S)Standard 1)Snow.Lumber Increase=1.15,Plate Increase=1.15 Uniform Loads(plf) Vert:1-4=-94,4-7=94,7-9=94,2-15=20,9-14=-20 Concentrated Loads(lb) Vert:12=-2751(B)18=-1567(B)19=1567(B)20=-1567(B) A WARNfNG-VerVy design pararnetes and READ NOTES ON TNIB AND INCLUDED AOTEE REFERENCE PAGE AM-7473 BEFORE DBG am=• Design valid for use only with Mtiek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual budding component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component Is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k• is for lateral support of individual web members only.Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector.Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure Is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage.delivery,erection and bracing.consult ANSI/TPII duality Cd twia,DS!-119 and 6011 Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite N300 srAsly Infarmaflon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides Of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 0�/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Biminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 ZWEBSc� 43. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. OO �'� 3: 3 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate U xb = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'SIG'from outside a U all other interested parties. edge of truss. o- r C7$ C6a C5-6 0 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352, ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. x 18.Use ro green 1,treated lumber may pose s.Consult able with environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek* and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI 1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM., ANSIAPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet-Mll-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399731 0706139J SM23GR ROOFTRUSS 1 3 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:40 2007 Page 1 i 4.0-13 i 7-10-3 11-7-8 16-" 18-8-4 1 21-5-6 24&-0 4-0-13 3-9-5 3-9.5 4-9-0 2-3-12 2-9-2 3-0-10 5xB= Scale=1:70.7 5x8= 4 5 2.5x4 11 8.00 F12 3x6 6 3 3x8 3x6 i 7 2.5x4 II 2 8 4 46�i 1 Q rob Q 2930 31 32 339 I 17 18 19 16 20 21 15 22 23 24 14 25 13 262712 28 118x12= 5xB= 3x10 11 5x8= 4x6= Bx12= 6x8= 8x12= WO II 4-G-13 1 7-10-3 + 11-7-8 16-4-8 18-4-0 21-5-6 24&:0 4-0-13 3-9-5 3-9-5 4-9-0 1-11-8 2-9-2 3-0-10 044 Plate Offsets X Y: 1:Ed 0-1-12, 4:0-6.4 0-2-4, 5:0-5-12 0-2-0 14:0-3-8,0-", 16:03-8,0-2-8 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Vd PLATES GRIP TCLL 350 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.62 Vert(LL) -0.08 14-15 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.94 Vert(TL) -0.11 14-15 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr NO WB 0.72 Horz(TL) 0.01 11 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight:678lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-M oc pudins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 8 SYP SS'Except' end verticals. 6-11 2 X 4 SPF 210OF 1.8E BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-M oc bracing, Except: WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* 6-M oc bracing:11-12,10-11. 2-16 2 X 4 SPF Stud,10-12 2 X 4 SPF Stud,1-17 2 X 4 SPF Stud 6-0-0 oc bracing:6-10 1-16 2 X 4 SPF Stud,8-9 2 X 4 SPF Stud REACTIONS (lb/size) 17=6650/0-5-8,11=6452/0-8-7,9=4085/Mechanical Max Horz 17=701(LC 7) Max Uplift17=-2831(LC 8),11=-2642(LC 9),9=-1670(LC 7) Max Grav 17=7129(LC 3),11=7361(LC 4),9=4857(LC 4) FORCES (Ib)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-5163/2137,2-3=-5330/2303,3-4=-4341/1967,4-5=-225111193,5-0=-1703/1000,6-7=-1768/895,7-8=-308/237, 1-17=-6079/2475,8-9=348/233 BOT CHORD 17-18=-085/524,18-19=-685/524,16-19=-685/524,16-20=-2113/4157,20-21=-2113/4157,15-21=-2113/4157, 15-22=-2080/4302,22-23=-2080/4302,23-24=-2080/4302,14-24=-2080/4302,14-25=-1706/3558,13-25=-1706/3558, 13-26=-1706/3558,26-27=-1706/3558,12-27=-1706/3558,12-28=-1906/646,11-28=-19061646,10-11=-7276/2600, 6-10=-306/255,10-29=-539/1039,29-30=-539/1039,30-31=-539/1039,31-32=-539/1039,32-33=-539/1039,9-33=-539/1039 WEBS 2-16=-877/269,2-15=-242/341,3-15=-900/1700,3-14=-1852/1071,4-14=-2139/4681,4-12=-3285/1451,5-12=-1767/3945. 10-12=-1817/4471,5-10=-3512/1493,7-10=-580/1115,1-16=-1934/4999,7-9=-2129/985 NOTES 1)3-ply truss to be connected together with 10d(0.131"x3")nails as follows: Top chords connected as follows:2 X 4-1 row at 0-9-0 oc. 1111I1II I1lfrrrll Bottom chords connected as follows:2 X 8-3 rows at 0-4-0 oc,2 X 4-1 row at 0-9-0 oc. Webs connected as follows:2 X 4-1 row at 0-9-0 oc. 2)All loads are considered equally applied to all plies,except if noted as front(F)or back(B)face in the LOAD CASE(S)section.Ply to ply ��` Z GANG connections have been provided to distribute only loads noted as(F)or(B),unless otherwise indicated. �J� �i'•• 3)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 4: � _ iiii 4)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph,h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf:Category 11;Exp C;enclosed,MW FRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 5)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate j'569 DOL=1.15);Category 11,Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 6)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. : X"'•.CENS,.•''�� `��` 7)Provide equate ainage to 8)This truss dhas been rdesigned for a 10.0 psf event rbottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. //�FS S�ONALE o` 9)•This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit IIIrr1IIt I1111111 between the bottom chord and any other members. July 5,200 d9A fkM bpyc,q%(Q)for truss to truss connections. At WARNING Verify design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED ffiTER REFERENCE PAGE MU-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. �s Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown A'�A is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity, ,y'of the C erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding a —e fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/Ml Quali Criteria,OS/•89 and BCS11 lu"rig Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,9u1e t9300 Sa1My hillormalon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,wI 53719. Chesterfield,L4083017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss l. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 0-/16„ 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,1,or Eliminator C 1-2 C23 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never 0 WEBS �a4 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 0 O 6 �•� 3 3 O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 Orientation, locate e = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-11i6'from outside aU �`' u U all other interested parties. truss.of a ed g O (L c�e ce-� cs-a O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. *Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 software Or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION species and size,and 12.Lumber used shall be of the s ICC-ES Reports: p in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1, ESR-1352, ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17,Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. MiTek is not sufficient. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:Mll-7473 Job Truss Truss Type city Ply The Santangelo Residence-il 112399731 0706139J SM23GR ROOF TRUSS 1 3 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:40 2007 Page NOTES 11)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 2831 lb uplift at joint 17,2642 lb uplift at joint 11 and 1670 lb uplift at joint 9. 12)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSUfPI 1. 13)Hanger(s)or other connection device(s)shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s)1021 lb down and 358 lb up at 1-0-12,1089 lb down and 494 lb up at 3-0-12, 978 lb down and 466 lb up at 5-0-12,926 lb down and 468 lb up at 7-0-12,1017 lb down and 483 lb up at 9-0-12,1302 lb down and 554 lb up at 11-0-12,1331 lb down and 572 lb up at 13.0-12,1371 lb down and 572 lb up at 15-0-12.1284 lb down and 549 lb up at 17-0-12.2688 lb down and 891 lb up at 23-0-12,and 1183 lb down and 392 lb up at 21-0-12,and 1310 lb down and 434 lb up at 19-0-12 on bottom chord. The design/selection of such connection device(s)is the responsibility of others. LOAD CASE(S)Standard 1)Snow:Lumber Increase=1.15,Plate Increase=1.15 Uniform Loads(plf) Vert 1-4=-94,4-5=-94,5-8=-94,15-17=-20,15-23=-60,14-23=-20,14-26=-60,11-26=-20,1030=-20,3032=-00,9-32=-20 Concentrated Loads(lb) Vert:18=-1021(F)19=-1089(F)20=-978(F)21=-926(F)22=-1017(F)24=-1302(F)25=-1331(F)27=-1371(F)28=-1284(F)29=973(F)31=-879(F)33=-1996(F) A WARNING-Verylt design parniwitft s and READ NOTES ON 7FHS AND MLODED WTEE"I'ERENCE PAGE A137-7473 BEIORE Uar. saw Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building Component. atAiIIIIIIIII Applicability of design poromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown Is for lateral support of individual web members only.Additional temporary bracing to Insure stability during construction is the resporuibillity of the M e erector.Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure Is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding ro,,.1e,p.eero.r.• fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T►ll Quality C terla,DSB-89 and SCS11 Building ComponeM 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite#300 Safe4y Information available from Truss Plate Institute,5a3 D'Onotrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 623017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. I6 4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. T „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never a WEBS NC4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O 3 �,�� 04. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'/,d'from outside a U all other interested parties. edge Of truss. a C7-8 C6-7 CS-6 ,�0 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. ' BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction Of Slots In locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 'Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 1 l.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67, ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of on engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone MiTeV DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI 1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM:" ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MTTek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type aty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239973 0706139J SM24GR ROOF TRUSS 1 2 Job Reference Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:41 2007 Page 1 14 911 -1-" i 1-2-12 2-0-12 1 8.0411 124)-0 1388 1 11 16-0-0 17-0-0 1-0-0 1-2-12 O-IOQO-4-12 1-" 4)-0 4-" 1-6.8 0.4-120-10-0 1-2-12 1 =1:30.2 5x8= 2.50 11 5x8 5 8 7 17-1 8.00 12 3x8 4x6 i 4 8 4x8 3 9 10 2 402= 17 21 16 22 15 r12 " 3x4= 5x8= 3x4= I� 20 19 13 12 4x6 3x4= Us I I 3x6 I I 3x4= Us 2-0-12 2-54 40411 8-0-0 12-0-0 13." 13-111;4 16-0-0 2-0-12 0-4-12 1-" 4-0-0 4-0-0 1.6-8 0-4-12 2-0-12 Plate Offsets Y: 2:Ed 04)-6 5:0-5-12 0-2-0 :0-5-12 0-2-0 10:E 0-0 6 14:0-7-4 E 16:04-0 03-0 18:0-7rt E LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-" CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defi L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.29 Vert(LL) -0.11 16-17 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.53 Vert(TL) -0.15 16-17 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr NO WB 0.34 Horz(TL) 0.11 10 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC20031TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:146lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF 2100F 1.8E*Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-11-8 oc purlins. 5-7 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-"oc bracing. Except: BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF 2100F 1.8E*Except* 10-"oc bracing:4-18,8-14 2-19 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E,10-13 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud*Except* 3-18 2 X 4 SPF No.2,9-14 2 X 4 SPF No.2 REACTIONS (Iblsize) 2=1853/0-5-8,10=1857/0-" Max Horz2=167(LC 7) Max UpIM2=-936(LC 8),10=-938(LC 9) Max Grav2=2279(LC 3),10=2283(LC 4) FORCES pb)-Maximum CompressbWaximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/67,2-3=-2409/991,3-4=S369/2446,45=3840/1720,5-0=-4259/1960,6-7=4259/1960,7-8=-W50/1641, 8-9=5379/2228,9-10=-2407/998,10-11=0/67 BOT CHORD 2-20=-789/1582,19-20=326/686,18-19=308/600,4-18=-798/1581,17-18=-2130/4494,17-21=-1554/3324, 16-21=-1554/3324,16-22=-1394/3334,15-22=-1394/3334,14-15=-1776/4503,13-14=-158/415,B-14=-652/1583, 12-13=-280/692,10-12---630/1582 WEBS 4-17=-1386/679,5-17=450/994,5-16=-653/1295,6-16=518/288,7-16=-642/1284,7-15=-422/1004,8-15=-1387/551, 3-20=1533/743,9-12=-1541/614,3-18=-1279/2760,9-14=-1094/2768,12-14=-492/1253,18-20=-651/1261 NOTES 1)2-ply truss to be connected together with 10d(0.131"x3")nails as follows: Top chords connected as follows:2 X 4-1 row at 0-9-0 oc. Bottom chords connected as follows:2 X 6-2 rows at 0-9-0 oc,2 X 4-1 row at 0-9-0 oc. �11t11tltlrflttr� bs 2)All are coonnsidered equally applied to all plies,except if noted as front(F)or back(B)face in the LOAD CASE(S)section.Ply to ply �pF CONN�cC connections have been provided to distribute only loads noted as(F)or(B),unless otherwise indicated. .��Q'�•,J�GAN(��•• ��tG'� 3)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. + ; 4)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 5)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 .2 �g 6)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 7)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with SS 8)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. �ONAI.E 9)This truss has been designed fora 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. �rrrrf I11Ilt►t11` 10)"This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chard in all areas where a rectangle 3-"tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit July 5,200 ConlIKINM S@gWm chord and any other members. WARMM7-Y4rt/y deetyn parometmv and READ N07=ON TMS AND INCLUDED WTEK REI'E"I"PAGE AW 7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with Wrek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design poramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M iTe k• is for lateral support of Individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responslbillity,of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding .o.r=,="—....- fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/TPII Qua91y Crllerlo,DSS-89 and 9CSII sAdInW Component 14515 N.Outer Forty.Suite#300 Safety Infomwllon available from Truss Plate Institute.583 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 i Symbols Numbering System 0 General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. I6 4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. see BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,1,or Eliminator C 1-2 C23 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WEBS hcstock materials on inadequately braced trusses. uo �y aCIO 3 �,�� 30 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building FOr 4 X 2 OflentatiOn,locate = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'he'from outside a- U all other interested parties. edge of truss. C g ~ V-8 c6-7 c5-6 1 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. r- � BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 b 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 'Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. Mr.* 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.- ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing &Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MfTek Engineering Reference Sheet:10II-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence 4 11239973 1 0706139J SM24GR ROOF TRUSS 1 2 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Morroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:42 2007 Page NOTES 11)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 936 lb uplift at joint 2 and 938 lb uplift at joint 10. 12)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 13)Hanger(s)or other connection device(s)shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s)193 lb dawn and 131 lb up at 23-12,264 lb down and 144 lb up at 4-0-12, 264 lb down and 144 lb up at 6-0-12,264 lb down and 144 lb up at 8-0-12,264 lb down and 144 lb up at 10-0-12,and 264 lb down and 144 lb up at 12-0-12,and 193 lb down and 131 lb up at 13-8-4 on bottom chord. The designtselection of such connection device(s)is the responsibility of others. LOAD CASE(S)Standard 1)Snow:Lumber Increase=1.15,Plate Increase=1.15 Uniform Loads(plf) Vert 15=-94,5-7=-94,7-11=-94,2-19=-20,14-18=-20,10-13=-20 Concentrated Loads(lb) Vert 19=-193(B)17=-264(B)16=-264(B)15=-264(B)14=-193(B)21=-264(B)22=264(B) A WARWNG-Vtrl fy desiyft pamnwtem and MUD NOTES ON TWS AND LVCLUDSD WT&R JWFMWNCS PAGE AM-7473 BEFORE USE. BAN* Design valid for use only with M1ek connectors.This design B based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. MN" Applicability of design poromenters and proper incorporation of component B responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k• is for lateral support of individual web members only.Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector.Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and tracing,consult ANSI/TPII Dually CrlfMa,DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component 14515 N.Duller Forty,Suite 0300 Safety information available from Truss Plate Institute.583 D'Onohio Drive,Madison,vil 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Failure to Follow Could Cause Property 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 0-/1 i 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator � bracing should be considered. C t-p C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never Q ZWEBS �sA 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O330 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate j = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-the'from outside rL U all other interested parties. edge of truss. rL g O c�-e cba cs s O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. �- BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT The first dimension is the plate 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and sae,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 tt,spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. r—r•® 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with Industry Standards: project engineer before use. ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek* and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. SCSI 1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing &Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239973 0706139J SM25 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:42 2007 Page 1 -1-" 1.4-8 2-5-8 6-M 104)-0 13-6-8 14-7-9 1 16-" 1 17-" 14)-0 1-4-8 1-1-0 3-6-8 4-0-0 3-" 1-1-0 1-4-8 1-0-0 Scale=1:35.9 7x12 MT18H i 5x8�� 5 6 8.Do 12 2.5x4 II 4x12 i 2.5x4 II 7 R 4 4x12�� y 3 a 2 9 R G( 7x12= 15 14 7x12= 10 i9 ac�l. 2-5x4 11 3x4 5x8 II to 17 12 11 5x8 11 3.6= 3x4 11 3x4 11 3x6= 11-4-8 1 2-5-8 6-0-0 10-0-0 13-6-8_ _;14-7-0 i 16-0-0 1-" 1-1-0 3-6-8 4-0-0 3-0.8 1-1-0 1-4-8 Plate Offsets MY):: 5:0--8 0-1-12, 6:04-12 0-2-0, 13:0-5-12,Ed 16:05-12,Ed LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.66 Vert(LL) -0.12 15-16 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.68 Vert(TL) -0-19 15-16 >999 180 MT18H 197/144 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.59 Horz(TL) 0.14 9 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003fTP12002 (Matrix) Weight:79lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 2-10-9 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 8-7-12 oc bracing. Except: WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud 6-0-0 oc bracing:4-16,7-13 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 1-3-13,Right 2 X 4 SPF Stud 1-3-13 REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=1006/0-5-8,9=1006/0-5-8 Max Horz 2=247(LC 7) Max Uplift2=-459(LC 8),9=459(LC 9) Max Grav 2=1 340(LC 3),9=1340(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-1520/417,3-4=-2731/835,4-5=-2866/1041,5-6=-1295/465,6-7=-2864/910,7-8=-2730/703,8-9=-1520/421, 9-10=0/53 BOT CHORD 2-18=-393/1026,1 7-1 8=-1 141292,16-17=-36/125,4-16=-331/281,15-16=437/1296,14-15=-436/1302,13-14=-294/1297, 12-13=-27/126,7-13=-329/286,11-12=-91/292,9-1 1=-222/1026 WEBS 3-18=-823/327,16-18=-389/1000,3-16=-398/1224,5-16=-609/1374,5-15=0/173,5-14=-282/284,6-14=-78/283, 6-13=-510/1371,11-13=-190/999,8-13=-256/1223,8-11=-823/181 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf,Category II;Exp C;enclosed,MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 111t1Illtllrlrt 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs � QF CONI�1El����i,� non-concurrent with other live loads. �� �'� 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. GANG •, ��1 ��� 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. ;'>rJ G�.A 8)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. r t' 4 9)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. _ 10)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 459 lb uplift at joint 2 and 459 lb uplift at joint = 56 9. ( C O 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced 'i,�0,ly �• ENS •' ���`� standard ANSI/TPI 1. /�zzzi,Css%ONAtt�N�•``�\` LOAD CASE(S) Standard July 5,200 WARNING-Verify design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED AOTEK REFERENCE PAGE AM-7473 BEFORE USE. �+ Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design poromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M iTe k. is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSIfMll Quality Criteria.DSB-89 and 6CSI1 6uPding Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite#300 Solely InlormaMon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onohio Drive-Madison.WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSII. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by on engineer.For 0'/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator � bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS �z' 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. OO 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building O For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U Kb = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'/,6' from outside a_ 6 u U all other interested parties. truss.of edge a g O C» C6-7 C5-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. r— BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT p 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions LATERAL BRACING LOCATION PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or pur ins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 111111111111111114 18.Use of green heated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal a 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. ■ and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, MiTek 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet.MII-7473 J Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399 0706139J SM26 ROOF TRUSS 4 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.5W s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:44 2007 Page 1 r '�I 1-4-8 r 2.5-8 5-2-12 8-M + 10-9-4 13.641 1 14-7.8 1�17—" 1-" 1-4-8 1-1-0 2-9-4 2-94 2-9-4 2-9-4 1-1-0 1-4-8 1-" 4x6= Scale=1.39.8 6 06 i 4x8 8.00 12 7 5 7x12 MT181-1,�' 2.5x4 11 7x12 MT18H-i 2.5x4 II 4 8 3 9 2 10 Q 7x12= 15 7x12— 11 WO= 1 5x8 II 18 17 13 12 5x8 11 3x6=3x4 11 3x4 11 3x6= 13�5-8 8-" 13-6-8 114-7T, 1-4-8 1-1-0 5-6-8 5-" 1-1-0 1-4-8 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.40 Vert(LL) -0.10 14-15 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.59 Vert(TL) -0.18 14-15 >999 180 MT18H 197/144 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.55 Horz(TL) 0.13 10 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:79lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-3-1 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 9-0-2 oc bracing. Except: 4-17 2 X 4 SPF Stud,8-13 2 X 4 SPF Stud 6-"oc bracing:4-16,8-14 WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 1-3-13,Right 2 X 4 SPF Stud 1-3-13 REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=1006/0-5-8,10=1006/0-5-8 Max Horz 2=-31 9(LC 6) Max Uplift2=-475(LC 8),10=475(LC 9) Max Grav 2=1 224(LC 3),10=1224(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-1364/442,3-4=-2462/924,4-5=-2573/1047,5-6=-1045/479,6-7=-1045/497,7-8=-2573/878,8-9=-2462/760, 9-10=-1364/447.10-11=0/53 BOT CHORD 2-18=-369/917,17-18=-102/195,16-17=-37/102,4-16=-251/180,15-16=-407/1184,14-15=-313/1184,13-14=-27/102, 8-14=-251/186,12-13=-80/195,10-12=-253/917 WEBS 3-18=-782/322,16-18=-363/982,3-16=-406/1097,5-16=-521/1267,5-15=-077/368,6-15=-393/837,7-15=-677/340, 7-14=-395/1267,12-14=-236/982,9-14=-289/1097,9-12=-782/216 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf,Category 11;Exp C;enclosed,MWFRS gable end zone,cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category 11;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2-00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs `�1ttt11lllttltllll non-concurrent with other live loads. `�� F COMF 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. .`� AN. .. 7)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. AQ , JEC' r'( '•,C 8)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-"wide will fit G� between the bottom chord and any other members. • ?s 9)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 475 lb uplift at joint 2 and 475 lb uplift at joint •' t 10. 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced .23 9 �Q` standard ANSI/TPI 1. % <7 '••.LENS,. LOADCASE(S) Standard ;ONA�t�NG```��� July 5,200 WARNING Verify design parameter and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE MH 7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an Individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek• is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity,of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding .....+a.e.rae..- fabrication.quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T911 Quality Crilmla.DS6-89 and 6CSI1 Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty Sulb A*W Safety Informallon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO63017 I Symbols • Y Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Failure to Follow Could Cause Property 3/4 Center plate on joint unless x,y offsets are indicated. Ib-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSII. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 0-/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,1,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 i 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS Nc stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. OU �•� �,�� O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'/16"from outside a U all other interested parties. edge of truss. a_ g Or c7-8 c6-7 csb O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In AAITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT The first dimension is the plate 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is To to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and sae,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. I B.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek* and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER To PERFORM.- ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type aty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239973 0706139J SM27 ROOFTRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:45 2007 Page 1 1-4-8 2-5-8 5-2-12 804) 1 10-9-4 13-" 15-M 1-04) 1-4-8 1-1-0 2-9.4 2-9-4 2-9.4 2-9.4 1-5-8 1.04) 46= Scale=1:39.6 6 4x6 4x6 8.00 12 5 7 2.5x4 11 702 MT18H,i 2.5x4 II 4 8 4x12= 3x6= 9 3 10 1919 27x12= t55x12 300= 5x8 II 18 17 13 12 11 2.5x4 I i 2.5x4 11 5x8=2.5x4 11 3x6= -8 �2 8 8-0-0 1 13-6-8 �14-7-8 I 16." 14-8 1-1-0 5-6-8 5-115-8 1-1-0 1." LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) Ildefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.40 Vert(LL) -0.10 15-16 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.61 Vert(TL) -0.18 15-16 >999 180 MT18H 197/144 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.55 Horz(TL) 0.13 11 n/a rl/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003ITP12002 (Matrix) Weight:78lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-3-3 oc puriins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* end verticals. 4-17 2 X 4 SPF Stud,8-13 2 X 4 SPF Stud BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 8-7-14 oc bracing. Except: WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud 6-M oc bracing:4-16,8-14 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 13-13 REACTIONS (lb/size) 11=901/0-5-8,2=1001/0-5-8 Max Horz2=360(LC 7) Max Upliftl 1=-328(LC 8),2=-473(LC 8) Max Grav 11=1057(LC 4),2=1219(LC 3) FORCES (Ib)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-1358/437,34=-2449/949,4-5=-2561/1072,5-6=-1033/481,6-7=-1033/500,7-8=-2494/838,8-9=-23577742, 9-10=-837/283,10-11=-913/291 BOT CHORD 2-18=-393/912,17-18=-106/194,16-17=-39/102,4-16=-251/179,15-16=-441/1175,14-15=-342/1163,13-14=-32/119, 8-14=-327/142,12-13=-83/197,11-12=-27/146 WEBS 3.18=-778/343,16-18=-391/977,3-16=-430/1091,5-16=-544/1265,5-15=-676/373,6-15=-395/823,7-15=-660/232, 7-14=-314/1202,12-14=-137/596,9-14=-376/1285,9-12=-1341/412,10-12=-315/999 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf,Category 11,Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed,end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Category 11;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs `��11111I1111t11rrrl� non-concurrent with other live loads. 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. �Q�•'JEGANO'�j./�G 8)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 9)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by I-M wide will fit = + • +r►s �` between the bottom chord and any other members. — 10)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 328 lb uplift at joint 11 and 473 lb uplift at _ joint 2. 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard July 5,200 WARNING-li-Ify design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED IGTEX REFERENCE PAGE AM-7473 BEFORE USE. Si Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for on individual building component. Applicability of design poromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M iTe k is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSIMI1 Quality Criteria,DSB-89 and BCSII 8uldtrq Component 14515 N.Outer Fay,9ulle 0300 SaWy INamoNon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onci to Drive.Madison,will 53719, chesterfield,MO 83D17 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-brocing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never 0 WEBS N116 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O u �'� 3 ��� ; 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U = designer,erection supervisor.property owner and plates 0-Vii'from outside a U all other interested parties. CL edge of truss. c�e cs-� O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. �- BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This Symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 Software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and sae,and [CC-ES Reports: � in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1, ESR-1352, ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67, ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek* and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet-MII-7473 `. Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399736 0706139J SM28 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:45 2007 Page 1 -1-0-0 4-1-12 8-" 13.0-0 16-" r � 1-" 4-1-12 3-10-4 5-0-0 3-0-0 5x8= Scale=1:37.2 5 8.00 12 2.5x4 4 6x8 4x6= 6 7 3 R N d 2 3x6'i 5x8 l 1 10 9 8 WO= 4x6= 2.5x4 11 8-0-0 13-0-0 16-0-0 8-0-0 5-0-0 3-0-0 Plate Offsets Y: [2:0-3-13,Edgel LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CS1 DEFL in (loc) I/defl L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.60 Vert(LL) -0.08 2-10 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.47 Vert(TL) -0.19 2-10 >985 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.58 Horz(TL) 0.02 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003frP12002 (Matrix) Weight:70lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-10-12 oc purlins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 8-11-13 oc bracing. SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-5-2 REACTIONS (lb/size) 8=901/0-5-8,2=1001/0-5-8 Max Horz2=399(LC 7) Max Uplift8=-330(LC 8),2=471(LC 8) Max Grav8=1057(LC 4),2=1219(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-1358/473,3-4=-1078/491,4-5=-900/408,5-6=-936/425,6-7=-1043/397,7-8=-1013/338 BOT CHORD 2-10=-425/989,9-10=-330/1093,8-9=-70/59 WEBS 4-10=-501/311,5-10=-194/443,6-10=-540/246,6-9=-047/345,7-9=461/1346 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph,h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf,Category Il;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone,cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed, Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category 11;Exp C.Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. \\\{{IIIlillll, 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. `\ �F CONNF 8)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit �� between the bottom chord and any other members. �`� GANG'•• ��1 �: 9)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 330 lb uplift at joint 8 and 471 lb uplift at joint 2. - :�- 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. _ LOAD CASE(S) Standard '9 .23 69 �Q` <yCENS�OG\�t1j\`. 8/0NA�EN �1/111111111{I\1\ July 5,2007 WARNING Vert fy Qeetyn parameter and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED AOTEK REFERENCE PAGE YII-7473 BEFORE USE. i•�0 Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenlers and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k. is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding — fabrication,quality control.storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/Vil Quality CrMeria,DS111-89 and 6CS11 Buldinq Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite#300 Sdoty IMormaMon available from Truss Plate Institute.%3 O'Onofrio Drive,Madison.WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System A General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss I. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator C I Q C2-3 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never 0 W EBSSao 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O �'> ; O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'/i6'from outside a. 0 u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. Oa- 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. C7-8 C6-7 C51-6 ,_ BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 'Plate location details available In MiTek 20/20 software of upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT p 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. ter.® 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with Industry Standards: project engineer before use. ANSI/TPI l: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI I Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MTTek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239973 0706139J SM29 ROOFTRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optwna]) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:46 2007 Page 1 -1-" 4-1-4 8-0-0 It-" 15-7-8 1-" 4-1-4 3-10-12 3-0.0 4-7-8 5x8= Scale=1:36.9 5 702= 5x8= 8.00 F12 2.50\\ 6 7 4 3 q a 2 3x6�i 5x8 II 10 11 12 9 8 3x4= 5x8= 2.5x4 I I 5-7.4 11-0-0 15.7-8 5-7.4 5-4-12 4-7-8 Plate Offsets KYY [2:0-3-13,Edgel LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) Vdefl L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.97 Vert(LL) -0.07 9-10 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.41 Vert(TL) -0.11 9-10 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr NO WB 0.45 Horz(TL) 0.02 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:74lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-10-9 oc purlins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud'Except` BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 8-6-11 oc bracing. 5-9 2 X 4 SPF No.2 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-4-14 REACTIONS (lb/size) 8=912/Mechanical,2=1009/0-5-8 Max Horz2=438(LC 7) Max Uplift8=-352(LC 7),2=-459(LC 8) Max Grav8=1051(LC 4),2=1236(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-1455/450,3-4=-1136/462,4-5=-1150/516,5-6=-1228/520,6-7=-858/371,7-8=-1003/354 BOT CHORD 2-10=-469/1026,10-11=-296/643,11-12=-296/643,9-12=-296/643,8-9=-96/74 WEBS 4-10=-449/321,5-10=-252/602,5-9=-258/721,6-9=-1199/422,7-9=-375/1047 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph,h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf,Category II;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone,cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category 11;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 111111IItttfrll 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. ���\% 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. `��F Ci�N^/�CTi��i, 8)'This truss has been designed fora live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit �P� ,J�GAN(3- between the bottom chord and any other members. co 9)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 10 Provide mechanical connection b others of truss to bearing late capable of withstanding 352 lb uplift at joint 8 and 459 lb uplift at joint ( Y ) 9P P 9 P 1 P 1 * ' 2. _ 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced o.2 569 standard ANSIfTPI 1. '�CENSEO LOAD CASE(S)Standard NA\ July 5,2007 WARNING-9erlry design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE MB-7473 BEFORE USE. �+ Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M iTe k. is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillify of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T►II Quality CrNerla,DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite#300 Sa1My IMorrrlabn available from Truss Plate Institute,5113 D'Onofrfo Drive,Madison.WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System A& General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 0-/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator AL bracing should be C 1-2 C23 3. Never exceed the design loading considered. shown and never o WXZ �a' 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O �•� 3 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,IOCOTe b :1 6" erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'nd"from Outside a �v 'v U all other interested parties. edge of truss. rz g `- 778 c6-7 CS-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the $ 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software Or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT The first dimension is the plate 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of Truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION 12.Lumber used shall be of the ICC-ES Reports: species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67, ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. x 18.Use of green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal ® 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI 1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type city Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399738 0706139J SM3 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:47 2007 Page 1 -1-" 4-1-12 8-M 12-" 15-10-4 20-" _ 1 2� r r 1-0-0 4-1-12 3-10-1 4-" 3-10-4 4-1-12 1-" Scale=1:40.1 5x8 i 7x10 MT20H,� 5 6 8.00 12 2.50 >S� 4 3 2 1' 10[;3x6 i 6x8 11 12 13 11 6x8 11 3x10= 3x4= 84)-0 12-" - 20-" a-" 4-0-0 8-0-0 Plate Offsets X Y: 2:03-13 Ed a 5:0-4-12 0-2-0 6:0-6 8 0-1-12 9:0-3-13 Ed LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Vd PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.40 Vert(LL) -0.09 9-11 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.53 Vert(TL) -0.24 9-11 >999 180 MT20H 148/108 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.24 Horz(TL) 0.05 9 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC20031TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:89lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-3-13 oc puriins. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 8-2-7 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud*Except* 6-12 2 X 4 SPF No.2 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-5-2.Right 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-5-2 REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=1255/0-5-8,9=1261/0-5-8 Max Horz 2=-320(LC 6) Max Uplift2=-554(LC 8),9=-554(LC 9) Max Grav2=1631(LC 3),9=1637(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-2023/616,3-4=-1742/634,4-5=-1564/543,5-6=-1180/542,6-7=-1 5 7 4154 3,7-0=-1751/634,8-9=-2032/616, 9-10=0153 BOT CHORD 2-12=-509/1516,12-13=-250/1195,11-13=-250/1195,9-11=-357/1523 WEBS 4-12=-421/322,5-12=-123/348,6-12=-305/275,6-11=-135/401,7-11=-420/322 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02,120mph,h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11;Exp C;enclosed,MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed, Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16 0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs `1t1111IIt1rr1III non-concurrent with other live loads. `�.`` F CONIVF 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. �. \ 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. :� Q� ,JeeGANG 8)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. �^ 9)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-"tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 10)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 554 lb uplift at joint 2 and 554 lb uplift at joint = 9. 2 69 Q 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced 9 tv standard ANSVTPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Ilrnnlllnll` July 5,200 a WARNING Vert fy d-19n parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITES REFERENCE PAGE Al 7473 BEFORE USE. SAM- Design valid for use only with MITek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown and is for on individual building component. Applicability of design poromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k• is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding 1..e..o— fabrication.quality controf storage.delivery,erection and bracing.consult ANSI/T►Il Quality Cdhww,DSO-89 and BCSII Building Component 14515 N.OuW"FoAy SUBS OW Sately killorrrallon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Orafrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO tS3017 I Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,1,or Himinator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WXZca4stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O ; �O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U .b + designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'116'from outside rL u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. rL g '- C7-8 c6-7 c5-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at pint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and sae,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTekS All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek* and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence 4 • 11239973 0706139J SM30 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:47 2007 Page 1 4-1-12 8-" , 9-" 15-7.8 i r� 1-0-0 4-1-12 3-104 1-0-0 6-7-8 5x8= Scale=1:36.9 5 7x12= 5xB II 6 7 8.00 F12 2.50 4 R 3 2 3x6 5x8 II 9 10 11 8 3x10= 4x6= 9-0-0 15-7-8 i 9-0-0 6-7-8 Plate Offsets X Y: 2:03-9,0-2-3 :0-3-8 Ed e LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) Udefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.90 Vert(LL) -0.09 2-9 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.47 Vert(TL) -0.23 2-9 >810 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.53 Horz(TL) 0.02 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:741b LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-4-14 oc puriins, except 5-0 2 X 4 SPF 2100E 1.8E end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 7-7-14 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud*Except* WEBS 1 Row at midpt 6-8 7-8 2 X 4 SPF No.2,6-8 2 X 4 SPF No.2 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-5-2 REACTIONS (lb/size) 8=915/Mechanical,2=1001/0-5-8 Max Horz2=477(LC 7) Max Uplift8=484(1-C 7),2=454(LC 8) Max Gray 8=105514),2=1227(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-1368/449,3-4=-1088/467,4-5=-873/358,5-0=-1094/480,6-7=-92/133,7-8=-454/229 BOT CHORD 2-9=-580/995,9-10=472/767,10-11=-4721767,8-11=-472/767 WEBS 4-9=4921330,5-9=-408/1154,6-9=-943/387,6-8=-890/439 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf,Category 11;Exp C.enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone,cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed, Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow;Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Category 11,Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs �111ttItllltflfl/7j non-concurrent with other live loads. ��`�`v`OF CONIyF 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. C' 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. `��Q��•J�GANG'- 8)•This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-"tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 9)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. _ 4 ' 10)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 484 lb uplift at joint 8 and 454 lb uplift at joint = 2 N ,2 69 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 Intemational Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced [V standard ANSI/TPI 1. �:� �� --/CENSE°G��`�,�� LOAD CASE(S) Standard 7,S8/0NAtE���v�`��` July 5,200 WARNING V—f fy d-li parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE]kW-7473 BEFORE USE. SAM Design valid for use only with Mirek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for on individual building component. fiffiiim Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity,of the erector.Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T►I1 Quality Criteria,DSB-89 and SCSI Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,SuIM SM Safely MlanwNon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onotrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfeld,MO 83017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 0-/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o ;XZcV 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O u �'� 3 �O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U pb = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-1/,6"from outside �' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. C7-8 C6-7 C5-6 0 BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the g 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION species and size,and 12.Lumber used shall be of the s ICC-ES Reports: p in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but C 2006 MiTekO All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTeko and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM., ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type City Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239974 0706139J SM31 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:48 2007 Page 1 1-" 4-7-12 9-0-0 15-7-8 1-0-0 4-7-12 4-4-4 6-7-8 7x12 MTIBH,i Scale=1:42.5 5x8 II 5 6 8.00 72 2.5x4 4 3 12 1 3x6 5x8= 8 9 7 3x6= 4x6= 9-" 15-7-8 9-" 6-7-8 Plate Offsets Y: [2:0-0-3.0-2-51,15:0-M,0-1-81,[6:0-3-8,EdQeI LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) Vdefl L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.88 Vert(LL) -0.10 2-8 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.49 Vert(TL) -0.27 2-8 >691 180 MT18H 197/144 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.37 Horz(TL) 0.02 7 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight:72lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-8-15 oc purtins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 8-1-10 oc bracing. 4-8 2 X 4 SPF Stud WEBS 1 Row at midpt 6-7,5-7 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-8-12 REACTIONS (lb/size) 7=948/Mechanical,2=1015/0-5-8 Max Horz2=471(LC 7) Max Uplift7=441(LC 7).2=-451(LC 8) Max Grav7=1015(LC 4),2=1302(LC 3) FORCES (Ib)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-1470/440,3-4=-1157/453,4-5=-935/356,5-6=-75/178,6-7=-473/272 BOT CHORD 2-8=-513/1073,8-9=-385/636,7-9=-385/636 WEBS 4-8=-580/374,5-8=-162/616,5-7=-825/372 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-02,120mph,h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf,Category 11,Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed, Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Category II;Exp C.Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 5)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 7771ilIIllirrrl 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. ,vv`\\\OF CON/yF 7)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 1\� � ....... 8)The following joint(s)require plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection:5. \- •J�(A -- • C1 9)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit + between the bottom chord and any other members. _ ry 10)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 4 =_ 11 Provide mechanical connection b others of truss to bearing late capable of withstanding 441 lb uplift at joint 7 and 451 lb uplift at hint ( Y ) 9P P 9 P 1 P 1 2. .23 69 12)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced (V standard ANSI/TPI 1. % ,t "./CENS,� LOAD CASE(S) Standard �FSS`ONN- July 5,2007 y WARNING Vert fy d—ifrn parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED AGTEE REFERENCE PAGE Mll-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility or building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k. is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector.Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery.erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T►Il Quality Cdtedo,DS8-89 and 9CSIl luiding Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite#3W Sally Mronno/at available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onohio Drive,Madison,wt 53719, Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System 0 General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Failure to Follow Could Cause Property 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 0-/16„ 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T.I,or Eliminator brocing should be considered. C I-2 C23 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS C�v 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. � m h 0 u ��� ; W 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate O e . 0 designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'1,d' from outside (L �" u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. a g ~ C7-e C6-7 CS-6 O S. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MiTek 20/20 Software Or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the plate CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION 12.Lumber used shall be of the ICC-ES Reports: species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek8 All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and rood vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek* and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures atone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing 8,Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399741 07GB139J SM32 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference optanal) _ Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Mar B 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 13.48:51 2007 Page 1 5-7-12 11-0-0 15-7-8 1-0-0 5-7-12 5-4-4 4-7-8 5x8 i Scale=1:46.2 4x6 1; 5 6 8,00 12 2.5x4 II 4 3 2 1 3x4 3x4�i Sx8= 8 11 9 10 7 4x6= 7x12= 5-7-12 15-7-8 5-7-12 9-11-12 Plate Offsets X,Y: 2:0-0-11,0-2-9, 5:0-4-8,0-1-12, 6:Ed e,0-3-8 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-" CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.68 Vert(LL) -0.31 7-8 >600 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.59 Vert(TL) -0.58 7-8 >318 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.98 Horz(TL) 0.02 7 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003ITP12002 (Matrix) Weight:77lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-7-11 oc purlins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF 210OF 1.8E end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-"oc bracing. 4-8 2 X 4 SPF Stud WEBS 1 Row at midpt 6-7,5-7 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-3-13 REACTIONS (lb/size) 7=1014/Mechanical,2=1037/0-5-8 Max Horz2=568(LC 7) Max Uplift7=-444(LC 7),2=-444(LC 8) Max Grav7=1014(LC 1),2=1418(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-1775/378,3-4=-1335/394,4-5=-1722/738,5-0=-122/185,6-7=-338/224 BOT CHORD 2-8=-475/1239,8-11=-336/461,9-11=-336/461,9-10=-336/461,7-10=-336/461 WEBS 4-8=-784/574,5-7=-848/446,5-8=-637/1362 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-02,120mph;h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11,Exp C;enclosed,MWFRS gable end zone,cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category 11,Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40 0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 5)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. ````111111ttltdd/dffJ/,// 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. \��``` OQ CONNc-�,T%��� 7)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom Chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-M tall by 1-0-0 wide will `.` ` ........GAN '•• fit between the bottom chord and any other members. �P•U� �i'• �i 8)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 9)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 444 lb uplift at joint 7 and 444 lb uplift at •=�''' __ joint 2. 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced o.V 3569 standard ANSI/TPI 1. Q LOAD CASE(S)Standard NAI '''fnnnlltlata July 5,20017 A WARNING 9erlfy design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE MU 7473 BEFORE USE. �+ Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek• is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding .awre ro.e.ra....- fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and brocing.consult ANSI/R11 Quallilly Crtierla,DSB-89 and SCSI1 6utidtng Component 14515 N.Outer Faly SWA OM Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,NA S3719. Chesterfield,MO S3017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. Cl-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o ZWEBSh04 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. rr m 1d0 �• 3 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'i,d'from outside a U all other interested parties. a ed of truss. r1 g c7-8 c6-7 c5-6 1 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI I. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT p 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239974 0706139J SM33 ROOFTRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:49 2007 Page 1 r1-01 6-7-12 13-0-0 15-7-8 { 1-0-0 6-7-12 6-4-4 2-7-8 6x8 Scale=1:56 61 3x10 11 5 6 8.00 12 2.5x4 I I 4 3 O7 2 �d1! 3x4 i 3x4 i 6x8 II 9 8 10 11 7 5x8= 6x8= i 6-7-12 15-7-8 6-7-12 8-11-12 Plate Offsets X Y: 2:0-3-13 Ed 5:0-5-0 0-3-0 8:0-3-8 0-2-8 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.82 Vert(LL) -0.25 7-8 >735 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.93 Vert(TL) -0.47 7-8 >395 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.47 Horz(TL) 0.02 7 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:84lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-4-9 oc puriins, except 5-6 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 2-2-0 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* WEBS 1 Row at midpt 6-7,5-7,5-8 4-8 2 X 4 SPF Stud SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-11-1 REACTIONS (lb/size) 7=1049/Mechanical,2=1060/0-5-8 Max Horz2=656(LC 7) Max Uplift7=-471(LC 8),2=-429(LC 8) Max Grav7=1153(LC 3),2=1500(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-1805/328,3-4=-1495/346,4-5=-1756/747,5-0=-158/227,6-7=-202/212 BOT CHORD 2-9=-465/1244,8-9=-465/1244,8-10=-268/335,10-11=-268/335,7-11=-268/335 WEBS 4-8=-937/669,5-7=-1130/574,5 8=-773/1579 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf,Category 11,Exp C;enclosed,MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs \+�1111111111rrri7j with 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. Q'� EOANG•••, �v 8)•This truss has been designed for alive load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit &Cij ' G:-AV E between the bottom chord and any other members. ♦_h>•s 9)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 10)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 471 lb uplift at joint 7 and 429 lb uplift at joint - 2. .23 69 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced (r✓ standard ANSI/TPI 1. �: !C E� Z�' LOAD CASE(S) Standard July 5,200 WARMNO Verl fy design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED AHTEE REFERENCE PAGE AW-7473 BEFORE USE. Design volid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k• is for lateral support of individual web members only.Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding .a........ro..,- fabrication,quality control.storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/ttll Quality Cdteda,DSA-39 and lCSII 6u"nq Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite#300 SaWy InfannoNon available from Truss Plate Institute,5B3 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,W153719, Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4 Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSII. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by on engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T.I,or Eliminator C 1-2 bracing should be considered. C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS Ca, 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. W Oo u �'� ��� 3 O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate pb = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-Ind'from outside a �' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. CL C7-8 C6-7 C16 00 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the g 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 Software Or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT The first dimension is the plate 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. b text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at Y 9 output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing. BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint t number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTeks and pictures]before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER To PERFORM.- ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet.MII-7473 i Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 • 11239974 0706139J SM34 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:50 2007 Page 1 rTt-01 7-6-0 15-0-0 1$7r8 1-0-0 7.8-0 7-6-0 0-7-8 5x8= Scale:3/16•=l' 8,00 12 5 5x8 i 4 3x6 3 2 1 Sx8= 8 7 9 6 2.5x4 II 3x10= 7�0 15-7-8 7-" 8-1-8 Plate Offsets MY): 2:0-0-1,0-0-11 [5:0-4-0,Edgel LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TIC 0.56 Vert(LL) -0.09 2-7 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.66 Vert(TL) -0.17 2-7 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.57 Horz(TL) 0.03 6 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003lrP12002 (Matrix) Weight:88lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SPF 1650F 1.5E TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-M oc purtins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E*Except' BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 8-1-12 oc bracing. 3-7 2 X 4 SPF Stud,3-6 2 X 4 SPF No.2 WEBS 1 Row at midpt 5-6,3-6 REACTIONS (lb/size) 6=938/Mechanical,2=1068/0-5-8 Max Horz2=773(LC 7) Max Uplift6=-550(LC 8),2=-411(LC 8) Max Grav 6=1 339(LC 3),2=1541(LC 3) FORCES (Ib)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/69,2-3=-1679/251,3.4=-418/273,4-5=-289/304,5-6=-483/253 BOT CHORD 2-8=471/1208,7-8=-471/1208,7-9=-471/1208,6-9=-471/1208 WEBS 3-7=0/323,3-6=-1393/679 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-02,120mph,h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11.Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category 11,Exp C.Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 5)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 6)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-"tall by 1-M wide will fit tt1111t111,,,r� between the bottom chord and any other members. � �F C0NNF 7)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. � 0 8)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 550 lb uplift at joint 6 and 411 lb uplift at joint 2. 9)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced r �- 4 tr?•s standard ANSIlrPI 1. * *. LOAD CASE(S) Standard 0, 569 ���'���SS��NAi-ANC.``°• ''7lr,nnnu1111� July 5,200,' I WARNING-Verify design paramarers and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITES REFERENCE PAGE MD-7473 BEFORE USE. tam Design valid for use only with Mirek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design poramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and tracing,consult ANSI/TP11 Quagly CrBsda,DSB-39 and I1CSI1 Buildley Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,SuM N300 Safety IMormallon available from Truss Plate Institute.583 D'Onolrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO6X117 Symbols Numbering System A General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6 4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,1,or Eliminator C I-2 C4-3 bracing should be considered. 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS �z, stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 0 O U �•� 3 ��a 3 O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate b = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-1/ie'from outside a �'' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. a g ~ c7-8 ce-7 c56 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 'Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION species and size,and 12.Lumber used shall be of the s ICC-ES Reports: p in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 111111111111111110 18.Use green heated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, nmental,1,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek' and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM." ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheen MII-7473 e Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 1123997 0706139J SM35 ROOF TRUSS 2 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MITek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:50 2007 Page 1 11-0-0 7-9-12 15-7-8 1-" 7-9-12 7-9-12 4x12 11 Scale=1:65.5 8.00 12 5 5x8 4 3x6 3 �1 2 5xe 8 7 9 6 2.5x4 11 6x8= 7-9-12 15-7-8 7-9-12 7-9-12 Plate Offsets Y: 2:0-0-1,0-0-11 , 5:0-0-4,Ed e LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.72 Vert(LL) 0.17 6-7 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.73 Vert(TL) -0.20 2-7 >907 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.59 Horz(TL) 0.03 6 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight:82lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 7-7-5 oc bracing. 3-7 2 X 4 SPF Stud WEBS 1 Row at midpt 5-6,3-6 REACTIONS (lb/size) 6=954/Mechanical,2=1081/0-5-8 Max Horz 2=777(LC 7) Max Uplift6=-553(LC 8),2=-412(LC 8) Max Grav6=1358(LC 3),2=1556(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/69,2-3=-1678/249,3-4=-399/264,4-5=-274/296,5-0=-443/224 BOT CHORD 2-8=-465/1202,7-8=-465/1202,7-9=-465/1202,6-9=-465/1202 WEBS 3-7=0/350,3-6=-1449/701 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-02,120mph,h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11,Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed, Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 5)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 6)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-8-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit �11111it1111rIr�� between the bottom chord and any other members. �F CON/VF 7)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 8)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 553 lb uplift at joint 6 and 412 lb uplift at jointJ�GANd 4/. G y 2. 9)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced �. + i •- standard ANSI/fPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard No.23 69 /L,ENSEOr\�tv�'� NA'l 11n17nn111110 July 5,200 �I WARNING-Vert/y design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE AM-7473 BEFORE USE, MAN Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek• is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/TMI Quality Crltwits,DSB-99 and BCSI1 Building Component 14515 N.Outer Fatty,Suite#300 Safety Inlormal available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison.WI53719. Chesterfield,M063017 Symbols Numbering System A General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T.I,or Eliminator C 1-2 C2-3 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WEBS car 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O �•� � ; 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building pb = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U plates 0-'he'from outside a u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. 0 CL c7-8 C6-7 C16 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the g 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 'Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is comber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing. BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. ® 18.Use green heated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, nmental,1,health or performance risks.Consult with Industry Standards: project engineer before use. ANSI/TPI l: National Design Specification for Metal * 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate POWER TO PERFORM.' Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 ' b Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239974 0706139J SM36 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(option 1) _ Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:51 2007 Page 1 t1-0 p 7-7-0 14-10-8 1,5-7�8 i 1-0-0 7-7-0 7-3-8 0-9-0 5x8= Scale:3/16'=1' 8.00 F12 5 5x8 4 3x6 i 3 2 i 5x8= 8 7 9 6 2.5x4 II WO= 7-7-0 15-7-8 7-7-0 8-" Plate Offsets X Y: [2:0-0-1,0-0-11],[5:0-3-8,Edgel LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) Udefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.56 Vert(L-) -0.10 2-7 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.67 Vert(TL) -0.18 2-7 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.56 Horz(TL) 0.03 6 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight:87lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-M oc purlins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 6 SPF 1650F 1.5E'Except' BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 8-2-4 oc bracing. 3-7 2 X 4 SPF Stud,3-6 2 X 4 SPF No.2 WEBS 1 Row at midpt 5-6,3-6 REACTIONS (lb/size) 6=941/Mechanical,2=1070/0-5-8 Max Horz 2=768(LC 7) Max Uplift6=-549(LC 8),2=-413(LC 8) Max Grav6=1342(LC 3),2=1543(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/69,2-3=-1672/251,3-4=414/269,4-5=-283/300,5-6=475/246 BOT CHORD 2-8=468/1200,7-8=-468/1200,7-9=-468/1200,6-9=-468/1200 WEBS 3-7=0/327,3-6=-1394/676 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf,Category II;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed,end vertical left and right exposed, Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40,0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 5)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 6)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit 111t1I1tlriirrr between the bottom chord and any other members. 7)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 8)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 549 lb uplift at joint 6 and 413 to uplift at joint \� � •J�(,AN(3' /CG 2. of 9)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard No.23 69 G \��.``�. ,'��//rr r r u n u 1111t1 July 5,200 WARNING-Verify design parameters and READ MOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE ffi1-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication.quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T►Il QualBy C~a,DSO-89 and BCS11 Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty Suite#300 Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 00117 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. I6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss l. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 0'/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,1,or Eliminator AL Cl-2 C2-3 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WEBS A04 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O= u � 3 ��� ; O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U _ designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-Q"from Outside U all other interested parties. edge of truss. a g ~ C7-8 C6-7 cs-6 1 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. Plate location details available In MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT p 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ff.spacing, or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. BEARING 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings OCCUf. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. ® 18.Use green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, nmental,1,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI l: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek* and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI l: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criterio. Installing &Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MiTek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type City Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239974 0706139J SM37 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference o tanaD Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:52 2007 Page 1 r1.0-0 6-7-0 12-10-8 15-7-8 1-0411 6-7-0 6-3-8 2-9-0 6x8 i Scale=1:56.1 4x6= 5 6 3x4 11 8.00 F12 3x6 q 30 113x4= n o ao 3x4 11 3 77pp 7x12= 1R3x4= 3x4 11 �1 2 „ I4 3x4 i 3x4 i 5x8 II 13 9 14 8 7 2.5x4 11 3x10= 2.5x4 11 6-7-0 12-10-8 1 15_ -65�-8 6-7-0 6-3-8 24" 0-0-12 Plate Offsets X Y: 2:0-3-13 Ed e, 5:0-5-0,0-3 0 10:0-6-0 0-2-0, 11:0-2-0 0-1-0 11:0-2-0 0-1-0 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.82 Vert(LL) -0.08 2-9 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.57 Vert(TL) -0.14 2-9 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.93 Horz(TL) 0.02 12 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC20031TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight:99lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-9-14 oc purlins, except 5-6 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-0-0 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* WEBS 1 Row at midpt 4-8 4-9 2 X 4 SPF Stud,8-10 2 X 4 SPF Stud SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-10-9 REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=1044/0-5-8,12=885/Mechanical Max Horz2=651(LC 7) Max Uplift2=-433(LC 8),12=-455(LC 8) Max Grav2=1483(LC 3),12=1001(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-1742/337,3-4=-1443/355,4-5=-688/227,5-6=-92/160,7-11=-11/16,10-11=-18/10,6-10=471/1169 BOT CHORD 2-13=-482/1201,9-13=1182/1201,9-14=-482/1201,8-14=482/1201,7-8=-38/17 WEBS 4-9=0/271,4-8=-1067/551,5-8=-300/488,8-10=-343/423,5-10=-962/527,6-12=-1002/456,11-12=-21/46 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02,120mph;h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf;Category II;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs `\`it1111111rirrr7j h other live loads. 6)Provide adequate ltdrainage to prevent water ponding. ��``v`�OF CONNE�,T���i,� 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. �P'`••JiGGAN(��/ %1�i 8)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit ; between the bottom chord and any other members. 9)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 10)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 433 lb uplift at joint 2 and 455 lb uplift at joint 12. N .2369 Q - 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced (V standard ANSI/TPI 1. •Z/CENS O: LOAD CASE(S) Standard July 5,200 Aj WARNING�Verify durgn parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE 1MI 7473 BEI'ORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek' is for lateral support of individual web members only.Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding _ fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSIITP11 Quality Cdfena,DSB-89 and BCSI1 Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty.Suite#300 Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofno Drive.Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 01/16„ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For - 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T.I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. CI-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WEBS Sao 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 0 v � 3 3 0 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate c _ designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-1its'from outside a �'' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. 0 p 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. C7-8 C6-7 CS-6 llr BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 1 l.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS i indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: i ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek* and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures atone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER To PERFORM.'" ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MiTek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type City Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239974 0706139J SM38 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech,Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:52 2D07 Page 1 -1-0:, 5-7-0 10-10-8 1 13-6-12 i 15-7-8 -1 14)-0 5-7-0 5-3-8 2-8-4 2-0-12 7x12 MT18H i Scale=1:50.9 3x6= 3x6 11 5 6 7 8.00 Fl2 3x6 4 4 m tZ 4 r 3 411 2 8x12= 8 �Q 3x4�i3x4 5, 5x8= 5x8 11 12 11 10 2.5x4 11 3x10= 2.5x4 11 5-7-0 1 10-10-8 13-6-12 i 15 7 8 5-7-0 5-3-8 241-4 2-0-12 Plate Offsets Y: 2:0-3-13 Ed 5:0-8-0 0-1-8 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-" CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.59 Vert(LL) -0.04 2-12 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.40 Vert(TL) -0.07 2-12 >999 180 MT18H 197/144 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.66 Horz(TL) 0.02 8 n/a We BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003ITP12002 (Matrix) Weight:97lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-7-13 oc purlins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-M oc bracing. Except: 4-12 2 X 4 SPF Stud,9-11 2 X 4 SPF Stud 9-3-0 oc bracing:6-9 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-3-6 WEBS 1 Row at midpt 7-8 REACTIONS (lb/size) 8=879/Mechanical,2=979/0-5-8 Max Horz2=531(LC 7) Max Uplift8=-443(LC 7),2=-444(LC 8) Max Grav8=879(LC 1),2=1356(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-1591/383,3-4=-1 32 51400,4-5=-761/290,5-6=-2441237,6-7=-96/152,7-8=-130/144 BOT CHORD 2-12=-480/1103,11-12=-480/1103,10-11=-56/44,9-10=-5/19,6-9=-416/818,8-9=-218/242 WEBS 4-12=0/232,4-11=-825/464,5-11=-1 60/357,9-11=-254/469,5-9=-614/328,6-8=-782/403 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11,Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone,cantilever left and right exposed,end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category 11,Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 5)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. ``71111tIIt111fIII7 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. `,v\',vvOF CONIyF 7)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 8)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-"tall by 1-M wide will fit Q� ,J<&AfVG�/ /G between the bottom chord and any other members. R G 9)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 10)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 443 lb uplift at joint 8 and 444 lb uplift at joint 2. 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced .2 569 standard ANSI/TPI 1. .(iCENSEO:�cv LOAD CASE(S) Standard '�� SiONAk-t�NG� July 5,2007 WARNING-Verify deatge parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITES REFERENCE PAGE MH-7473 BEFORE USE. NAM Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M iTe k is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T►Il Quality Criteria,DSB-69 and BCSII subding Component 14515 N.Outer Forty Suits OW Safely Inlotmallon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onotrio Drive,Madison,W1 53719. Chesterfield,MID 88017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 0-/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C23 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WEBS C?,4 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. oc m d O O ��� 0 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U b = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'yid'from outside � u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. g ~ c7 e co-? cs 6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available in M1Tek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur, Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green heated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek" and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet.Mll-7473 ' I Job Truss Truss Type oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239974 0706139J SM39 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:53 2007 Page 1 -1-0-0 4-7-0 8-10-8 11-6-12 15-7-8 _ _I 1-" 4-7-0 4-3-8 249-4 4-0-12 6x8-i Scale=1 A0.3 2.5x4 11 Sx8= 5 6 7 8.00 12 2.5x4 4 4 h 9 ro 3 2 7x12= Iq 6 3x6 i 3x4 II 6x8 11 11 10 3x10= 2.5x4 II 8-10-8 11-6-12 F 15-7-8 B-10-8 24" 4-0-12 Plate Offsets Y: 2:0313,Ed 5:04-8 0-1-12 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft LJd PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.54 Vert(LL) -0.12 2-11 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.50 Vert(TL) -0.30 2-11 >628 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.38 Horz(TL) 0.02 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:84lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-2-13 oc pudins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2'Except* end verticals. 6-10 2 X 4 SPF Stud BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-M oc bracing. Except: WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud'Except' 6-0-0 oc bracing:6-9 7-9 2 X 4 SPF No.2 WEBS 1 Row at midpt 7-8 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-8-4 REACTIONS (lb/size) 8=879/Mechanical,2=979/0-5-8 Max Horz 2=435(LC 7) Max Uplift8=-440(LC 7),2=450(LC 8) Max Grav8=955(LC 4),2=1259(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-1392/441,3-4=-1085/454,4-5=-846/343,5-6=-509/321,6-7=-518/325,7-8=-900/431 BOT CHORD 2-11=-499/1014,10-11=-98/12,9-10=-71/0,6-9=-553/276,8-9=-91/110 WEBS 4-11=-579/382,5-11=-74/269,9-11=-266/621,5-9=-349/148,7-9=407/813 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;Cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed, Lumber 60L=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 1111t1uwfill 5)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. � �F C�NNFI77j��i, 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. �� off• 7)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fitGANG'• ��1 '' between the bottom chord and any other members. (�•, �.� 8)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. •r 9)Provide mechanical Connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 440 lb uplift at joint 8 and 450 lb uplift at joint 2. _ �t 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced o.2 569 standard ANSIRPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Mt�NG�`�`` July 5,200 a WARMNG-Verify design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE AM-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown.and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek• is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding In-1. fabrication.quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/711 Quality Criteria,D$l1i and ICSII Building Component 14515 N.OUW",Suite ON Sdely Irt/ornsoBon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrio Drive.Madison,wl 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System A General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides Of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator C i Q C2-3 bracing should be considered. WEBS c� 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never p , stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O u � 3 �� 3 0O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building z For 4 x 2 orientation,locate b 1: designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-1h4'from outside a �'� u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. 0 p C7-8 C6-7 CS-6 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. F. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 b 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 Software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. ® 18.Use green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, nmental,1,health or performance risks.Consult with Industry Standards: project engineer before use. ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek" and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. SCSI l: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSIAPI I Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239974 0706139J SM4 ROOF TRUSS 7 1 _ ___ Job Reference o tional Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 0646E 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:54 2007 Page 1 -1-0-0 5-1-12 10-" 14-10-4 20-G-0 21.0-0 1-0-0 5-1-12 4-10-4 4-10-4 5-1-12 14).0 5x8= Scale=1.46.2 5 8.00 r12 2.5x4 O 2.5x4 4 6 3 7 cq� 8 aq d1 2 9 I9 30 i 3x4 Q 6x8 11 10 6x8 11 3x4 3x10= 3x4 10-" 20-0-0 10-M 10-0-0 Plate Offsets Y: 2:0-0-13 E [8:0-3-13,Edgel LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.72 Vert(LL) -0.14 8-10 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.66 Vert(TL) -0.37 8-10 >645 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.52 Horz(TL) 0.04 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003ITP12002 (Matrix) Weight:81 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-4-6 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 8-1-10 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud'Except` 5-10 2 X 4 SPF No.2 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-0-5,Right 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-0-5 REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=1234/0-5-8,8=1234/0-5-8 Max Horz 2=-394(LC 6) Max Uplift2=-570(LC 8),8=-570(LC 9) Max Grav2=1491(LC 3),8=1491(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-1744/625,3-4=-1399/639,4-5=-1159/556,5-6=-1159/556,6-7=-1399/640.7-0=-1744/625,8-9=0/53 BOT CHORD 2-10=-509/1291,8-10=-374/1291 WEBS 4-10=-657/420,5-10=-303/658,6-10=-057/420 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind.ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category 11;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. `111111111I1111//j� ned for 10.0 psf bottom Chord ve load rent th any ive loads. 7)This truss truss has been designed fora Hive load of 20.psf on the bottomhordrin all areas where a1 rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit 0�CONNFC between the bottom chord and any other members. ,•GANG C',, 8)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 570 lb uplift at joint 2 and 570 lb uplift at joint �J /'•,<i ; 8. • ' 9)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced = ♦ 7 ' standard ANSI/TPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard '9 0.2 569 .IiCENSE�G� :, %,cSS/ONAtV �.�`�• 111111111111111111` July 5,200 a WARNING-Verfjy design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE Mff 7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. wad Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k. is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding . fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/TM Quay Criteria.DSB-39 and BCSII Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty.Suite 4300 Salely,k9onnallon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. I6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSII. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 0-/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,1,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS IN AC1- stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O= U �!� ; ��� O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and U U all other interested parties. plates 0- ,d'from outside a_ed a of truss. a- g C7-8 c6-7 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MRek 20/20 software or Upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is comber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. '! I 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. -•�-� 18.Use green heated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, nmental,1,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek" and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI I Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII.7473 Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399750 0706139J SM41 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:55 2007 Page 1 11-0-0 6-2-5 12-1-3 F 18-" I 23-1-4 1 28-15-0 1-0-0 6-2-5 5-10-13 5.10-13 5-1-4 5-4-12 5x8 Scale=1:76.9 8.00 F12 6 US i US ii 5 3x4 7 4 5x8 I I 5x8 8 3 9 2 �1 7xl2,i 14 13 12 15 11 10 16 17 9 3x4= 3x6// 3x6= 3x10= 3x4= 6x8= i 44)-0 4*12 12-1-3 18-" 1— 28-6-0 I 4-D-0 0-2-12 7-10-7 5-10-13 1G-" Plate Offsets MY):: 2:0-15,0-1-15 6:0-5-4 0-2-0, 8:0-4-3 0-0-0 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.98 Vert(LL) -0.40 9-11 >731 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.76 Vert(TL) -0.76 9-11 >380 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.70 Horz(TL) 0.03 9 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:153lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied, except end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2'Except' BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-M oc bracing. 2-10 2 X 4 SPF 2100F 1.8E WEBS 1 Row at midpt 3-13,4-12,4-11,6-11,7-11,7-9 WEBS 2 X4 SPF No.2*Except* 3-13 2 X 4 SPF Stud SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-8-9 REACTIONS (lb/size) 13=2132/0-5-8,9=1548/Mechanical Max Horz 13=859(LC 7) Max Upliftl3=-1091(LC 8),9=-517(LC 9) Max Grav 13=2786(LC 3),9=1710(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-521/1143,3-4=-1455/550,4-5=-1121/605,5-0=-915/630,6-7=-1044/620,7-8=-332/296,8-9=431/317 BOT CHORD 2-14=-711/609,13-14=-711/609,12-13=-717/707,12-15=-566/1011,11-15=-566/1011,10-11=-235I732,10-16=-235/732, 16-17=-235/732,9-17=-235/732 WEBS 3-13=-2761/1093,3-12=-149/727,4-12=-290/156,4-11=-512/400,6-11=-372/486,7-11=-232/411,7-9=-1233/379 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02,120mph;h=25ft,TCDL=4,2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed,end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Category 11;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. `11111111I I1111r,,I 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times Flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. `\`�� ��F CON/yFnon-concurrent 6)This truss has been designed fora 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. J�GANG 7)*This truss has been designed for alive load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-"wide will fit + between the bottom chord and any other members, r 8)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 9)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1091 lb uplift at joint 13 and 517 lb uplift at joint 9. N .23 69 Q 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced ` standard ANSI/fPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard ��, NAI�N`\`\`�� July 5,2007 A& WARNING Verjfy design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED NITEE REFERENCE PAGE AM-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek' is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding -- , i,r rn - fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/TPII Qualfty Criteria,D$6.69 and SCSI1 6ulldlnp Component 14515 N.CUW Faly,&j%OW Solely Mlfarmallon available from Truss Plate Institute.583 D'Onofrto Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,M063017 I Symbols Numbering System A General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. O 1/T�, 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WEBS tea, 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. oc Q M '� 3 3 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U �e = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and s` all other interested parties. plates 0-7�a'from outside o_ � U truss.of a a edge O c7-8 c6-7 c5-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the $ 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software Or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek* and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM., ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing &Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet,MII-7473 Jab Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399751 0706139J SM42 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Jab Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:55 2007 Page 1 5-7-15 11-0-5 16-4-12 19-7-4 -F 23-10-14 28-" _ 5-7-15 5-4-7 5-4-7 7x12 MT18H2-8 4-3-10 4-7-2 Scale=1:77.1 5x8 O 4 5 2.50 I I 3x6 8.00 rl2 6 3 3x6 11 7 5x8 r 2 1 7.12- 13 12 11 14 10 9 15 16 8 30= 3x6// 3x10= 3x6= 5x8= 300= 4-0-0 4-2112 11-0-5 1 19-7-4 + 28.641 4-" D-2-12 6-9-9 8-0a15 6-10-12 Plate Offsets X Y: 1:Ed a 0-1-11 , 4:0-M 0-1-8 5:0-4-12 0-2-0 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 1.00 Vert(LL) -0.22 9-11 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.84 Vert(TL) -0.37 8-9 >785 180 MT18H 1971144 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.83 Horz(TL) 0.03 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TPf2002 (Matrix) Weight:161 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-11-8 oc pudins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2'Except' BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-M oc bracing. 2-12 2 X 4 SPF Stud,7-8 2 X 4 SPF Stud WEBS 1 Row at midpt 2-12,5-9,6-8,4-9,4-11 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-8-9 REACTIONS (lb/size) 1 2=20 3 510-5-8,8=1581/Mechanical Max Horz 12=789(LC 7) Max Upliftl2=-973(LC 8),8=-513(LC 9) Max Grav 12=2711(LC 3),8=1842(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-321/839,2-3=-1616/510,3-4=-1619/827,4-5=-839/581,5-6=-1196/589,6-7=-253/266,7-8=-350/277 BOT CHORD 1-13=-477/399,12-13=-477/399,11-12=-726/617,11-14=-494/936,10-14=494/936,9-10=-494/936,9-15=-271/766, 15-16=-271/766,8-16=-271(766 WEBS 2-12=-2665/919,2-11=-163/922,3-11=-796/538,5-9=-203/353,6-9=-251/520,6-8=-1499/404,4-9=408/393,4-11=-446/519 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed,end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Category 11;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. ++1111t11Itltlt/��� 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. �� OF CiONN�''''i�� 7)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. `�� c 8)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit Q� •J<--GANG between the bottom chord and any other members. } G 9)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 10 Provide mechanical connection(by others of truss to bearing late capable of withstanding 973 lb uplift at joint 12 and 513 lb uplift at joint 8. 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced .2 569 standard ANSI/TPI 1. Q ` LOAD CASE(S) Standard ''��''rr/nnnnn111" July 5,200 A WARNING-Verl fy design Parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE ffiF7473 BEFORE USE. > Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k- is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication.quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI1711 Quality Criteria,DSO.89 and SCSII Bundling Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite M Sally Idormallon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onohio Drive.Madison,WI 53719, Chesterfield,L40 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss l. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. see BCSl1. 0t/16„ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For ' 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS �s.� 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 0 O �'� 3 ��� >b O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U 4 _ designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-1/,6"from outside a �' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. CL C7-8 c6.7 cs-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSIAPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 software or Upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type.size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate gConnectedWood Truss Construction. MiTek ffiand pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Desi n Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM."' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing &Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239975 0706139J SM43 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference tonal Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:56 2007 Page 1 4-2-12 6-11-8 12-2.8 17-5-8 18-q-0 23.1-4 28-" 1-" 4-2-12 2-8-12 5-3-0 5-3-0 0-6-8 5-1-4 5-4-12 8.00 52 6x8 i Scale=1:80A 3x10 i 8 7 3x6 i 3x8 9 6 �i 7x12 5x8 = 10 5x8�i 5 4 �qp 3 N 2 i1 I4 5x8 11 167x12= 15 19 14 3x4 18 17 3x4= 7xl2= 13 12 20 11 6x8�--J-1 Z.5x4 11 3x4 11 5xB= 3x4 11 i 4-M 4-2112 112-2-8 1 17-5-8 23-1-4 28-" 4-" 0-2-12 5-3-0 5-3-0 5-7-12 5.4-12 2-8-12 Plate Offsets MY): 2:0313,Ed 8:0-4 4 0-3-0, 14:04-12 E 16:0-6 8 0--0, 18:0-"0-3-0 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in floc) Udefl Lid PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.66 Vert(LL) -0.07 14-15 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.91 Vert(TL) -0.11 14-15 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.65 Horz(TL) 0.04 11 n/a nla BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight:186lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF 210OF 1.8E'Except` TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-2-5 oc pudins, except 8-10 2 X 6 SPF 1650F 1.5E,1-7 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2'Except' BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-M oc bracing. Except: 5-17 2 X 4 SPF Stud,8-13 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E 4-1-0 oc bracing:5-16 WEBS 2 X4 SPF No.2'Except' 10-M oc bracing:8-14 4-18 2 X 4 SPF Stud,16-18 2 X 4 SPF Stud,4-16 2 X 4 SPF Stud WEBS 1 Row at midpt 6-14,9-12,10-11,9-14 10-11 2 X 4 SPF Stud,12-14 2 X 4 SPF Stud SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-5-10 REACTIONS (lb/size) 11=1411/Mechanical,18=2078/0-5-8 Max Horz 18=854(LC 7) Max Upliftl 1=-516(LC 9),18=-1097(LC 8) Max Grav 11=1 582(LC 4),18=2729(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=436/726,34=4 2 519 1 3,4-5=-840/293,5-0=-1477/556,6-7=-1078/616,7-8=-804/630,8-9=-1003/622, 9-10=-1022/467,10-11=-1474/547 BOT CHORD 2-18=-591/495,17-18=-57/46,16-17=-29/52,5-16=-1131/397,15-1 6=-8 9 219 24,15-19=-028/1057,14-19=-628/1057, 13-14=0/107,8-14=-370/459,12-13=-01/75,12-20=-05/111,11-20=-05/111 WEBS 4-18=-2277/918,16-18=-665/768,4-16=455/1490,5-15=-327/499,6-15=-123/217,6-14=-002/402,9-12=-702/241, 10-12=-250/956,9-14=-290/415,12-14=-161/691 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category II;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left `111tllltlttir/ and right exposed,end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate ��`` �F C NNFC viz, DOL=1.15);Category 11;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 '�� 'GANG'• T���'�. 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 6)This truss has been designed fora 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. _ 7)•This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-"wide will fit No.23 69 Q between the bottom chord and any other members. [v 8)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 9)joint Providemechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 516 lb uplift at joint 11 and 1097 lb uplift at ��ziz��SSipNAtENG� 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 Intemational Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. July 5,200 n ar WARNING 14—ijy damp.pa—ererr.and READ ROTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITEK REFERENCE PAGE)kW-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and Is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek* is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding ,o fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSIITP11 Quallty Cdteda,DSB-89 and 11CSI1 6uWing Component 14515 N.Outer Forty.SDM SM �J SaNly kdomtallim available from Truss Plate Institute.583 D'OnoMo Drive,Madison,WI 53719, Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 1 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,1,or Eliminator C 1-2 C2-3 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WEBS NO4stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. Ou �,�� 0 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate Udesigner,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'he'from outside 0- U all other interested parties. edge of truss. g ~ c7-8 c6-7 c5-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 1 l.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION 12.Lumber used shall be of the ICC-ES Reports: species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ff.spacing, or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. BEARING 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. MiTek is not sufficient. BCSI l: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing &Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 J 4, Job Truss Truss Type aty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399753 0706139J SM44 ROOF TRUSS 3 1 Job Reference o tbiLal) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:57 2007 Page 1 -1:Qwf 3-4.8 I6-5-8 12-2-12 I 18-0-0 I 23-1-4 28-64) 29 6i0 1-0-0 3-4.8 3-1-0 5-9-4 5-9-4 5-1-4 5-4-12 1-04) 8x12 Scale=1:80.5 8.00 12 8 3x6 i 3x6 3x6 7 9 6 8x8= 5x8 10 11 5 5x8 4 3 2 4x6 II 177x12= 16 207x12= t5 30 i 19 18 3x4= 14 13 21 12 6x8=2.5x4 11 2.5x4 11 5x8= 3x4 11 4-" f �6-5-8 12-2-12 17-11-8 23-1-4 28-6-0 r— ----I- � 4-0-0 2-5-8 5-9-4 5-8-12 5-1-12 5-4-12 Plate Offsets Y: 2:0-2-13 0-0-15, 8:0-25,Ed 10:0-3-8 Ed 17:0-7-0,04-0 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.81 Vert(LL) -0.08 15-16 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.80 Vert(TL) -0.14 15-16 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.77 Horz(TL) 0.04 12 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:170lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-11-1 oc puriins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* end verticals. 5-18 2 X 4 SPF Stud BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-0-0 oc bracing, Except: WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* 7-6-7 oc bracing:15-16 4-19 2 X 4 SPF Stud,17-19 2 X 4 SPF Stud,4-17 2 X 4 SPF Stud 10-"oc bracing:14-15. 13-15 2 X 4 SPF Stud,10-12 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-6-0 oc bracing:5-17 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 1-11-10 9-6-0 oc bracing:8-15 WEBS 1 Row at midpt 6-15.9-15,9-13.10-12 REACTIONS (lb/size) 12=1530/0-5-8,19=2081/0-5-8 Max Horz 19=838(LC 7) Max Upliftl 2=-61 1(LC 9),19=-1103(LC 8) Max Grav 12=1758(LC 4),19=2739(LC 3) FORCES (Ib)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-396/634,3-4=-386/781,4-5=-669/285,5-6=-15271555,6-7=-1069/612,7.8=-872/636,8-9=-1004/632, 9-1 0=-1 016/504,10-11=0/111,10-1 2=-1 643/643 BOT CHORD 2-19=-510/438,18-19=-66/41,17-18=-43/52,5-17=-1392/530,16-17=-912/1009,16-20=-617/1078,15-20=-017/1078, 14-15=0/92,8-15=-388/461,13-14=-48/37,13-21=-90/117,12-21=-90/117 WEBS 4-19=-2006/816,17-19=-1355f715,4-17=-590/1799,5-16=-370/639,6-16=-137/220,6-15=-648/414,13-15=-166(720, 9-15=-285/434,9-13=-701/234,10-13=-224/921 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf,Category II;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone,cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 11111I I1IItIrII 3)OL=1A 5C Category 1135E.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(Flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate \``\� 1 F G NN '������� 9 rY P Y p; F 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. `� Q� ,•`GANG''•. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. Z non-concurrent 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. . ' 7)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. No.23 69 8)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 611 lb uplift at joint 12 and 1103 lb uplift at joint 19. � .t` •,CENS�' \ \� 9)This truss standard is designed sign d in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced �'zsS;pNAtE�00 SIITPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard July 5,200 A WARNING-Verify design parameters and READ NOTES ON TMS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE MD-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designee Bracing shown M iTe k• is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permonent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication.quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T►II Quality Crlleda.DSB-89 and SCSII buMdUq Component 14515 N.Outer Forty Suite 0300 Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,wl 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. see BCSI1. O.1/16� 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. CT-2 72-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS A0, stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. ,oO ; ��� 3 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate _ designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'na'from outside a U all other interested parties. ed a of truss. a g ~ c7-8 cb-7 c5-e O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 4 Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 Software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE i shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 1 l.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter taus member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of on engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with Industry Standards: project engineer before use. ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal x 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSVTPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MTTek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399754 0706139J SM45 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.5W s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:58 2007 Page 1 -r1-0� 4-2-12 6-11.8 12-2-8 17-5-8 111:9.0 23-t♦ 28-6-0 29-6-p r � rrI r� 1-" 4-2-12 2-8-12 5-3-0 5-3-0 0-6-8 5-1-4 5-4-12 1-04) 6x8 i Scale=1:80.4 8.00 12 8 3x6 i 3x6 3x6 7 9 6 5x8 7x12= 10 5x8,� 5 11 4 m 3 h 2 9 4 5x8 11 177x12= 16 20 15 3x4�i 19 � 18 3x4= 7x12= 14 13 21 12 6x8�1 Z.5x4 11 3x4 11 5x8= 3x4 11 4-041 4-j�12 12-2-8 17-5-8 I 23-1-4 28.E-0 4-0-0 0-2-12 5-3-0 5-3-0 5-7-12 54-12 2.8-12 Plate Offsets Y: 2:0313 Ed 8:0.44 0-3-0 10:0-3-8 038 15:0- -12 EdQel,117:0-",04-01, 19:0-3-8 0-3-0 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-" CSI DEFL in (loc) Well Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.67 Vert(LL) -0.07 15-16 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.90 Vert(TL) -0.11 15-16 >999 180 1 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.65 Horz(TL) 0.04 12 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003fTP12002 (Matrix) Weight:188lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-2-6 oc pudins, except 8-11 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-M oc bracing. Except: 5-18 2 X 4 SPF Stud,8-14 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E 4-2-0 oc bracing:5-17 WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* 10-M oc bracing:8-15 4-19 2 X 4 SPF Stud,17-19 2 X 4 SPF Stud,4-17 2 X 4 SPF Stud WEBS 1 Row at midpt 6-15,9-13,10-12,9-15 10-12 2 X 4 SPF Stud,13-15 2 X 4 SPF Stud SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-5-10 REACTIONS (lb/size) 12=1521/0-5-8,19=207510-5-8 Max Horz 19=832(LC 7) Max Upliftl2=-612(LC 9),19=-1102(LC 8) Max Grav 12=1754(LC 4),19=2729(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-436/726,3-4=-425/913,4-5=-840/278,5-6=-1477/560,6-7=-1078/617,7-8=-888/641,8-9=-9991626, 9-1 0=-1 020/504,10-11=0/111,10-1 2=-1 648/644 BOT CHORD 2-19=-591/495,18-19=-56/47,17-18=-29/53,5-17=-1 131/407,16-17=-866/958,16-20=-608/1057,15-20=-608/1057, 14-15=0/107,8-15=-381/456,13-14=-59f73,13-21=-84/113,12-21=-84/113 WEBS 4-19=-2277/910,17-19=-651/797,4-17=-447/1489,5-16=-335/500,6-16=-124/221,6-15=-605/400,9-13=-093/225, 10-13=-224/947,9-15=-281/426,13-15=-150/685 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02,120mph,h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf,Category 11;Exp C;enclosed,MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left 1)111111trrrrrl and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. CONNF 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Pf=40.0 psf(Flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category 11,Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 Q�+J�GANG 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs n +: e_A a•s non-concurrent with other live loads. 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 7)*This truss has been designed for alive load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit No. 569 Q between the bottom chord and any other members. 8)Provide mechanical Connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 612 lb uplift at joint 12 and 1102 lb uplift atjoint 19. '�'�� •<!CENStiO ���`�.� 9)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced NAL�N +��\` standard ANSIffPI 1. July 5,200 LOAD CASE(S) Standard WARNING Ver1Jy design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE M77-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. stir Applicability of design poromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek' is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the 'y, C erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control.storage.delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/TPI1 Quality Criteria,OSS-69 and SCSI)bullding Component 14515 N.Outer Forty suite ow Witty lrr r"Kdlon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrio Drive.Madison,WI 53719. CS�ytlNld M0 orty. Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,1,or Eliminator � bracing should be C I-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading considered. shown and never WEBS �z, 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. m 0 U �•� 3 ��� 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate b = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'ha' from outside a �'' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. p C7-8 C6-7 LCS-6 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. � BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software Or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. i 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.use of green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek* and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239975 0706139J SM46 ROOF TRUSS 3 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc.Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:24:59 2007 Page 1 tg-0 6-2-5 12-1-3 1 18- 0 23-1-4 28-" -i9� r 1-" 6-2-5 5-10-13 5-10-13 5-1-4 5-4-12 1-0-0 5x8�� Scale=1:76.9 8.00 12 6 3x6 3x6-i 5 3x4 7 4 4x6 11 5x8 i 8 9 3 4ry rA �1 2 7x 12 15 14 13 16 12 11 17 18 10 3x4= 3x6// 3x6= 3x10= 3x4= 6x8= 4-0.0 4-2T12 12-1-3 18-0-0 i 28-" 4-" 0-2-12 7-10-7 5-10-13 10-" Plate Offsets Y: 2:0-15 0-1-15 6:0-5-4 0-2-0,[8:0-3-0,Edgel LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.98 Ver(LL) -0.40 10-12 >731 240 MT20 1971144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.74 Vert(fL) -0.76 10-12 >380 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.70 Horz(TL) 0.02 10 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 154lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied, except end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-0-0 oc bracing. 2-11 2 X 4 SPF 210OF 1.8E WEBS 1 Row at midpt 3-14,4-13,4-12,6-12,7-12,8-10,7-10 WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* 3-14 2 X 4 SPF Stud SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-8-9 REACTIONS (lb/size) 14=2129/0-5-8,10=1659/0-5-8 Max Horz 14=838(LC 7) Max Upliftl4=-1097(LC 8),10=513(LC 9) Max Grav 14=2786(LC 3),10=1883(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-521/1143,3-4=-1455/565,4-5=-1121/624,55=-912/649,6-7=-1040/627,75=-324/383,8-9=0/111, 8-10=-604/482 BOT CHORD 2-15=-711/609,14-15=-711/609,13-14=-697/733,13-16=-548/1010,12-16=-548/1010,11-12=-221/721,11-17=-221/721, 17-18=-221/721,10-18=-221/721 WEBS 3-14=-2761/1099,3-13=-1521726,4-13=-290/158,4-12=-512/398,6-12=-390/481,7-12=-225/420,7-10=-1235/347 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1 A 5 Plate DOL=1.15),Category 11,Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 `71111111ti111f77 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. ���``�� F CONIy 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs ��� �0 FCr ', non-concurrent with other live loads. .� '� •J<GANG Of 6)This truss has been designed fora 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 7)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by I-M wide will fit •zA,•s between the bottom chord and any other members. V 8)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1097 lb uplift at joint 14 and 613 lb uplift at joint 10. 0 569 9)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced (V standard ANSI/fPI 1. % ,n 'Z/CENS�O•�C1�\` LOAD CASE(S) Standard rft NA1 //rlfnu1j11` July 5,200X WARNING-Verify design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITES REFERENCE PAGE M17-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M iTe k, is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criledo.DSB-89 and BCS11 Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite 111300 So"Whormallon available from Truss Plate Institute,%3 D'Onofrio Drive.Madison,WI 53719. ChesterfieW,MO63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. I6 4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides Of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI I- O_1/tQ, 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,1,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS Nc,, stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locatedesigner,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-1/,d'from Outside U all other interested parties. edge Of truss. C7-8 C6-7 C5-6 0 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software Or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT p 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and sae,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal x 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI 1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing 8,Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:Mll-7473 it Job Truss Truss Type aty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399756 0706139J SM47GR ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Refererx:e o tiona_I Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:00 2007 Page 1 -1-0-0 2-0-0 7-3-0 12-" _I 1-" 2-" 5-3-0 5-3-0 Scale=1:22.9 Sx8 i 2.5x4 II 702= 3 4 5 8.00e-2 2 9 10 7 11 7x12 i 2.5x4 II 402= 3x10 II 24).0 7-3-0 12-" 2." 5-3-0 5-3-0 Plate Offsets X Y: 2:0-1-4 0-2-12 3:0-4-12 0-2-0 5:0-3-0 Ed e, :03-0 0-2-0 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-" CSI DEFL in (loc) Vdefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0,81 Vert(LL) -0.12 7-8 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.36 Vert(TL) -0.16 7-8 >926 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr NO WB 0.90 Horz(TL) 0.01 6 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:55lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-2-8 or-purlins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SPF 1650F 1.5E end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud*Except* BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. 5-6 2 X 4 SPF No.2 WEDGE Left:2 X 4 SPF Stud REACTIONS (lb/size) 6=834/0-5-8,2=1045/0-5-8 Max Horz2=131(LC 7) Max Uplift6=-512(LC 6),2=-537(LC 8) Max Grav6=1145(LC 4),2=1046(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/67,2-3=-1714/791,3-4=-2309/1106,4-5=-2308/1107,5-6=-1010/493 BOT CHORD 2-8=-666/1368,8-9=-6 5411 338,9-10=-654/1338,7-10=-654/1338,7-11=-155/323,6-11=-155/323 WEBS 3-8=-137/334,3-7=-505/1015,4-7=-760/410,5-7=-967/2084 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf,Category 11;Exp C;enclosed,MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category II;Exp C.Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 1111111111ftllr7j vide vent water 6)Thos truss has beennrdesigned orra 10.0 psf bottom gchord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. $�`� CONAI���i,��/ 7)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3 6-0 tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit �P�+J�C,ANG •, /�1G between the bottom chord and any other members. 8)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 512 lb uplift at joint 6 and 537 lb uplift at joint 2. 4ch�•s 9)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced �•�" standard ANSI/TPI 1. o. 3569 10)Hanger(s)or other connection device(s)shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s)95 lb down and 74 lb up at 2-0-12, O . ��:. �cr✓Q`` 95 lb down and 74 lb up at 4-0-12,and 95 lb down and 74 lb up at 6-0-12,and 95 lb down and 74 lb up at 7-10-4 on bottom chord. The �7/: ,( ,LENS a ,• � sign/selection of such nnection is the ity oth s. 11)In LOAD CASE(S)sect on,loads app e(d)to the facepOf thellt ussf are noted as front(F)or back(B). %/oNA�- LOAD CASE(S) Standard July 5,200 Continued on page 2 N WARNINO Verify design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE AM 7473 BEFORE USE. NAM Design valid for use only with Mirek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M iTe k' is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSIIT►11 Quality Criteria,DSB-89 and 6CS11 building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty Suite SM Safely kdonnaMon avoilable from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onotrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719, Chesterfield,MO 63017 I Symbols Numbering SystemGeneralSafety Notes es PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 0-/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator � bracing should be C1.2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading considered. shown and never WEBS �aq 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 Orientation,locate b = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-The' from outside �`° u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. a g C7-8 C6-7 c5-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the $ 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 Software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT p 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek* and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM., ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MiTek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Qty Pry The Santangelo Residence-4 112399756 ` 0706139J SM47GR ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jig 05 12.25:00 2007 Page LOAD CASE(S)Standard 1)Snow.Lumber Increase=1.15,Plate Increase=1.15 Uniform Loads(plf) Vert:13=-94,3-5=-94,2-6=-20 Concentrated Loads(lb) Vert:8=-95(F)9=-95(F)10=-95(F)11=95(F) A WARNING-VeWy design parameters and READ Noss ON etas AND LNCLMEB iaraa REFERENCE PAGE Jm-7473 BEFORE uss. UA' Design Yard for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and Is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k is for lateral support of individual web members only.Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the resporsibillity of the erector.Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure S the responsibility of the bung designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication.quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/TIII Quality Criteria,OS!-89 and BCSII BuWing Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite#300 Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrto Drive.Madison,M 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 0 _1/1 6, 2. Truss bracing must be designed by on engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1.2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never 0 WEBS �3, 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 0 O U �'> I 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building �b = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U plates 0-1vd'from outside a- �' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. d g ~ c7 a cn cs n O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI I. •Plate location details available In MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION 12.Lumber used shall be of the s ecies and size,and ICC-ES Reports: p in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing. BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter taus member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green heated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. i���� and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI l: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing &Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 41, Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239975 0706139J SM48 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference optional Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:00 2007 Page 1 r- -14).0 4-" 8-1-4 _ 12.6-0 _ 1-0-0 4-" 4-1-4 4-4-12 Scale=1:23.2 4x6= 3x4= 3x6 11 4 5 6 8.00 F12 3 2 30 5- 8 3x4= 4x6 11 4x6= i 4-M 1 12.6-0 4-0-0 8-" Plate Offsets X Y: 2:0-0-5 0-1-3, 4:03-12 0-2-0 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) Vdefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1_15 TC 0.76 Vert(LL) -0.10 7-8 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0,48 Vert(TL) -0,25 7-8 >604 1110 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.58 Horz(TL) 0.02 7 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:51 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-9-11 oc pudins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 8-11-14 oc bracing. SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-5-0 REACTIONS (lb/size) 7=700/0-5-8,2=802/0-5-8 Max Horz2=230(LC 7) Max Uplift7=-349(LC 7),2=-366(LC 8) Max Grav 7=947(LC 4),2=81 O(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-958/273,3-4=-892/284,4-5=-736/321,5-0=-85/80,6-7=-286/151 BOT CHORD 2-8=-374f724,7-8=-419/885 WEBS 4-8=-53/236,5-8=-188/242,5-7=-984/456 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph,h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf,Category II;Exp C;enclosed,MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed, Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category If;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 5)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. \\IIII I I I111111 7)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit J`` rONNF ���i,� between the bottom chord and any other members. C� 8)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 349 lb uplift at joint 7 and 366 lb uplift at joint •-GANG' 2. • J �� • G 9)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced 4, i standard ANSI/TPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard 569 OX� ENS Fsu ���r11111I111111\\\ July 5,200 a WARNING-Verify cl—lgn pa—met.-and READ MOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED IQTEE REFERENCE PAGE MZT-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek' is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding .o.u.o.rwrow.r- fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/Ti Quality Criteria,DSB-89 and 5CSII Wgding Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Stile SM SafNy Informallon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 I Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,1,or Eliminator C 1-2 77 bracing should be considered. -3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS NC4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate Udesigner,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'hd'from outside o U all other interested parties. ed a of truss. a' g ~ c7-8 c6a cs6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 'Plate location details available In MiTek 20/20 software Or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT p NUMBERS/LETTERS. 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and sae,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek* and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER M PERFORM.- ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing &Bracing of Metal Plate ti Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239975 0706139J SM49 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MtTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:01 2007 Page 1 � 1.041 { 6-" 12-6-0 r 1-" 6_" 6-6-0 6x8�i Scale=1.28.7 300 II 4 5 6.00 12 3 2 30 3x4,i id 5x8 11 2.5x4 11 4x6= i 6-" 12-6-0 6-" Plate Offsets X Y: 2:03-13,Edge]. 4:0-5-0 0-M LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) Ildefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.61 Vert(LL) -0.05 2-7 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.40 Vert(TL) -0.09 6-7 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.66 Horz(TL) 0.01 6 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight:57lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-10-15 oc pudins, except 4-5 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 9-8-1 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* 5-6 2 X 4 SPF 210OF 1.8E,4-7 2 X 4 SPF Stud SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-5-5 REACTIONS (lb/size) 6=700/0-5-8,2=802/0-5-8 Max Horz 2=319(LC 7) Max Uplift6=-350(LC 7),2=-379(LC 8) Max Grav6=839(LC 4),2=969(LC 3) FORCES (Ib)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-922/271,3-4=-701/289,4-5=-84/121,5-0=-488/193 BOT CHORD 2-7=-355/586,6-7=-357/581 WEBS 4-7=0/265,4-6=-646/351 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf,Category 11;Exp C;enclosed,MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35 0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category 11;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs `\jlltttllllffirrrr non-concurrent with other live loads. �� OF CON/yF 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. � .. 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. �Q� •J ,A/VG 8)*This truss has been designed for alive load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-"tall by 1-"wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. r ( Y ) 9P P 9 P 1 P 1 4 a±, 9 Provide mechanical connection b others of truss to bearing late capable of withstanding 3501b uplift at 6 and 379 lb uplift at 2. 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced o. 3569 �2` standard ANSI/TPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard IrrulIf 11%111' July 5,200 WARNING.Verify design Parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED AUTEE REFERENCE PAGE MD-7473 BEFORE USE, UMN Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M iTe k. is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication.quality control,storage.delivery.erection and bracing,consult ANSI/TPII OuaBty Criteria.DSB-89 and BCSI1 Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Sure SM Solely lisdamrallon available from Truss Plate Institute,563 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,INI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,1,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS N stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. o_' m 0 O ��� ; 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 Orientation,locate = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and y U U all other interested parties. plates 0- 1d'from outside �ed a of truss. a_ g ~ c�-a c6a O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION species and size,and 12.Lumber used shall be of the ICC-ES Reports: in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ff.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. x 18.Use green heated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, nmental,1,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek" and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, ANSI/TPI I Quality Criteria. Installing &Bracing of Metal Plate POWER TO PERFORM." ' Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type ally Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 � 11239975 0706139J SM50 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference o tonal Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2D07 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:01 2007 Page 1 r -1-" 4-1-12 8-" 12-1-0 1-0-0 4-1-12 3-10-4 4-1-0 4x6= Scale=1:37.0 5x8= 5 6 8.00 12 2.5x4'� 4 3 2 3x4 5x8 11 8 9 7 3x10= 3x4 11 8-0-0 12.1-0 8-0-0 4-1-0 Plate Offsets MY): 2:0-0-13,Edge], 5:0-3-12 0-2-0 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) Udeft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.93 Vert(LL) -0.08 2-8 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.38 Vert(TL) -0.21 2-8 >697 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.29 Horz(TL) 0.01 7 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:59lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud'Except' BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 9-3-15 oc bracing. 6-82X4SPFNo.2 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-5-2 REACTIONS (lb/size) 7=722/Mechanical,2=781/0-5-8 Max Horz 2=423(LC 7) Max Uplift7=-344(LC 7),2=-367(LC 8) Max Grav7=722(LC 1),2=1068(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-1110/311,3-4=-831/329,4-5=-615/229,5-6=-364/275,6-7=-659/332 BOT CHORD 2.8=-3941792,8-9=-96/119,7-9=-96/119 WEBS 4-8=-528/348,5-8=-186/223,6-8=-297/657 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph,h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf,Category 11;Exp C.enclosed,MWFRS gable end zone,cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed, Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(Flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 5)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 11lttlrtrrrff�� 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 7)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-"tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit \�` �QF GONNFc�%,,� between the bottom chord and any other members. •• GANG'•, �C1 8)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. `� �� G 9)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 344 Ib uplift at joint 7 and 367 lb uplift at joint + 2. 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 Intemational Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. N 23 69 Q LOAD CASES Standard �: <fC S O:•t`�\` •.l` EN NAI.ENG� ``'Inn n I I l 111aa� July 5,200 1 WARNING-Verify design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED U77EK REFERENCE PAGE AM-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek• is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding , fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T►Il Qualify Criteria,DSB-89 and Ill building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,8ube fit= Safety Irdornwlbn available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onotrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,M00017 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Failure to Follow Could Cause Property 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. �� (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. see BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 0-/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator C 1-2 C2-3 bracing should be considered. WEBS c3 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never p , stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O � �`'� �,�� 3 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate b _ designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'he'from Outside d 41 u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. a g ~ c7-8 c6-7 c5-e to 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint 8 7 6 5 required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 Software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Comber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352, ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing. BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal x 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss ffi s Construction. MiTek and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing.BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MiTek Engineering Reference Sheet.Mll-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Reskfence,4 112399760 0706139J SM51 ROOFTRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech Inc,Morroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 0512:25:02 2007 Page 1 1-0-0 5-1-12 10-0-0 12-1-0 1-0.0 5.1-12 4-10.4 2.1-0 5x8 Scale-1:45.3 5z8= 5 6 8.00 12 2.5x4 4 3 a 2 Ll 3x4 4 Us= 8 7 3x4 5x8= US II 10-0-0 , 12-1-0 10-0.0 2-1-0 Plate Offsets Y 2:0-0-15 0-2-13 5:0-4-12 0-2-0 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-" CSI DEFL in (loc) Ildefl L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.76 Vert(L-) -0.18 2-8 >794 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.66 Vert(TL) -0.46 2-8 >312 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.48 HOrz(TL) 0.01 7 n/a Na BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight:65lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-0-2 oc pudins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-0-0 oc bracing. SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-0-5 WEBS 1 Row at midpt 6-7 REACTIONS (lb/size) 7=676/Mechanical,2--778/05-8 Max Horz2=51MC 7) Max Uplift7=364(LC 8),2=352(LC 8) Max Gray7=755(LC 3),2=1131(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,23=-1138/270,3-4=-963/284,4-5=507/149,5.6=-234/226,6-7=-822/407 BOT CHORD 2-8=385/805,7-8=-110/160 WEBS 4-8=-697/456,5-8=310/306,6-8=-382/953 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone-,cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf--40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 5)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 111II Iltf trrrr 7)•This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1.0-0 wide will fit �`��``�F CON.N� between the bottom chord and any other members. .` 8)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. ,� '� GAN '••, A,Q :•JE (�%* 9)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 364 lb uplift at Joint 7 and 352 lb uplift at joint co:..�. �eq ,G� 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced } _ standard ANSI/TPI 1. LOAD CASE(S)Standard o 569 '•� rrrprnnlppN`�� July 5,200 A WARMNO-Vsrt(y deatyn parameters and READ NOTES ON TNIB AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE MU 7473 BEFORE USE. Si- Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component Applicability of design poramenters and proper Incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-rat truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k is for lateral support of individual web members only.Additional temporary tracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector.Additional permanent tracing of the overall structure Is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding roree,o..scare.... fabrication,quality control,storage.delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/TIII dually Criteria,DSS-89 and ICSII lulld rig Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite#300 Safety Information available from Tens Plate Institute.583 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,VA 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System 0 General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 1 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See SCSI 1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator C1-2 C2-3 bracing should be considered. \\ 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WEBS Is NO, stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O u ��� 0 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate _ designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'/1d'from outside a U all other interested parties. edge of truss. a g ~ C-e C6-7 Cs-6 1 r0 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek" and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, P93WER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399761 0706139J SM52 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:02 2007 Page 1 i -1-0-01 6-" 12-1-0 1-" 6-0-8 6-" 5x8 II Scale=1:51.8 5 8.00 t 2 3x6 4 3 O 2 1 30 i 3x4�i 5x8 11 7 6 2.50 11 5x8= r 6-0-8 12-1-0 6-" 6-" Plate Offsets KY: 2:0-3-13,Ed15:0-3-3,EdQel LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) 1/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.80 Vert(LL) 0.08 6-7 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.49 Vert(TL) -0.09 2-7 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.89 Horz(TL) 0,02 6 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight:58lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-1-6 oc purlins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 9-0-4 oc bracing. 4-7 2 X 4 SPF Stud WEBS 1 Row at midpt 5-6 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-6-11 REACTIONS (lb/size) 6=676/Mechanical,2=77810-" Max Horz2=61O(LC 7) Max Uplift6=-434(LC 8),2=-326(LC 8) Max Grav6=993(LC 3),2=1152(LC 3) FORCES (Ib)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-1226/181,3-4=-963/198,4-5=-309/222,5-6=-363/183 BOT CHORD 2-7=-353/802,6-7=-353/802 WEBS 4-7=0/263,4-6=-955/537 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph,h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf,Category 11;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed,end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Category 11,Exp C.Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 5)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 1„lllttl„trr he tion per the n for 7)TTh sfollowing haslbeen designed plate forla live loadof 20 Ops�on the Count bottomho d m all this orsos whereoaeectangle quality 6-0 tall byc1-0 caw de will fit \\��� �pF CON /yFCT.,,��' between the bottom chord and any other members. �` Q� .' GANG''• ��+ 8)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 9)Provide mechanical Connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 434 lb uplift at joint 6 and 326 lb uplift at joint 2. 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. p' o.` 3569 Q ` LOAD CASE(S) Standard '"I�unnnll�"� July 5,200� Aj WARNING-Verify design Parameters and READ MOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED AUTER REFERENCE PAGE MI 7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design poramenlers and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M iTe k• is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regardingm.eerae...- fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and tracing,consult ANSI/T►11 Qua ty Criteria,DSs-99 and 8CSI1 sullding Component 14515 N.Outer Forty.Bulls SM _ Safety Irfarmallon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onotrio Drive.Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO,63017 l low Symbols • Y Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. I6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 72-3 1 IN ZWEBSc� 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never p , stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O '� O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U vb designer,erection supervisor,property owner and �i 4 u U all other interested parties. CL plates 0- �d'from outside a edge of truss. g ~ c7-8 c6-7 cs-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint This Symbol indicates the 8 7 b 5 required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT The first dimension is the plate 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to 4 x 4 to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 'I 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with Industry Standards: project engineer before use. ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. i�� P and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, M20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.- ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MiTek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 'I ' J Job Truss Truss Type City Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 � 11239976 0706139J SM54 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:03 2007 Page 1 1.1!n 5-6-5 10-9-3 16-" 1 20-G-0 24-1-4 28.6-0 29 6 p 14)-0 5-6-5 5-2-13 5-2-13 4-0-0 4-1-4 4-4-12 1-M 7x12 MT18H,i Scale=1:71.6 8.00 r 12 5x8 6 7 3x6 i 2.5x4 11 3x6 5 g 4 3x6 11 5x8 9 10 q 3 4 �12 7x12 i 15 14 13 16 17 12 18 19 11 30= 3x6// 5x8= 5x12= 5x8= 4-0-0 1 D-9-3 1 2D-0-0 28-" 4-" 6-9-3 9-2-13 8-" Plate Offsets X Y: 2:0-15 0-1-15, 6:0-8-0 0-1-8 :0.412,0-2-0 12:0-0-0,0-3-0 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) Vdefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.93 Vert(LL) -0.32 12-13 >910 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.88 Vert(TL) -0.51 12-13 >568 180 MT18H 197/144 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.76 Horz(TL) 0.03 11 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight:1621b LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-1-14 oc pudins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-0-0 oc bracing. 3-14 2 X 4 SPF Stud,9-11 2 X 4 SPF Stud WEBS 1 Row at midpt 3-14,7-12,8-11,6-12,6-13 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-8-10 REACTIONS (lb/size) 14=2154/0-5-8,11=1676/0-5-8 Max Horz 14=764(LC 7) Max Upliftl4=-1091(LC 8).11=-599(LC 9) Max Grav 14=2914(LC 3),11=2043(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-498/1113,3-4=-1560/492,4-5=-1558/740,5-6=-1343/762,6-7=-872/587,7-8=-1219/599,8-9=-229/354, 9-10=0/111.9-11=-508/441 BOT CHORD 2-15=-704/572,14-15=-704/572,13-14=-664/649,13-16=-500/949,16-17=-500/949,12-17=-500/949,12-18=-260/756, 18-19=-260/756,11-19=-260/756 WEBS 3-14=-2905/1045,3-13=-189/1132,4-13=-767/525,7-12=-166/261,8-12=-257/566,8-11=-1563/389,6-12=-361/363, 6-13=-355/390 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf;Category II;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 1111111tltlllr//� 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. ` OF CONNF 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs �� G�•non-concurrent with other live loads. �`�P� ,J�CGAN • �O '� 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water pondin . G %7)This truss has been designed for a 10,0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 8)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 0 9)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 2 56 10)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1091 lb uplift at joint 14 and 599 lb uplift at tr✓Q joint 11. %,O.c '�CENS�•' 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 Intemational Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referencedO standard ANSI/TPI 1. N � / wnunun1j11a LOAD CASE(S) Standard July 5,200 y WARNING-Vsr1/y desfyn p-etera and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED.KITES REFERENCE PAGE AM-7473 BEFORE USE. UAW Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown.and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding .d..7.,o.<••ww.• fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing.consult ANSI/T►11 Quality CrNMa,DSO-89 and 6CS11 6uildksp Component 14515 N.Oubrf-arly,Sfrlls R300 Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onohio Drive,Madison,wl S3719. Chesterfield,SA063017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4 Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 1 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss l. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,1,or Eliminator CI-2 C23 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never 0 WEBS �a� 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O u �'_ ��� 3 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate b = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'na' from outside a �`� u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. rL g ~ c�a C6-7 CS-6 O S. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 b 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of taus fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION 12.Lumber used shall be of the ICC-ES Reports: species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,B4-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, MiTek 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239976 0706139J SM55 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference o tional Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:04 2007 Page 1 r Y 4-10-5 + 9.5-3 14-" 22.0-0 28-6-0 29-6-0 1." 4-10-5 4-6-13 4-&13 8-" 6-6-0 1-" 6x8 7x12 MT1BH-� Scale=1.63 1 5 6 4x6 i 8.00 12 4 >6.8 2.5x4 II 94 0 3 9 O12 6x8 G 14 13 15 16 12 17 11 10 18 9 3x4= 6x8= 3x4= 3x6= US= 3x6 11 4-0-0 14-" 22- 0 28-" 4-" 10-0-0 84)-0 643411 Plate Offsets X,Y: 2:0-1-9,0-2-4, 5:0-5-0,0-3-0, 6:0-74 0-1-12 7:0-3-8 Ed LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.84 Vert(LL) -0.19 12-13 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0,84 Vert(TL) -0.42 12-13 >685 180 MT18H 197/144 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.80 Horz(TL) 0.04 9 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight:153lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF 210OF 1.8E*Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-6-8 oc puffins, except 5-0 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-M oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* WEBS 1 Row at midpt 4-13,5-10,6-10,7-9 3-13 2 X 4 SPF Stud SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-8-10 REACTIONS (lb/size) 13=2228/0-5-8,9=1630/0-5-8 Max Horz 13=687(LC 7) Max Uplift13=-1082(LC 8),9=-580(LC 9) Max Grav 13=3070(LC 3),9=2116(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-506/936,3-4=-169/643,4-5=-1591/540,5-6=-965/561,6-7=-1369/493,7-8=0/111,7-9=-1999/610 BOT CHORD 2-14=-575/560,13-14=-575/560,13-15=-680/1055,15-16=-680/1055,12-16=-680/1055,12-17=-619/1208,11-17=-619/1208 ,10-11=-619/1208,10-18=-75/112,9-18=-75/112 WEBS 3-13=-921/615,4-13=-2351/555,4-12=-262/431,5-12=-45/317,5-10=-565/320,6-10=-540/282,7-10=-447/1206 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5 Opsf,Category 11;Exp C;enclosed,MWFRS gable end zone,cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Pf=40.0 psf(Flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. `y1111111Itlfttl777 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs ``,.v�`O�CON/v non-concurrent with other live loads. �� 0 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. J��,ANG'•, ��IG 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. G'• l 8)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. '•r r g l ( ) 4 P Pe per quality Pe s +�s 9 The following joint(s)s require late inspection r the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for uali assurance inspection:6. 10).This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit = _ between the bottom chord and any other members. 3569 ` Q 11)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1082 lb uplift at joint 13 and 580 lb uplift at joint 9. %,����'�CENS�•����\�` 12)sThis truss tandard is Swig 1ed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced NAL�N��v`��` LOAD CASE(S) Standard July 5,200 WARNING-Vertfy design pawmeters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE AM-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown Welk is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/TPII Quality CrItedo,DSZ-89 and BCSII Building Component 14515 N Outer Forty.Sul%OW SaWy Infarinallon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onoft Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO63017 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,1,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never Q WEBS coo 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O ; � 3 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate e = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'ate' from outside 0- u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. g O C7-8 c6-7 c5-6 1 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 'Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software Or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT The first dimension is the plate 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and sae,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek* and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM."' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:Mll-7473 ' Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399764 0706139J SM56 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:05 2007 Page 1 0.0-0 6-" 124)-0 18-0-0 24.0.0 28-6-0 �9.69 -0 1-" 6-0-0 6.0-0 6-041 6-0-0 4-" 1-0-0 Scale=1:57.0 5x8 3x10= 5x8= 4 5 6 V. 8.00 12 5x8= 5x8 i 7 8 Ci 3 4 W 4 �1 2 7x 12 15 14 13 16 12 11 17 10 18 9 3x4= 3x6// 3x10= 2.5x4 11 3x6= 6x8= 30 11 i 4-" 4-2i12 12-M 184)-0 24-0-0 28-" i 4-0-0 0-2-12 7-94 6-0-0 6.0-0 4-0.0 Plate Offsets MY):: 2:0-1-5,0-1-15, 4:0-4-8 0-2-8 6:0-4-12 0-2-0, 7:0-3-8 Ed LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-" CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.99 Vert(LL) -0.10 12-13 >999 240 MT20 1971144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.59 Vert(TL) -0.17 13-14 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.75 Horz(TL) 0.04 9 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:159lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied, except end verticals. 4-0 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-M oc bracing. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 WEBS 1 Row at midpt 3-14,4-13.5-13,5-10,6-10,7-9 WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* 3-14 2 X 4 SPF Stud,7-9 2 X 4 SPF Stud SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-8-9 REACTIONS (lb/size) 14=2116/0-5-8,9=1627/Mechanical Max Horz 14=613(LC 7) Max Upliftl4=-1061(LC 8),9=-557(LC 9) Max Grav 14=3016(LC 3),9=2209(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-516/1134,3-4=-1715/497,4-5=-1227/505.5-6=-874/467,6-7=-1201/448,7-8=0/111.7-9=-2131/588 BOT CHORD 2-15=-705/596,14-15=-705/596,13-14=-039/468,13-16=-722/1486,12-16=-722/1486,11-12=-722/1486,11-17=-722/1486, 10-17=-722/1486,10-18=-89/120,9-18=-89/120 WEBS 3-14=-3016/1055,3-13=-346/942,4-13=-60/267,5-13=-686/426,5-12=0/337,5-10=-1180/540,6-10=-1791112, 7-10=-508/1389 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02,120mph,h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf,Category 11,Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed, Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 j11t11uuurrll ow ads have or this 5)This alrusse asnbeenodesigned four greater of considered nfrroof live load nof 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs pF CONI`f���.,,�i/ non-concurrent with other live loads. Q'� ..-`GANG 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. { 7)This truss has been designed fora 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. •-h4»s 8)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. _ 9)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. N .2 569 10)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1061 lb uplift at joint 14 and 557 lb uplift atQ joint 9. .,� .t CENS�•''�� `��• 11)sThis truss tandard is designed 1d in accordance with the 2003 Intemational Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced �i��Fs'S.IONA`�NG```�.� 11 I LOAD CASE(S) Standard July 5,2007� A WARNING Verl Jy design parnmet—and READ MOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITEK REFERENCE PAGE M37-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for on individual building component. Applicability of design poramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding .o.�..o.a.rawr• fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery.erection and bracing.consult ANSI/ttll QLKift Criteria.DSO.89 and 11i 6u"nq Component 14515 N.OUW Forty,3rrlb#300 — SaINy Mlarmallon available from Tans Plate Institute.5113 D'OnoMo Drive.Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield.1s1083017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss l. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 0-/16„ 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,1,or Eliminator C,-2 C 2-3 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS A, 4stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. �p tL Q OO ; ��� AO 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and y U all other interested parties. plates 0- ,d'from outside o_ed a of truss. a- g C7-e C6-7 - O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 'Plate location details available In MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to Slots. 11.Plate type,sae,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION species and size,and 12.Lumber used shall be of the s ICC-ES Reports: p in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. x 18.Use green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, nmental,1,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal x 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone a not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MfTek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 ' Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239976 0706139J SM57 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:06 2007 Page 1 5-1-12 10-0-0 19-0-0 26-0-0 1 2828-6�-6� 1-M 5-1-12 4-10-4 9-0-0 7.0411 2-6-0 1.0-0 Scale=1:54.8 6x8 2.5x4 11 5x8= 4 5 6 US 11 7 8.00 12 8 5x8 i 3 R v 4 2 1 7x12�. 14 13 12 15 11 10 16 17 9 30= 3x6 I/ 4x6= 3x6= 5x8= 6x8= 44W 12 10-0-0 19-M 26-0-0 28-" i 4-0-0 0-2-12 5-94 9-0-0 7.0-0 2." Plate Offsets X Y: 2:0-1-5,0-1-15, 4:0-5-0 0-3-0 6:04-0 0-1-9 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) Vdefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.77 Vert(LL) -0.23 9-11 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.76 Vert(TL) -0.44 9-11 >657 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.71 Horz(TL) 0.03 9 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight:148lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF 210OF 1.8E'Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-11-0 oc puriins, except 4-6 2 X 6 SPF 1650F 1.5E end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-M oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* WEBS 1 Row at midpt 3-13,4-11,5-11,6-11,6-9 3-13 2 X 4 SPF Stud,3-12 2 X 4 SPF Stud SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-8-10 REACTIONS (lb/size) 13=2139/0-5-8,9=1613/Mechanical Max Horz 13=539(LC 7) Max Upliftl3=-1040(LC 8),9=-671(LC 7) Max Grav 13=3076(LC 3),9=2272(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-487/1074,3-4=-1632/547,4-5=-1820/746,5-6=-1821/746,6-7=-169/302,7-8=0/111,7-9=-382/374 BOT CHORD 2-14=-690/554,13-14=-690/554,12-13=-499/370,12-15=-728/1235.11-15=-728/1235,10-ll=-361/631,10-16=-361/631, 16-17=-361/631,9-17=-361/631 WEBS 3-13=-3019/972,3-12=-471/1500,4-12=-655/381,4-11=-489/816,5-11=-1392f751,6-11=-722/1717,6-9=-1796/895 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf,Category 11.Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;Cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Category 11,Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 111t1I111Itrttll 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs CONNF non-concurrent with other live loads. �'� 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. �� Q� GANG* 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 8)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit r �: • h+»s between the bottom chord and any other members. 9)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 10)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1040 lb uplift at joint 13 and 671 lb uplift at o. 569 joint 9. 9 '•C O �Q`� 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced ':���,c� '!CFNSE•'���\� standard ANSI/TPI 1. NA�ENG LOAD CASE(S) Standard July 5,200 WARNING-VerVy design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED ATITEK REFERENCE PAGE JW-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. �s Applicability of design poramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown Mirek• is for lateral support of individual web members members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage.delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSMII Quality Criteria,DSB-69 and BCS11 Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,State MW Sally kdarmaMon avaBable from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onotno Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both Sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator C 1-2 72-3 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS Ac stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O= �'� 3 � Oa 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 Orientation,locate V designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'ad'from Outside a V all other interested parties. edge Of truss. C7-8 C6-7 cs 6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352, ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ff.spacing. BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. tip® 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek* and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.- ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399766 0706 39J SM58 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference o tional Tru s Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:07 2007 Page 1 29-6-0 -1 4-1-12 8-0-0 14-8-0 21-4-0 28-0-0 2 -0 1-" 4-1-12 3-10-4 6-8-0 6-8-0 6.8-0 le 1:50.9= 5x8 2.5x4 11 4x6=3x6= 5x8= 5 6 7 8 9 8.00 12 5x8�i 4 3 Q 2 cd!1 5x8 11 3x4 i 15 14 16 13 17 12 11 18 10 3x6 II 4x6= 6x8= 3x6= 5x8= 3x6 II 4-" 8-0-0 14-8-0 I 21-4-0 28.641 4-0-0 4-" 6-8-0 6-84) 7-2-0 Plate Offsets X Y: 2:0-3-13,Ed 5:04-0 0-1-9, 9:04-8,0-2-12, 11:0-3-8 0-2-8 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) Udefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.96 Vert(LL) -0.12 11-13 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL TO Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.59 Vert(TL) -0.19 11-13 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.83 Horz(TL) 0.04 10 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003rrPI2002 (Matrix) Weight:149lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E'Except' TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-9-3 oc pudins, except 1-5 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-M oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud*Except* WEBS 1 Row at midpt 9-11 5-13 2 X 4 SPF No.2,8-13 2 X 4 SPF No.2,9-11 2 X 4 SPF No.2 9-10 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-5-0 REACTIONS (lb/size) 15=2098/0-5-8,1 0=1471/Mechanical Max Horz 15=416(LC 7) Max Upliftl5=-1001(LC 8),10=-696(LC 7) Max Grav 15=2114(LC 3),10=2117(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-429/720,3-4=-418/902,4-5=-1238/455,5-0=-2214/813,6-7=-2212/812,7-8=-2212/812,8-9=-1919f711, 9-10=-1963/722 BOT CHORD 2-15=-576/482,14-15=-576/375,14-16=-571/1062,13-16=-571/1062,13-17=-744/1919,12-17=-744/1919,11-12=-744/1919 ,1 1-18=-104/107,10-18=-104/107 WEBS 4-15=-2000/905,4-14=-437/1492,5-14=-772/346,5-13=-477/1508,6-13=-1059/462,8-13=-189/383,8-11=-1265/597, 9-11=-824/2337 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11,Exp C.enclosed,MW FRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. +tltltlllllf rr7�7 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02.Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow.Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate \ -1v`O�(,ON1�l� DOL=1.15);Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 .G �. 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. AIVG 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs J ��G'•G� non-concurrent with other live loads. 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 7)This truss has been designed fora 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. i 8)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit 569 between the bottom chord and any other members. 9 ` 9)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. '•,�i� /...ENS. E�' 10)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1001 lb uplift at joint 15 and 696 lb uplift at �i �s', N .. joint 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSIrrPI 1. July 5,200 ALJ UAS Ef Q btanaara A WARNING Verify design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITEK REFERENCE PAGE N77.7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is loran individual building component. iff Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer Bracing shown Mire k. is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity,of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery.erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T►Il Quality Criteria.DSI.89 and SCSI1 Buiding Component 14515 N.Outer Forty Suite#300 Safety kdormoMon available from Truss Plate Institute,%3 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 1 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by on engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1 Q C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never 0 WEBS cz' 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. U �'> ; ��� ; O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate b = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-1/,6"from outside a �'` u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. Q 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. C7-8 C6-7 C5-6 BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 'Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software Or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek" and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239976 0706139J SM59 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference optional Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:07 2007 Page 1 r-0 3-4-12 � 6-6-0 13-10-9 I 21-1-7 28-6-0 1-0-0 3-4-12 3-1-4 7.4-9 7-2-13 7-4-9 Scale=1:50.4 8x 12 2.5x4 II 5x8= 4x12= 4x12 11 5 6 7 8 9 8.00 12 7x12 A4 3 lot O 2 add 1 4x6 I1 3x4 G 15 14 16 13 12 11 17 10 3x6\\ 5x8= 5x12= 3x6= 7x12= 2.5x4 I I 4-" 6-" 13-10-9 21-1-7 28-" 4-0-0 2." 7-4-9 7-2-13 7-4-9 Plate Offsets Y: 2:031 0-0-11 5:0-7-12,0-1-4 8:0-",Ed 9:0-3-8 Ed 14:0-3-8,0-2-8 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) 1/defl L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.95 Vert(LL) -0.17 11-13 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.91 Vert(TL) -0.26 11-13 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.94 Horz(TL) 0.07 10 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:126 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 1-7-8 oc purtins, except 5-8 2 X 4 SPF 2100F 1.8E end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 5-1-13 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud*Except* WEBS 1 Row at midpt 5-13,7-13,7-10 9-10 2 X 4 SPF 210OF 1.8E,5-13 2 X 4 SPF No.2,7-13 2 X 4 SPF No.2 7-10 2 X 4 SPF No.2 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 1-11-12 REACTIONS (lb/size) 10=1385/Mechanical,15=2094/0-5-8 Max Horz 15=351(LC 7) Max Upliftl 0=-781(LC 6),15=-991(LC 8) Max Grav 10=2059(LC 4),15=2094(LC 1) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-392/637,3-4=-382f783,4-5=-924/295,5-0=-2624/1048,6-7=-2623/1049,7-8=-126/158,8-9=-126/158, 9-10=-500/271 BOT CHORD 2-15=-505/434,14-15=-1186/572,14-16=-469/866,13-16=-469/866,12-13=-868/2385,11-12=-868/2385,11-17=-868/2385, 10-17=-868/2385 WEBS 4-15=-2127/908,4-14=-818/2145,5-14=-1249/637,5-13=-905/2082,6-1 3=-1 1111598,7-13=-154/284,7-11=0/294, 7-10=-2696/993 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph,h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed,end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate 11111tlltttfrl� DOL=1.15);Category 11;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 `��v` OF CONIyF 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. � C� 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangsJrG(,ANG Z/ %1 non-concurrent with other live loads 5)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. * �: 4+r?•s 6)This truss has been designed fora 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 7)The following joint(s)require plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection:5. 8)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit o. 569 between the bottom chord and any other members. O •<7 O. 9)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. %� ,<` ' •.CENSE• ���`�` 10)Provide ids mechanical Connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 781 lb uplift at joint 10 and 991 lb uplift at ���iz7�sS%pNAt�N .�`�`` 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TP1 1. July 5,200 LOAD CAStlb) n ar AL WARNING-Ver(/'y design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MTEE REFERENCE PAGE MI-7473 BEFORE USE. RAW Design valid for use only with Miiek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k• is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction Is the responsibillity,of the erector, Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding 1—ir.1.—,.— fabrication.quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSIR►fl QuaNty CdWa.DSB-89 and Ill NuNdlng Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Sub 0300 Salley Information available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrio Drive.Madison,WI 53719, chesterfield.M063017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 1 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 01 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For -/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator C 1 2 C23 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS Sz' 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O U �•� �,�� 3 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building vb a = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U plates 0-1/15'from outside � �' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. O C7-8 ce-7 cs-a O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MiTek 20/20 software or Upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19:%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT The first dimension is the plate 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,sae,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ]CC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and sae,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 fit.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI l: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. MiTek is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.- ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Meta)Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet.MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399768 0706139J SM5EGR ROOFTRUSS 2 1 _ Job Reference�opYwrul Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:08 2007 Page 1 i -1-" 2-" 5-0-0 1-0-0 2-M 3-M 3-" Scale=1:15.3 2.5x4 II 3x6= 5x8= 4 5 3 8.00 12 2 5x8= 8 9 7 10 6 2.5x4 11 3x6= 2.5x4 11 i 2-0-0 5-" 8 0 0 2-" 3-0-0 3-0-0 Plate Offsets X Y: 2:Ed ,0-0-2, 3:0-6 8 0-2-8 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) Vdefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.36 Vert(LL) -0.02 7 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.16 Vert(TL) -0.03 7 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress incr NO WS 0.44 Horz(TL) 0.00 6 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003fTP12002 (Matrix) Weight:36lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-9-2 oc pudins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-M oc bracing. REACTIONS (lb/size) 6=570/Mechanical,2=701/0-5-8 Max Horz2=131(LC 7) Max Uplift6=-344(LC 6),2=-392(LC 8) Max Grav6=754(LC 4),2=701(LC 1) FORCES (Ib)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/67,2-3=-819/385,3-4=-896/446,4-5=-896/447,5-6=-674/321 BOT CHORD 2-8=-335/597,8-9=-342/616,7-9=-342/616,7-10=-25/37,6-10=-25/37 WEBS 3-8=-90/205,3-7=-188/318,4-7=-516/277,5-7=-474/1031 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph,h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf,Category II;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone,cantilever left and right exposed,end vertical left and right exposed, Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-02.Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 5)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 7)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom Chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-"tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit \1111t1t11lttfrllll between the bottom chord and any other members ` O� 8)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. � 9)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 344 lb uplift at joint 6 and 392 lb uplift at joint �� P'� ,. GANG 2. 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 Intemational Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 11)Hanger(s)or other connection device(s)shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s)95 lb down and 74 lb up at 2-0-12, _ and 95 lb down and 74 lb up at 4-0-12,and 95 lb down and 74 lb up at 6-0-12 on bottom chord. The design/selection of such o.23 69 Q Connection device(s)is the responsibility of others. 9 12)In the LOAD CASE(S)section,loads applied to the face of the truss are noted as front(F)or back(B). LOAD CASE(S) Standard July 5,200 Continued on page 2 AJ WARNING-Vert(y design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED AUTEK REFERENCE PAGE AGI 7473 BEFORE USE, SAM Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design poramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k• is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary brocing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer,For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage.delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSIMI1 Quality Criteria,DSB-89 and 5CSI1 BuWng Component 14515 N.Outer Fatty,Suit t9300 Welty Inforrtgba available from Truss Plate institute,583 D'Onotrio Drive,Madison,wl 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss l. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. O_t/'Q, 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T.I,or Eliminator C 1-2 C2-3 bracing should be considered. WEBS C3 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never p , stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O u �'- 3 ��� 3 0 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 Orientation,locate e h designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'hd'from outside a- �'� u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. g O C7-8 c6-7 cs e O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 'Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT p 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal x 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399768 0706139J SM5EGR ROOF TRUSS 12 1 Job Reference Tonal Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.5W s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Ad 05 12:25:08 2007 Page LOAD CASE(S)Standard 1)Snow:Lumber Increase=1,15,Plate Increase=1.15 Uniform Loads(plf) Vert:13=-94,3.5=-94,2.6=-20 Concentrated Loads(lb) Vert:8=-95(F)9=95(F)10=-95(F) A WARWM -V.,Vlf drawlgn pawmotsm and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INMMICD WTEE REPERENCE PAGE=7473 MMRE EMM t•A� Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for on individual budding component. Applicability of design paamenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not buss designer.Bracing shown MiTek* is for lateral support of individual web members only.Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the resporwbillity of the erector.Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure Is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSIMIl Quailty CrMMo,DSI.89 and Ill Binding Component 14515 N.Outer Forty.Suite#300 Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onotrio Drive,Madison,W 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss l. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 01 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For -/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,1,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never p WEBS Ac stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. mQ O �'� �� 3O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and 4 U all other interested parties. CL plates 0- �d'from outside o_ f edge o truss. g O C7-e C6-7 c5-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. (- BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably y protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is I camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T. I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. -.�-� 18.Use green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, nmental,1,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI l: Notional Design Specification for Metal19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek* is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. SCSI l: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 "I � J Job Truss Truss Type CRY Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239976 0706139J SM5GR ROOF TRUSS 7 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:09 2007 Page 1 -1-0-0 2-0411 4 I 5x8= 4-0-0 5 2.5x4 11 1-" 2-" 2-0-0 Scale=1:10.9 8.00 12 3 177 LJ 3x4 i 2.5x4 11 7 6 3x4= ava II 2-" 4-041 2-" 2-0-0 Plate Offsets(X Y): f2:0-3-5 0-13),[4:0-"0-2-81 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-" CSI DEFL in (loc) Vdefl L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 350 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.24 Vert(LL) -0.00 7 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 70 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.07 Vert(TL) -0.00 7 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr NO WB 0.06 Horz(TL) 0.00 6 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003riP12002 (Matrix) Weight:18lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-0-0 oc pudins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 1-4-13 REACTIONS (lb/size) 6=261/Mechanical,2=36810-3-8 Max Horz2=134(LC 7) Max Uplift6=-156(LC 7),2=-225(LC 8) Max Grav6=305(LC 4),2=472(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-315/104,3-4=-202/106,4-5=-26/39,5-0=-137/73 BOT CHORD 2-7=-129/160,6-7=-133/172 WEBS 4-7=-48/137,4-6=-233/146 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 5)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. `111111If fftiil 7)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit \\,,vv``O�CONive�'I, between the bottom chord and any other members. `� to 8)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. G (, •.T��1 ''� 9 Provide mechanical connection b others of truss to bearing late capable of withstanding 156 lb uplift at 6 and 225 lb uplift at'oint ( Y ) gP P 9 P 1 P J } G . 2. ,' �- • R±�s 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced +:+; standard ANSI/TPI 1. 11)Hanger(s)or other connection device(s)shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s)95 lb down and 74 lb up at 2-0-12 on 569 bottom chord. The design/selection of such connection device(s)is the responsibility of others. 12)In the LOAD CASE(S)section,loads applied to the face of the truss are noted as front(F)or back(B). LOAD CASE(S) Standard July 5,20017 Continued on page 2 A WARNING Verify design pammeters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED AUTEK REFERENCE PAGE KU 7473 BEFORE USE. t\� Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown.and is for on individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M iTe k is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T►Il Quality Crlterla,DSB-89 and SCS11 Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty.Sr1BB d300 Sale y Informatlon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrlo Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSII. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T.I,or Eliminator C 1-2 C2-3 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WEBS �a� 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. Oz ��� ; 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate Kb = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'nd'from outside a- �' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. a_ g O C7-8 C6-7 Cs6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LErrERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is comber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at Output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek' and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.- ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply i The Santangelo Residence-4 11239976 0706139J SM5GR ROOF TRUSS 7 t Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Morvoe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 0512:25:09 2007 Page LOAD CASE(S)Standard 1)Snow.Lumber Increase=1.15,Plate Increase=1.15 Uniform Loads(plf) Vert 1.4=-94,4-5=-94,2-6=-20 Concentrated Loads(Ib) Vert 7=-95(B) A WARMNO•Ver(fy design pawmetens and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED JDTEII REFERENCE PAGE AM 7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design 4 based only upon parameters shown,and is for on individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component Is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M iTe k• is for lateral support of individual web members only.Additional temporary bracing to Insure stability during construction is the resporuibillity of the erector.Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure Is the responsibility,of the building designer.For general guidance regarding rowen+v'eeroeu,.- fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/RIl Quality Criteria,DSB•89 and 1110111 6ulding Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite#300 Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onotrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 6W17 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Failure to Follow Could Cause Property 3/, Center plate on joint unless x,y offsets are indicated. I6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ff-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 0 1/TQ� 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C I-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS �a, 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate b = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'rid'from outside 0- �'v c�i U all other interested parties. edge of truss. a_ g Or c�� cc cse O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. ~- BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 'Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and sae,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ff.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter taus member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. x 18.Use ro green 1.health lumber may pose s.Consult able with environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek* and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 ' J Job Truss Truss Type City Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239977 0706139J SM6 MONO TRUSS 18 1 _ Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:09 2007 Page 1 -1-0-0 4-" 2.5x4 11 i 1.0-0 4-0-0 4 Scale=1:16.8 8.00 12 3 2 1 3x4 5 3x6 11 4-0-0 2.5x4 11 4-" Plate Offsets X Y: 2:0-3-0 0-1-3 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-" CSI DEFL in (loc) Udefl Ltd PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.54 Vert(LL) -0.01 25 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.16 Vert(TL) -0.03 2-5 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.00 Horz(TL) 0.00 5 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:17lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-M oc pudins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-M oc bracing. SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-2-14 REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=326/0-3-8,5=207/Mechanical Max Horz2=221(LC 7) Max Uplift2=-176(LC 8),5=-134(LC 8) Max Grav2=489(LC 3),5=303(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-198/95,3-4=-1 251113.4-5=-265/153 BOT CHORD 2-5=-44/67 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-02,120mph;h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11.Exp C;enclosed,MWFRS gable end zone,cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35-0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15):Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Category 11,Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 5)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 6)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. `�71,tillftfrrt,rr� 7)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. ``\\`v� <CONIy 8)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 176 lb uplift at joint 2 and 134 lb uplift at joint \� �� 5. 9)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. ♦_h!»s LOAD CASE(S) Standard .23 69 Q ` sS/ONA\- July 5,200 N WARNING-Verify deign pct--te-and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE MH 7473 BEFORE USE. SOM Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. wtr Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M iTe k is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication.quality control,storage.delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/tlil Quality CdWo,DSB-89 and BCSI1 Budding Component 14515 N.Outer Fatly,SW*0300 Safely IMannodon available from Truss Plate Institute,5113 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison.WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/± Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ff-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 01/16„ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For - 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator C1-2 C2-3 bracing should be considered. WEBS c3 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never p , stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 0 ; �� 3 p 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U Kb = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'nd'from outside a �' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. a g '- C7-8 c6-7 c5-e 1 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location detalls available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION [CC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter tans member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green heated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSVTPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek" and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate POWER TO PERFORM.' Connected Wood Trusses. Miiek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type aty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399771 0706139J SM60 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Jab Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:10 2007 Page 1 -1:2 0 4-4-12 8-6-0 I 15-0-13 21-7-11 28-r0 1-" 4-4-12 4-1-4 6-6-13 6-6-13 6-10-5 Scale=1:50.1 7x12 MT18H,i 3x6= 4x6= 5x8 11 5 6 7 8 8.00 12 5x8�i 4 3 O 2 1 5x8 11 3x4 G 13 12 14 15 1t 10 16 17 9 3x6 II 6x8= 3x4= 3x6= 5x8= 4-0-0 ?1 12 8-" I 18-" 28-" 4-0-0 D-2-12 4-3-4 9-10-4 10-1-12 Plate Offsets Y: 2:0-3-13,Ed 5:0-"0-1-12 8:0-3-8 Ed LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.98 Vert(LL) -0.21 11-12 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.81 Vert(TL) -0.45 9-11 >635 180 MT18H 197/144 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.87 Horz(TL) 0.06 9 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:1291b LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied, except end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-0-0 oc bracing. 2-10 2 X 4 SPF 2100F 1.8E WEBS 1 Row at midpt 8-9,6-12,7-9 WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* 4-13 2 X 4 SPF Stud,4-12 2 X 4 SPF Stud,5-12 2 X 4 SPF Stud SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-6-13 REACTIONS (lb/size) 9=1460/Mechanical,13=2139/0-5-8 Max Horz 13=447(LC 7) Max Uplift9=-738(LC 6),13=-1029(LC 8) Max Grav9=21 01(LC 4),13=2139(LC 1) FORCES (Ib)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-043/754,3-4=-431/945,4-5=-1294/416,5-6=-1106/406,6-7=-2029/756,7-8=-99/165,8-9=-461/256 BOT CHORD 2-13=-602/501,12-13=-602/404,12-14=-849/2077,14-15=-849/2077,11-15=-849/2077,10-11=-710/1765,10-16=-710/1765 ,16-17=-710/1765,9-17=-710/1765 WEBS 4-13=-2048/917,4-12=-595/1545,5-12=-177/175,6-12=-1334/641,6-1 1=-100/215,7-1 1=-77/553,7-9=-2242/812 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf,Category 11,Exp C.enclosed,MWFRS gable end zone,cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed, Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category 11,Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs "111tttltttrlr non-concurrent with other live loads. ``�`�F CONN 5)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 6)This truss has been designed fora 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. �GAN( '- 1�0 7)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 4J �G'• G� 8)The following joint(s)require plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection:5. 9)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3 6-0 tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit = between the bottom chord and any other members. _ 70 10)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 3569 11)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 738 lb uplift at joint 9 and 1029 Ib uplift at O �7 9 tvQj joint 13. �� .t` '•.CENS�•' �� \� 12)This truss standard is designed in accordance with the 2003 Intemational Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced LOAD CASE(S) Standard July 5,200 AJ WARNING Verify design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITES REFERENCE PAGE 1D7 7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Milli Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k• a for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responslb,llity of the erector.Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding , fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T►II Quality Criteria,DSB•89 and SCSI)Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty.Suite N300 Sd*Wdarmallan available from Truss Plate Institute,5113 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/,' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 01 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For -/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T.I,or Eliminator � bracing should be C I-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading considered. shown and never WEBS N3: stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O �`� ��� 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate = designer,erection supervisor.property owner and plates 0-'/ 'from outside a. U all other interested parties. ed a of truss. d g ~ c» Cs7 C5-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the g 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ff.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates locatjon where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back.words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek* and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM., ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 ' _J Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 1123ssn 0706139J SM61 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc, Thu Jul 05 12:25:11 2007 Page 1 F1-0-0 5-4-12 10-0.0 16-4-13 22-3-11 28-6-0 1-0-0 5-4-12 5-1.4 5-10-13 5-10-13 6-2-5 Scale=1:58.5 5x 10 MT20H 3x4= 3x6= 3x10 II 4 5 6 7 8.00 12 4x8 i 3 Q7 2 cc91 7x12 i 13 12 11 14 10 9 15 16 8 3.4= 3x6 // Sx8= 3x6=3x6= 5x8= 4." 4-2112 10-6-0 19-" 28-" 4-0-0 G-2-12 6-3-4 6-10-4 9-1-12 Plate Offsets X Y: 2:0-15,0-1-15, 4:05-0,0-1-8 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) t/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.87 Vert(LL) -0.22 9-11 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.97 Vert(TL) -0.36 8-9 >796 180 MT20H 148/108 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.86 Horz(TL) 0.05 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003fTP12002 (Matrix) Weight:138lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-10-12 oc pudins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 2-2-0 oc bracing. 3-12 2 X 4 SPF Stud WEBS 1 Row at midpt 7-8,5-11,6-8 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-0-10 REACTIONS (lb/size) 8=1530/Mechanical,12=2132/0-5-8 Max Horz 12=544(LC 7) Max Uplift8=-715(LC 7),12=-1033(LC 8) Max Grav8=2108(LC 4),12=2204(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-494/1088,3-4=-1377/442,4-5=-1157/432,5-6=-1595/604.6-7=-105/187,7-8=-411/243 BOT CHORD 2-13=-682/564,12-13=-682/564,11-12=-531/336,11-14=-755/1685,10-14=-755/1685,9-10=-755/1685,9-15=-598/1340, 15-16=-598/1340,8-16=-598/1340 WEBS 3-12=-2132/982,3-11=429/1018,4-11=-90/285,5-11=-860/489,5-9=-242/272,6-9=-149/687,6-8=-20131757 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-02,120mph,h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf,Category 11;Exp C;enclosed,MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Category 11;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. `�yttuItII V 5)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. ```QF CON/yF 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads- 7)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. � GANG 8)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit /'•, ( % between the bottom chord and any other members. 9)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 10)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate Capable of withstanding 715 lb uplift at joint 8 and 1033 lb uplift at =_ joint 12. 0.23 69 Q 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced 9 (r✓ standard ANSI/TPI 1. ENS LOAD CASE(S) Standard %SS�ONM-EN��v``�\ July 5,200 WARNING-Verify design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MTEK REFERENCE PAGE M7 7473 BEFORE USE. SAN Design valid far use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k• is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibilllty of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding eseeow.r.• fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing.consult ANSI/T►II Quality Criteria,DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty.Suite 111" Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute,5113 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison.WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO=17 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI I. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator C I-2 C2-3 bracing should be considered. WEBS c� 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never p , stock materials on inadequately braced trusses. Cie 0 O �!> ��� 3 O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate b = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-1/,6"from outside 0- �v u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. a- g ~ C» c6-7 C5-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in 8 7 6 5 locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION [CC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects.equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95 43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: j ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal a 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words PlategConnected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Desi n Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 ' Job Truss Truss Type City Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 _ 11239977 0706139J SM62 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.5W s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:11 2007 Page 1 -1-" 5-1-12 10-0-0 14-G-0 18-0-0 , _20-" 1-M 5-1-12 4-104 4-0-0 4-" 2-" 5x8= Scale=1:46.3 5 8.00 12 2.5x4 Q 3x6�\ 8 4 5x8 5x8= 3 7 8 4 R i1 2 N 3x4 i 6x8 II 11 10 9 3x4 i 3x10= 6x8= 2.5x4 11 104-0 18-0-0 20-0-0 , 10-0-0 8-" 2-0-0 Plate Offsets MY):: 2:039,0-23 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.72 Vert(LL) -0.17 2-11 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.58 Vert(TL) -0A2 2-11 >562 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.73 Horz(TL) 0.04 9 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003ITP12002 (Matrix) Weight:88lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-0-15 oc puffins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud*Except* BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 7-10-3 oc bracing. 5-11 2 X 4 SPF No.2 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-0-5 REACTIONS (lb/size) 9=1129/0-5-8,2=1228/0-5-8 Max Horz 2=454(LC 7) Max Uplift9=-412(LC 8),2=-566(LC 8) Max Grav 9=1 325(LC 4),2=1486(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-1734/622,3-4=-1389/637,4-5=-1145/517,5-0=-1113/564.6-7=-1774/632,7-8=-1248/412,8-9=-1304/378 BOT CHORD 2-11=-545/1283,10-11=-354/1165,9-10=-51/52 WEBS 4-11=-658/425,5-11=-328/692,6-11=-625/282,6-1 0=-1 66/284,7-1 0=-1326/490.8-10=-510/1691 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category ll;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber 60L=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.31 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(Flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Category ll;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 111t1111111fr// 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. O�CiONNF 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. ��� 8)'This truss has been designed fora live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit GA/VG'••r/0 between the bottom chord and any other members. CID 9 Provide mechanical connection(by others of truss to bearing late capable of withstanding 412 lb uplift at joint 9 and 566 lb uplift at joint t �: 2. 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 569 LOAD CASE(S) Standard •(�C�NS�O•��`1` ONA�ENG�``�� "'lift III,11� July 5,200 AJ WARNING Verify design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE 1Q7.7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown A I�A�• is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the ,y' C erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/ttll QuoNty Criteria.DSB-89 and SCS11 SuNding Component 14515".Outer Forty, � SaNly Irdomrallon available from Truss Plate Institute,563 D'Onohio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. 14515 N.eider 63017 t/300 Chesterfield,MO 83017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides Of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. O T/f Q, 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator C i Q C2-3 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never 0 WEBS �a, 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. oe O �'� � 3 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'14'from outside n- U U all other interested parties. edge of truss. c�e co-? css O CL 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions LATERAL BRACING LOCATION PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing. BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. r.r.w 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTeko and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, ANSI/TPI 1 Quality criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate POWER TO PERFORM." Connected Wood Trusses. MlTek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Qty i Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239977 0706139J SM63 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:12 2007 Page 1 140.0 5-1-12 10-M 16-2-4 20-0-0 i 1.0-0 5-1-12 4-10-4 6-2-4 3-9-12 5x8 i Scale=1:46.1 5 8.00 12 2.5x4 7x12= 4 5x8= 6 7 3 N M �1 2 jgj 3x4 5x12— 10 9 8 3x4/i 3x10= 5x8= 2.5x4 11 10-M 16-2r1 20-" 10-" 6-2-4 3-9-12 Plate Offsets Y: 2:0-0-3,0-1-13, 5:0-5-4 0-2-0, 9:0-3-8,0-2-8 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.97 Vert(L-) -0.18 2-10 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.71 Vert(fL) -0.46 2-10 >517 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WS 0.75 Horz(TL) 0.04 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 I Code IRC2003/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight:87lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied, except end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 7-9-2 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud'Except* 5-10 2 X 4 SPF No.2,6-10 2 X 4 SPF No.2 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-0-5 REACTIONS (lb/size) 8=1129/0-5-8,2=1228/0-5-8 Max Horz2=490(LC 7) Max Uplift8=-414(LC 8),2=-564(LC 8) Max Grav 8=1 325(LC 4),2=1486(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-1732/616,3-4=-1387/630,4-5=-1146/517.5-0=-1186/538,6-7=-1377/522,7-8=-1277/427 BOT CHORD 2-10=-554/1283,9-10=-435/1428,8-9=-88/73 WEBS 4-10=-662/405,5-10=-255/583,6-10=-730/310,6-9=-1052/432,7-9=-601/1746 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf,Category 11;Exp C.enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 111I1111nIf n/II 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. QF CONN6�i,,i, 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. CJ 8)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit Q� •J�C,ANC,��;��G between the bottom chord and any other members. rr G•• 9)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate Capable of withstanding 414 lb uplift at joint 8 and 564 lb uplift at joint � « 2. _ - 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced = - '•� standard ANSI/TPI 1. = 35 LOAD CASE( ) Standard �� .cam ,•ENS•-•'•�� �� ��''�SS�ONALENC,•``�• July 5,200 AJ WARNING V.,Vy design parnmst.-and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITES REFERENCE PAGE➢fIb 7473 BEFORE USE. �+ Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T►II Quality Criteria,DSB-89 and SCSII Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Sulle#300 Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute,5113 D'Onohio Drive.Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 0 .1/1 �, 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator C 1-2 C2-3 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never 0 ZWEBStea' 4 stock materials on inadequately braced trusses. 0 �'� 33 G.: 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate b = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-1h6"from outside CL �v u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. C7-8 C6-7 C5-6 10 BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the $ 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPl 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication, AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT p NUMBERS/LETTERS. 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION species and size,and 12.Lumber used shall be of the s ICC-ES Reports: p in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing. BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. i 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 111111111111111111® 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: I ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal x 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. SCSI 1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM." ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residerice-4 _ 11239977 0706139J SM64 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference o tiona� Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 05468 6.5W s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:13 2007 Page 1 3-0-0 -2-0-0 4-0-0 10-M 14-2-4 19-6-8 1-0-0 2-0-0 4-0-0 6-0-0 4-2-4 5-4-4 6x8= Scale=1:46.5 4 6x8= 5x8= 8.00 12 5 6 4x6 i 3 m '4 a 2 1 8x12= 11 10 9 6 7 2.5x4 II 3x10= 4x6= 4x6= 3x6 II r 4-0-0 10-041 14-2.4 1958 4.0-0 6-0-0 4-2-4 5.4-4 Plate Offsets KY): 2:0-0-2 0-" LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.99 Vert(LL) -0.17 2-11 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.72 Vert(TL) -0.26 2-11 >980 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.42 Horz(TL) 0.14 7 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:131 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2`Except` TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-5-15 oc purlins, except 1-4 2 X 8 SYP SS end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SPF 210OF 1.8E'Except' BOT CHORD Rigid Ceiling directly applied or 10-M oc bracing. 7-8 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E WEBS 1 Row at midpt 3-10 WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* JOINTS 1 Brace at Jt(s):11 5-9 2 X 4 SPF Stud,3-11 2 X 4 SPF Stud REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=1212/0-5-8,7=1207/Mechanical Max Harz 1=559(LC 7) Max Upliftl=-495(LC 8),7=-468(LC 8) Max Grav 1=1499(LC 3),7=1335(LC 4) FORCES (Ib)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-750/305,2-3=-2751/1003,3-4=-1358/570,4-5=-1243/637,"=-1156/553,6-7=-1248/490 BOT CHORD 2-11=-1053/2387,10-11=-1054/2390,9-10=-421/1185,8-9=-127/88,7-0=-127/88 WEBS 3-10=-1655/823,5-10=-560/236,5-9=-847/428,6-9=-594/1401,4-10=-382/814,3-11=-57/360 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11,Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone:Cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category 11,Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding ++1+11i111If1fil/7j 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. �\�+ 7)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-"tall by 1-M wide will fit `.��` OF C'�NNFC between the bottom chord and any other members. �Q'��J�GANG 8)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. G 9)Bearing at joint(s)1 considers parallel to grain value using ANSIlTPI 1 angle to grain formula. Building designer should verify capacity of . . awe±-s bearing surface. +.� 10)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate Capable of withstanding 495 lb uplift at joint 1 and 468 lb uplift at joint 7 3569 Q 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced (V standard ANSI/TPI 1. /.c���CENSE�G���\��� LOAD CASE(S) Standard ''�z,-8/0NAI-� July 5,2001, WARNING-Vertfy design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE MD 7473 BEFORE USE. BMW Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k. is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer For general guidance regarding .a.....eeraer- 'I fabrical=on,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing.consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criteria,DSB-89 and IICSII Building Component /4515 N.Outer Forty,9uIM A300 SafNy ktMrma" .available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrio Drive.Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield.MO6W7 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/, Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft4ri-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides Of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSII I. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 0-/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,1,or Eliminator C l-2 C2-3 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never ZWEBS �a, 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. �'� ; 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate Kb = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-1/4'from outside d u U all other interested parties. edge Of truss. c7-8 co-? cs-a O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint 8 7 6 5 required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MiTek 20/20 software Or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and sae,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or after truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal ® 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.'" ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet,MII-7473 1� Job Truss Truss Type City Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 _ 1 11239977 0706139J SM65 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference o Canal Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:13 2007 Page 1 0-0-0 -2-0-0 5-1-12 IG-0-0 12-2-4 19-6-8 1-0.0 2-" 5-1-12 4-10.4 2-2-4 7-4-4 6x8= Scale=1:46.5 4 7x12= Sx12 I 5 6 8.00 12 US 3 WW d 6 2 1 4x12= 9 8 10 11 7 �} 2.50 11 5x8= 5x8= 5-1-12 10-" 19-" i 5-1-12 4-10-4 9-" Plate Offsets X Y: 2:0-8-14,0-M, 5:0-64 Ed 6:0-3 8 Ed LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.78 Vert(LL) -0.26 2-9 >984 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.68 Vert(TL) -0A1 7-8 >621 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Ina YES WB 0.88 Horz(TL) 0.20 7 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:119lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF 210OF 1.8E*Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-3-3 oc pudins, except 14 2 X 8 SYP SS end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF 210OF 1.8E BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 9-9-15 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2'Except' WEBS 1 Row at midpt 5-7 6-7 2 X 4 SPF 210OF 1.8E,3-9 2 X 4 SPF Stud,5-8 2 X 4 SPF Stud JOINTS 1 Brace at Jt(s):9 REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=1245/0-5-8,7=1283/Mechanical Max Horz 1=600(LC 7) Max Upliftl=490(LC 8),7=-592(LC 7) Max Grav 1=1531(LC 3).7=1411(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-722/311,2-3=-2405/822,3-4=-1429/591,4-5=-1313/666,5-6=-124/143,6-7=-516/260 BOT CHORD 2-9=-934/2075,8-9=-934/2076,8-10=-602/1149,10-11=-602/1149,7-11=-002/1149 WEBS 3-9=-10/182,3-8=-1396/742,4-8=-573/1244,5-7=-1 3351591,5.8=-801/401 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category 11;Exp C.Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 111tt1 llllfrrrr 7)The following joint(s)require plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection.5. ,z�\`\OF CONNF 8)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit \��� between the bottom chord and any other members. `�AQ'� •J�GAN G�/ �C1 9)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss Connections. 10)Bearing at joint(s)1 considers parallel to grain value using ANSI/TPI 1 angle to grain formula. Building designer should verify capacity of bearing surface. 11)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 490 lb uplift at joint 1 and 592 lb uplift at joint - 7. o N .2 69 Q 12)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 Intemational Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced lV standard ANSI/TPI 1. % .<` /CENSE� LOAD CASE(S) Standard ////, IONAt��G•�`\\` July 5,200 WARNING Ver(fy design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITEK REFERENCE PAGE ANTI-7473 BEFORE USE. �a Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. e>ttr Applicability of design pafamenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k. is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding , fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/TPII Quality CrIterla,DS6.99 and SCStl Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty.Suite 9W Sally Mlfarruo/on ovodobNe from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onotrio Drive.Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO SWI7 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. I6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator � bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 IN 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WEBS coo 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O 3 0 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U vn = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-1h6"from Outside �' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. a- g ~ c7 a cep cs-e O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. �- BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352, ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, i BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. i���� and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone � DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.- ANSI/TPI I Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet-MII-7473 • ' J w Job Truss Truss Type City Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239977 0706139J SM66 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference oaapW I Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.5W s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:14 2007 Page 1 -1-0-0 5-1-12 10-0-0 10r2-4 14-8-10 19-6-8 1.0.0 5-1-12 4-10-4 0-2-4 4-6-6 4-9-14 5x8= Scale=1:46.5 3x6= 3x6 11 5 6 7 8.00 12 3.6 4 R N r 3 Q1 2 add 3x4-i 5x8 II 10 9 11 12 8 3x4 i 2.5x4 II 300= 5x8= 5-1-12 10-2-4 19-" 5-1-12 5-G-8 9.4-4 Plate Offsets Y: [2:0-3-13,Edgel LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-" CSI DEFL in (loc) Udefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.63 Vert(LL) -0.26 8-9 >889 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.92 Vert(TL) -0.53 8-9 >436 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.51 Horz(TL) 0.03 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:96lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-5-14 oc pudins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 2-2-0 oc bracing. 4-10 2 X 4 SPF Stud,4-9 2 X 4 SPF Stud WEBS 1 Row at midpt 7-8.6-8 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-0-3 REACTIONS (lb/size) 8=1222/Mechanical,2=1240/0-5-8 Max Horz2=506(LC 7) Max Uplift8=-541(LC 7),2=-542(LC 8) Max Grav8=1385(LC 4),2=1520(LC 3) FORCES (Ib)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-1818/559,3-4=-1463/575,4-5=-1189/481,5-6=-886/507,6-7=-108/162,7-8=-316/164 BOT CHORD 2-10=-Wll338,9-1 0=-64811 338,9-11=-417/668,11-12=-417/668,8-12=-417/668 WEBS 4-10=0/141,4-9=-653/410,5-9=-0/196,6-8=-1085/565,6-9=-232/688 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone,cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02:Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. \``1111111t11+frrrr 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. ��`\``OF CONNF�"'//�, 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. . C� 8)•This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-"wide will fit '� .\PANG ./CG between the bottom chord and any other members. G•• 9)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. r h+�s 10)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 541 lb uplift at joint 8 and 542 lb uplift at joint 2. 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced 56 �Q standard ANSI/TPI 1. LOAD CASES Standard July 5,200 WARNFNG Verify design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE 11®-7473 BEFORE USE. BMW Design valid for use only mth MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shovm,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek' is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding ,— fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing.consult ANSI/i9ll Quality Criteria,DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Subs ir380 Sa1Ny Information available from Truss Plate Institute,5153 D'Onotrio Drive.Madison,WI 53719, Chesterfield,MO=17 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss l. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WEBS cz, 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O �`� � ; O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U bb = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-1/4'from outside 0- �' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. a_ g c7 e C6-7 CS-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint This Symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or Upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type.size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects.equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI l: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek* and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 '' Job Truss Truss Type CIty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239977 0706139J SM67 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:15 2007 Page 1 0-0-0+ 6-0-10 11-9-12 19-6-8 1-0-0 6-0-10 5-9-2 7-8-12 5x8 Scale=1:52.6 3x10 II 5 6 8.00 12 3x8 4 3 O 2 1 3x4 i 3x4 5x8 11 9 8 10 7 2.5x4 11 3x6= 5xB= 6-0-10 11-9-12 1 r 6-0-10 5-9-2 7-8-12 Plate Offsets Y: 2:0-3-13 Ed 5:0-4-12 0-2-4 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) Udell Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.51 Vert(LL) -0.13 7.8 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.73 Vert(TL) -0.26 7-8 >895 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.73 Horz(TL) 0.04 7 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003rTP12002 (Matrix) Weight:101 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF 210OF 1.8E'Except` TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-6-10 oc pudins, except 5-0 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 7-2-0 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* WEBS 1 Row at midpt 6-7,5-7 6-7 2 X 4 SPF 21 OOF 1.8E,4-9 2 X 4 SPF Stud SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-6-12 REACTIONS (lb/size) 7=1217/Mechanical,2=1250/0-5.8 Max Harz 2=599(LC 7) Max Uplift7=-548(LC 7),2=-541(LC 8) Max Grav7=1257(LC 4),2=1624(LC 3) FORCES (Ib)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-1999/529,3-4=-1712/547,4-5=-1161/445.5-6=-123/209,6-7=-557/258 BOT CHORD 2-9=-636/1425,8-9=-036/1425,8-1 0=-4 5617 5 1,7-10=-456/751 WEBS 4-9=0/215,4-8=-836/484,5-8=-242/799,5-7=-1076/490 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph,h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone,Cantilever left and right exposed,end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(Flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20 0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs 111111IItIltrfl non-concurrent with other live loads. � QF C�NI�lF7jrlji�� 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. . , 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. Q� �CaANG' �[7 8)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by I-M wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. + • s 9)Refer to girder s�Hss)for truss to truss connections. :�</'C- !•� 10)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 548 lb uplift at joint 7 and 541 lb uplift at joint 2. k 356 ;• Q 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced (r✓` standard ANSI/TPI 1. %0X1, ENSE� #���` LOAD CASE(S) Standard �Z11/�NA\�N, �`\`` July 5,200 WARNING Verify design Parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE hrU 7473 BEFORE USE. Sam Design valid for use only wdh MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design poramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M iTe k• is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responslbillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding .a...,e.--- - fabrication,quality control,storage.delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T<•Il Qualtiy Criteria,DSfl•69 and 6CSI1 flufldlrp Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite#300 Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute,5113 D'Orrofrio Drive.Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides Of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-brocing.is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator C 1-2 C2-3 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WEBS NC stock materials on inadequately braced trusses. O �! � 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 Orientation,locate designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'nb'from Outside a- U all other interested parties. edge Of truss. O CL c7 a co- cse O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the B 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 Software or Upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERSAETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 1 l.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions LATERAL BRACING LOCATION PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1,ESR-1352, ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section Of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. ® 18.Use green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, nmental1,,health or performance risks.Consult with Industry Standards: project engineer before use. ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal ® 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. M1Tek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 is Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 • 11239977 0706139J SM68 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:15 2007 Page 1 L1.0-1� 7-0-10 13-9-12 18-2-4 19-6-8, r � 1.0-0 7-0-10 6-9-2 4-4-8 1-4-4 7x12 MT18HG Scale=1:62.5 5x8= 5 6 5x8 11 7 8.00 12 3x6-i 4 m m 3 112 J—, 9� 6x8 113x4 i 3x4 11 10 12 9 13 14 8 2.5x4 11 6x8= 6x8= 7-0-10 I 13-9-12 + 19-" 7-0-10 6-9-2 5-8-12 Plate Offsets X Y: 2:0-3-13,Ed 5:0-7-8,0-2-0, 6:04-0,0-1-9, 7:04-3 0-0 0 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) Udefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.94 Vert(L-) -0.11 2-10 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.71 Vert(TL) -0.20 2-10 >999 180 MT18H 197/144 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.59 HOrz(TL) 0.04 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:114lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 1-11-14 oc purlins, except 5-6 2 X 6 SPF 1650F 1.5E end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-4-11 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2'Except' WEBS 1 Row at midpt 4-9,5-9,7-8,6-8,6-9 4-10 2 X 4 SPF Stud SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 4-1-15 REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=1305/0-5-8,8=1260/Mechanical Max Horz 2=799(LC 7) Max Uplift2=-539(LC 8),8=-559(LC 7) Max Grav 2=1 872(LC 3),8=1619(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-2364/499,3-4=-2038/519,4-5=-1230/389,5-0=-801/474,6-7=-306/376,7-8=-312/397 BOT CHORD 2-11=-755/1696,10-1 1=-755/1696,10-12=-755/1696,9-12=-755/1696,9-13=-257/225,13-14=-257/225,8-14=-257/225 WEBS 4-10=0/293,4-9=-1134/579,5-9=-419/324,6-8=-1402/867,6-9=-559/1415 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category II;Exp C;enclosed,MWFRS gable end zone,Cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category 11,Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been Considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs 111111I I I t f t//// non-concurrent with other live loads. ``\`�F CON/l 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. CJ 7)This truss has been designed fora 100 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. �� '� GANG'• ��+ 8)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. �P' JE ��G'••(ram 9)The following joint(s)require plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection:7. 10)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-"tall by 1-M wide will fit = 1 between the bottom chord and any other members. 11)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. = o. 3569 _ 12)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 539 lb uplift at joint 2 and 559 lb uplift at joint 9 O. Cv 8. ',�OXI, '•"CENS�•• 13)sThis truss tandard is designed ed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced '/ i�SS�ONA.- 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard July 5,200 WARNING-Verlfy design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITES REFERENCE PAGE MI17473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MITek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for on individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown Welk' is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication.quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/Trll Qvo#ty CrBef ,DS11-311 and 6CSI1 building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Sufi SM Sawy Yianrwllon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onotho Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. I6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft4n-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For O'/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WEBS �a, 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O ; ��� 3 0 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-11,d'from outside o u U all other interested parties. ed a of truss. °- g ~ C7-e c6-7 cs-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably y protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In f1AiTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular responsibility of buss fabricator.General practice is to 4 x 4 to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.lumber used shall be of the species and sae,and in all respects,equal to or better than that specified. Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek* and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.- ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MiTek Engineering Reference Sheet:Mll-7473 i Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 1123997 0706139J SM69 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:16 2007 Page 1 i1-0- 5-M 10-5-12 15-9-12 19-i-4 19-6-8 1-" 5-0-0 5-5-12 5-4-0 0-4-8 3-4-4 5x8= Scale=1:68.6 8 00 12 7 3x6 G 5x8 II 3x6 8 6 5 3x6 i 4 co 3 Q12 add 6x8 I 4x6'i 12 11 13 10 14 9 2.5x4 11 3x6= 5x8= 4x6 11 5-" 10-5-12 16-" 19-" 5-0-0 5-5-12 5-6-4 3-6-8 Plate Offsets X Y: 2:0-0-13,Edge], 9:Ed 0-3-8 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) Vdefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.71 Vert(LL) -0.08 10-11 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.58 Vert(TL) -0.13 10-11 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.71 Horz(TL) 0.04 9 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003lrP12002 (Matrix) Weight:1161b LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-11-4 oc purlins, except 7-8 2 X 4 SPF 2100F 1.8E end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-M oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* WEBS 1 Row at midpt 8-9,7-10,5-10 4-12 2 X 4 SPF Stud SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-11-3 REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=1246/0-5-8,9=1236/Mechanical Max Horz 2=882(LC 7) Max Uplift2=-533(LC 8),9=-566(LC 8) Max Grav 2=1 779(LC 3),9=1339(LC 3) FORCES (Ib)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-2272/545,3-4=-1926/561,4-5=-1575/450,5-6=-733/344,6-7=489/367,7-8=460/433,8-9=-1268/642 BOT CHORD 2-12=-777/1703,11-12=-777/1703,11-13=-551/1138,10-13=-551/1138,10-14=-153/198,9-14=-153/198 WEBS 4-12=0/206,4-11=-680/415,8-10=-459/1125,7-10=-257/242,5-11=-1 62/584,5-10=-1216/615 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category ll;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Pf=40.0 psf(Flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15).Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs \71111IIIiiiii, non-concurrent with other live loads. 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 7)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit GANG;''• ��1 �: between the bottom chord and any other members. • -tc. J, 8)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss Connections. 9)Provide mechanical Connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 533 lb uplift at joint 2 and 566 lb uplift at joint _ 9. 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 Intemational Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced .2 569 �Q �CENS `= standard ANSIrrPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard SS/ONAI ENG '''�iuunn111"` July 5,200 a WARNING Verify design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED A97ER REFERENCE PAGE AM-7473 BEFORE USE. M+• Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k. is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T►II Quality Criteria.DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite N300 Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute.583 D'Onoffio Drive.Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator C 1-2 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o ZNC stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. u 34. Provide copies of this truss design to the building FOr 4 x 2 Orientation,IOCate = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'t,d'from outside 0- () all other interested parties. edge of truss. ~ c7-e cba cs e 10 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. �- BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 Software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and sae,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or after truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek* is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM." ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing &Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence 4 112399781 0708139J SM6A MONO TRUSS 3 1 Job Reference o tonal) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:17 2007 Page 1 -2-M 4-" 33x6 I 2-" 4-0.0 3 Scale=1',27.5 8.00 12 2 4xe= 1 4 2.5x4 11 -2-" 4-0-0 2-0-0 4.0-0 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) Udeft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.40 Vert(LL) -0.04 2-4 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.19 Vert(TL) -0.05 2 3 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.00 Horz(TL) 0.02 4 n/a rl/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:30lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 8 SYP SS TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-0-0 oc pudins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-M oc bracing. REACTIONS (lb/size) 4=319/Mechanical,1=325/0-58 Max Horz 1=239(LC 7) Max Uplift4=-204(LC 8),1=-105(LC 8) Max Grav4=468(LC 3),1=475(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-219/142,2-3=-135/186,3-4=-395/206 BOT CHORD 2-4=-48/69 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5 Opsf;Category 11,Exp C;enclosed;MW FRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category 11,Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 6)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 7)Bearing at joint(s)1 considers parallel to grain value using ANSUTPI 1 angle to grain formula. Building designer should verify capacity of bearing surface. 8)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 204 lb uplift at joint 4 and 105 lb uplift at joint 1. �tltttlUulltl���� 9)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced \`,.� &CONIVF standard ANSI/TPI 1. CT/[+�': LOAD CASE(S) Standard o 3 69 �''"Irnnnull`1t��\ July 5,200 AL WARNING Vert(y design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITES REFERENCE PAGE MH 7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek* is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage.delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T►ll Quality Criteria,D56-09 and 6CSI1 building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suit it300 Sahfy Idormollon available from Tans Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System A General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss l. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by on engineer.For 0'/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,1,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WEBS 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O u > 3 ��� �O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U pb : = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'n6'from Outside a �' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. 0 g `- Cra c6-7 cs-v 1 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction Of SIOtS in 8 7 6 5 locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MiTek 20/20 software Or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and ICC-ES Reports: p i in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1, ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal x 19,Review all portions of this design(front:back,words and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, MiTek 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet-Mll-7473 41111, Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 0706139J SM6E ROOFTRUSS 2 1 _ Job Reference(optional) 112399782, Truss Tech.Inc,Moni CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:17 2007 Page 1 1-" I 4-0-0 8-0-0 i 1-0-0 4-04) 4-0-0 2.5x4 11 Scale=120.4 5x8=4 5Li 8.00 12 3 2 1 3x4 7 6 3x6 11 2.5x4 11 3x4= 4-0-0 8-0-0 4.0-0 4-0-0 Plate Offsets X Y: 2:0-3-5,0-1-3, 4:0-0 8 0-2-8 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Lid PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.62 Vert(LL) -0.01 2-7 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.19 Vert(TL) -0.02 2-7 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.18 Horz(TL) 0.00 6 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight:35lb j LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc pudins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-M oc bracing. SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-5-0 REACTIONS (lb/size) 6=442/Mechanical,2=548/0-5-8 Max Horz2=230(LC 7) Max Uplift6=-227(LC 7),2=-278(LC 8) Max Grav6=520(LC 4),2=688(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-526/109,3-4=-352/116,4-5=-47/69,5-6=-284/151 BOT CHORD 2-7=-193/292,6-7=-191/297 WEBS 4-7=0/195,4-6=-377/184 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph,h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf,Category 11;Exp C;enclosed,MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed, Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category 11;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 5)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 11111111Ii1fiff 7)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit ��`pF CONNF',��'� between the bottom chord and any other members. 8)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. • GANG'• PCs 9)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 227 lb uplift at joint 6 and 278 lb uplift at joint �P:+J� 2. _ •r„r ♦�Rt•s 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. N .2569 LOAD CASE(S) Standard �Q ss/0NA'L f/lln1111W0` July 5,200 WARNTNG Verify design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITEK REFERENCE PAGE MII-74 73 BEFORE USE. �+ Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. wr Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k. is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T►Il Quality Criteria,DSK-89 and 8CSI1 Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite N300 Safely In1anKAlon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onotdo Drive,Madison,wl 53719. 14515 N Outer fd0 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss I. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never ZWEBSO �• 3 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U i = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-1/,5'from outside a �' u U all other interested parties. edge Of truss. 0 a. C7-8 Co-? Cs-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in 8 7 6 5 locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes busses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 'Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software Or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19;g at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,sae,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and sae,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek* and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet.MII-7473 � Job Truss Truss Type Ory Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239978 07D6139J SM6F ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.5W s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:18 2007 Page 1 1 0 0 5-11-4 8-" 14)-0 5-11-4 2-0-12 Scale=1:29.1 2.5x4 11 4 5x8= 5 8.00 12 3 2 3x4 3x4 i 7 6 3x6 11 2.5x4 11 3x4= 5-11-4 8-0.0 5-11-4 2-0-12 Plate Offsets MY): 2:03-5 0-1-3, 4:0-6 8 0-2-8 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) Vdefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.84 Vert(LL) -0.05 2-7 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1A5 BC 0.33 Vert(TL) -0.11 2-7 >822 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0,22 Horz(TL) 0.00 6 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight:39lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF 2100E 1.8E*Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-3-4 oc purlins, except 4-5 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-M oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-7-0 REACTIONS (lb/size) 6=442/Mechanical,2=548/0-5-8 Max Horz2=324(LC 7) Max Uplift6=-232(LC 7),2=-272(LC 8) Max Grav6=442(LC 1),2=783(LC 3) FORCES (Ib)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-459/92,3-4=-228/103,4-5=-66/99,5-6=-141/75 BOT CHORD 2-7=-138/189,6-7=-136/194 WEBS 4-7=0/261,4-6=378/186 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-02,120mph,h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category II;Exp C;enclosed,MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category 11,Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 5)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. \\\Illlllftll/// his ned f bottom chord 7)TThisrtruss has beenss has been ddesignedfor for a li live ad of 20.psf onlive the bottom hordrin all a with reas where alive rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit CONIVF�,'�'%,�� between the bottom chord and any other members. 8)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. C" 9)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 232 lb uplift at joint 6 and 272 lb uplift at joint 2. * , 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced ` standard ANSI/TPI 1. 0.2 569 �11Q. LOAD CASE(S) Standard •<iCENS��G���'\��`, F �ONA`1 EN \�•``�• //!!//llllllllll\1l\\ July 5,200 WARNING Verify design p--t-and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE MII-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek. is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary tracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control.storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSIM11 Quality Criteria,DSB-89 and BCSII luNding Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Sidle 11 Safety Marmallon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/,' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 0-1 /16., 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T.I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS D,,, 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O �,�� O4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'t,d'from outside a u U all other interested parties. ed a of truss. a. g '— c7-8 c6-7 cs-c O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 b 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 'Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 1 l.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing. BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MTek®All Rights Reserved I approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek" and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI l: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing& Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 • Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399784 0706139J SM6V ROOF TRUSS 5 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:18 2007 Page 1 -1-" 2-5-8 44)-0 2.5x4r II 1-" 2-" Scale=1.16.8 3x6 i 8 00 12 3 4 Y N 2 3x10= 5 q 4 3x4Ll = 1 7 2.5x4 I I 6x8= 2-5-8 4-0-0 2-5-8 1-" Plate Offsets X Y: 8:Ed a 0-4-0 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.28 Vert(LL) -0.00 6 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.13 Vert(TL) -0.01 7 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.10 Horz(TL) -0.00 5 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight:20lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-"oc purlins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* end verticals. 3-7 2 X 4 SPF Stud BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-M oc bracing. Except: WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud 10-M oc bracing:3-6 REACTIONS (lb/size) 8=336/0-5-8,5=195/Mechanical Max Horz 8=207(LC 8) Max Uplift8=-182(LC 8),5=-134(LC 8) Max Grav8=505(LC 3),5=284(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 2-8=475/208,1-2=0/111,2-3=-425/91,3-4=-87/47,4-5=-99/46 BOT CHORD 7-8=-52/50,6-7=-16/44,3-6=-10/81,5-6=-137/269 WEBS 2-6=-97/241,3-5=-289/170 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-02,120mph,h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category II;Exp C;enclosed,MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1 A 5 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 5)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 6)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fitbet ``++++11IIItrfilll' 7)Refer to girder(s)n thebottom for truss to trussd and yconnections members. ` F CON(til�C�i,,�� 8)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 182 lb uplift at joint 8 and 134 lb uplift at joint �� '� •J�GANG' X 5. 9)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard o.23 69 ` %,,ASS/pNALEN�.``�. ``ttrfnitill% " July 5,200 a WARNING Vert/y design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE M77-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component, Applicability of design poromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k• is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/ttll Quality Cr6eria,DSB•89 and BCSII Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite k300 -- Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 630117 J Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss l. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 0-/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS AC4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O �' � 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate T_ designer,erection supervisor,property owner and IAN plates 0-1/,6"from outside CL U all other interested parties. edge of truss. c�a ce-� CL O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This Symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. *Plate location details available In MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 X NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek" and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM."' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:Mll-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399785 0706139J SM7 MONO TRUSS 29 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:19 2007 Page 1 -1-" 2-" 2.5x4 II 1-0-0 2-0-0 4 Scale=1:10.9 3 8.00 12 2 3x4 i 5 24)-0 7 ri A 6l 2-0-0 Plate Offsets X,Y: 2:0-3-0 0-1-3 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) Udefl L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.21 Vert(LL) -0.00 2 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.04 Vert(TL) -0.00 2-5 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.00 Horz(TL) 0.00 5 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003frP12002 (Matrix) Weight:10lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 2-"oc puffins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-"oc bracing. SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 1-6-5 REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=225/0-3-8,5=80fMechanical Max Horz 2=124(LC 7) Max Uplift2=-151(LC 8),5=-64(LC 7) Max Grav2=342(LC 3),5=115(LC 3) FORCES (Ib)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-122/57,3-4=-63/60,4-5=-97/73 BOT CHORD 2-5=-24/36 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category ll;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed, Lumber 60L=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category Il;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 5)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 6)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-"wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. �11IIIfIIlrlrlf 7)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. CONNF � 8)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 151 lb uplift at joint 2 and 64 lb uplift at joint 5. L+J �� 9)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced P'�+J�GAIVG�/.��tGl.�i standard ANSIfrPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard 2 69 SS�ONAtEN��`°�� "rmtnlntt111w July 5,200 WARNING-Verify design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED ADTER REFERENCE PAGE AM 7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M iTek� is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity,of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding I. --- fabrication,fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/TPI I Quality Criteria,DSB-89 and SCSI Building Component 14515 N Outer Forfar,SuMe#300 Safely IMarmoNon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onotrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System A General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property 4 offsets are indicated. 6 4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 0-/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator At should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 bracing 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never Q WXZC_I stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O �•� 3 ; 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U ve = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'ad'from outside o- �' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. a- g ` C7-e C6-7 Cs-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 'Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software Or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. '! 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. -•�-� 18.Use green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, nmental,1,health or performance risks.Consult with i project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal ar 19,Review all portions of this design(front,bock,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM:" ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 • Job Truss Truss Type City Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399786 0706139J SM70 ROOF TRUSS 5 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MITek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:19 2007 Page 1 11-0-9 5-6-5 10-0.0 16-M 19-6-8 1-0-0 5-6-5 4-5-11 6-0-0 3-" 6x8 Scale=1:68.9 8.00 F12 7 3x10 5.8 I 8 2.5x4 11 6 5 2.5x4 O 4 _ m 3 q12 a�dl 6.8 II 3x4 10 11 12 9 3x4 5, 7x12= 6xB= 10-0-0 19.E-8 10.041 9-0.8 Plate Offsets Y: 2:0-3-13,Ed 7:0-5-4,0-2-8 8:0-43,0-M LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) Vdefl L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.91 Vert(LL) -0.35 9-10 >657 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.64 Vert(TL) -0.54 9-10 >428 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.76 Horz(TL) 0.03 9 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC20031TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:105lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 2-2-0 oc puffins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF 210OF 1.8E end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 8-9-13 oc bracing. SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-3-2 WEBS 1 Row at midpt 7-10,8-9,7-9 REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=1253/0-5-8,9=1285/Mechanical Max Horz2=882(LC 7) Max Uplift2=-533(LC 8),9=-566(LC 8) Max Grav2=1785(LC 3),9=1388(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-2216/545,3-4=-1976/559,4-5=-1651/476,5-6=-1738/791,6-7=-1485/809,7.8=-282/372,8-9=-291/335 BOT CHORD 2-10=-762/1644,10-11=-339/403,11-12=-339/403,9-12=-339/403 WEBS 4-10=-540/389,5-10=-833/550,7-10=-832/1740,7-9=-1270/667 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf,Category 11;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed, Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Category 11,Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 6)This truss has been designed for a 10,0 psf bottom Chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. ,,lttltf IlNtrl 7)*This truss between the hbottomchord and any other as been designed for a live load m dnobfe20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit Oi�CONN�CTz�'//' 8)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. �` � 'J�GANG<i /r 9)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 533 lb uplift at joint 2 and 566 lb uplift at joint :+ 9. 4 t+es 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. LOADCASE(S) Standard 2 69 :•t`Q\' July 5,200 WARNING Verify design pnrameten and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITES REFERENCE PAGE hM-7473 BEFORE USE. RAN Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. w� Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T►11 Quality Crltedo,DSO.89 and OCSII 6ullding Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Sube A300 Salely InMnnallon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrio Drive.Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 13311117 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator - C I-2 TOP CHORDS 72-3 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WEBS ca, 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O �'� 3 � ; O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate e = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'hc'from outside a u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. 0 C7-8 C6-7 C5-6 1 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. r BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 b 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT The first dimension is the plate t0.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1, ESR-1352, ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI l: National Design Specification for Metal ® 19,Review all portions of this design'front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER To PERFORM., ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MiTek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 • Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239978 0706139J SM71 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference o tional Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.5W is Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:20 2007 Page 1 i 1-0 p 7-5-2 14-6-12 I 17-5-4 �19-" i 1-0-0 7-5-2 7-1-10 2-10-8 2-1.4 7x12 MT18H-i Scale=1:65.7 6x8= 5 6 5x8 II 7 8.00 12 US i 4 W 0 m 3 ca 1 2 a�dl 8x8 13x4�i 3x4�i 11 10 12 9 13 14 8 25x4 11 6x8= 6x8= i 7-5-2 14-r12 19-" — 7-5-2 7-1-10 4-11-12 Plate Offsets Y: 2:0-3-13,Ed 5:0-7-8 0-2-0, 6:0-4-0 0-1-9 :04-3 0-M LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.79 Vert(LL) -0.12 2-10 >999 240 1 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.79 Vert(TL) -0.22 2-10 >999 180 MT18H 197/144 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.67 Horz(TL) 0.05 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003rrP12002 (Matrix) Weight:1161b LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF 210OF 1.8E*Except' TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-5-0 oc puffins, except 5-6 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E,6-7 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-5-11 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2`Except' WEBS 1 Row at midpt 4-9,5-9,7-8.6-9,6-8 4-10 2 X 4 SPF Stud SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 4-4-11 REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=1319/0-5-8,8=1261/Mechanical Max Horz 2=827(LC 7) Max Uplift2=-538(LC 8).8=-528(LC 8) Max Grav2=1878(LC 3),8=1529(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-2283/483,3-4=-2016/505,4-5=-1126/366,5-6=-698/463,6-7=-269/374,7-8=-247/350 BOT CHORD 2-11=-734/1677,10-11=-734/1677,10-12=-734/1677,9-12=-734/1677,9-13=-290/278,13-14=-290/278,8-14=-290/278 WEBS 4-10=0/330,4-9=-1238/616,5-9=475/320,6-9=-610/1454,6-8=-1382/725 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf;Category II;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category 11,Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs \,11111IItlltfr//Ir with 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. `.�` OF CONIve., 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. P� ,.�GA/VG'• ��s 8)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. J 41 _G 9)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit + .r between the bottom chord and any other members. 4 ' 10)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 11)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 538 lb uplift at joint 2 and 528 lb uplift at joint o. 569 �Q 8. 12)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced •,LENS., standard ANSI/TPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard July 5,2007 N WARNING-Verify d—ily.paramet—and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED AHTEE REFERENCE PAGE YII-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown Mire k. is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding As.m--F.- fabrication.quality control,storage.delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSMI1 Quality Criteria,D$8.39 and Ill 6u"nq Component 14515 N.Ou1Mr Forty,Sulle 03W So"Information available from Truss Plate Institute.583 D'Onotrio Drive.Madison,WI 53119. Chealle 5d1J,MO63D17 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1, 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T.I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never 0 WEBS tea, 0 O �'� ��� t Cie0 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate b designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'h6'from outside a 4' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. °- g ~ c7-8 C6-7 C5-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. ® 18.Use green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, nmental,1,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet.Mll-7473 Job Truss Truss Type aty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239978 0706139J SM72 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 _ Job Reference o tonal Truss Tech.Inc,Morxce,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:21 2007 Page 1 r� 6-5-2 12-6-12 19-5-4 19r¢-8 1-0.0 6-5-2 6-1-10 6-10-6 G-1-4 5x8 i Scale=1 54.9 4x6= 5 6 8.00 12 3xB i 4 Q rn 3 2 �1 Ia 3x4�i 3x4�i 5x8 11 10 9 8 11 7 2.5x4 11 5x8= 2.5x4 6-5-2 12.6-12 19-b-8 6-5-2 6-1-10 6-11-12 Plate Offsets Y: 2:0-3-13,Ed 5:0-4-12 0-2-8 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-" CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.78 Vert(LL) -0.11 7-8 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.36 Vert(TL) -0.21 7-8 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.94 Horz(TL) 0.03 7 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:102lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2'Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-8-8 oc pudins. 5-0 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 8-5-5 oc bracing. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF 2100F 1.8E WEBS 1 Row at midpt 5-8,6-8,6-7 WEBS 2 X4 SPF No.2*Except* 4-9 2 X 4 SPF Stud SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-9-7 REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=1251/0-5.8,7=1256/Mechanical Max Horz 2=676(LC 8) Max Uplift2=-467(LC 8),7=-554(LC 8) Max Grav 2=1 662(LC 3),7=1256(LC 1) FORCES (Ib)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-2045/401,34=-1744/419,4-5=-1093/292,5-6=-098/382 BOT CHORD 2-10=-799/1451,9-10=-799/1451,8-9=-799/1451,8-11=0/0,7-11=0/0 WEBS 4-9=0/236,4-8=-953/533,5-8=-296/261,6-8=-608/1114,6-7=-1096/581 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph,h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category II;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone,cantilever left and right exposed.end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs `1111I1tlIlltlfl7ll non-concurrent with other live loads. CON/yF 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 7)This truss has been designed fora 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. :� '�� �,ANG' • ���1 ': 8)'This truss has been designed fora live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M Wide will fit P � .-4J ��G•.Gam,,;_ between the bottom chord and any other members. r�r, 9)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. +sue' 10)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 467 lb uplift at joint 2 and 554 lb uplift at joint 7. N 2356 Q 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard July 5,200 WARNING-Verify design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED NITER REFERENCE PAGE AM 7473 BEFORE USE. NAM Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M iTe k. is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criteria,DSB-89 and 6CSI1 Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite#300 Sotety Information available from Truss Plate Institute.583 1)Onofno Drive,Madison.WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6 4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T.I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WXZcue 4 stock materials on inadequately braced trusses. � m � O u �'� 3 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building Kb designer,erection supervisor,property owner and For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U plates 0- y1a'from outside a_ c U all other interested parties. ed a of truss. a g ~ c7 e co- cs6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the B 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 'Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. ® 18.Use green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, nmental,1,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek' and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.- ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet Mil-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Qty Pfy The Santangelo Residence-4 11239978 0706139J SM73 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference optional) _ Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:21 2007 Page 1 �1-0-9 6-1-12 12-0-0 13-5-41 19-6-8 1 0 0 6-1-12 5-10-4 1-5-4 6-1-4 5.8 Scale=1:53.3 5 7x12= 4x6 II 6 7 8.00 52 3x8 4 r 3 I Z51 2 3x4 i 3x4 5x8 II 10 9 11 12 8 2.5x4 11 5x8= 5x8= I 6-1-12 13-5-4 19-" 6-1-12 7-3-8 6-1-4 Plate Offsets KY),: 2:0-3-13 Ed 5:05-4 0-2-4, 7:Ed 0-3-8 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.89 Vert(LL) -0.07 8-9 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.60 Vert(TL) -0.12 8-9 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.50 Horz(TL) 0.04 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight:104lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 2-2-0 oc pudins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-8-14 oc bracing. 4-10 2 X 4 SPF Stud WEBS 1 Row at midpt 7-8,4-9.6-8 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-7-7 REACTIONS (lb/size) 8=1188/Mechanical,2=1228/0-5-8 Max Horz2=696(LC 7) Max Uplift8=-580(LC 7),2=-545(LC 8) Max Grav 8=1 212(LC 4),2=1612(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-1985/533,3-4=-1694/552,4-5=-1012/402,5-6=-902/490,6-7=-114/179,7-8=-414/194 BOT CHORD 2-10=-714/1409,9-10=-714/1409,9-11=459f700,11-12=459/700,8-12=459/700 WEBS 4-10=0/266,4-9=-918/511,5-9=-220/819,6-9=-506/538,6-8=-1058/493 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category II;Exp C;enclosed;MW FRS gable end zone,cantilever left and right exposed,end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate D0L=1 A 5);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category 11;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 111tttttltrrrfr 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. OF CiONNCC 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. ��� c 8)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit � J G N between the bottom chord and any other members. 9)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 10)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 580 lb uplift at joint 8 and 545 lb uplift at joint `-1 ~' _ 2. e,. 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced o.2 569 :•�Q standard ANSI/TPI 1. /CENS LOAD CASE(S) Standard � S�ONAtENG�``��� '��''rr�rrnrinmal"� July 5,200 a WARNING-Verify design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITEK REFERENCE PAGE M71 7473 BEFORE USE. Sam—' Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k• is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding ; fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and tracing,consult ANSI/Ttll Ouaft Criteria,DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component rrrr Sdi Norrtlo n available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onotrio Drive,Madison,wl 53719. 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite M300 Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 0-/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator c 1 a cz-3 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS �a' 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. rr ,� 0 O 6 3 ��� ; O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building �p = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U plates 0-'nd'from outside 0- �' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. 0 a. c7-8 c6-7 cs e O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of on engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. ririw 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal ® 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MTTek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399790 0706139J SM74 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:22 2007 Page 1 rt-0 Q 6-1-12 12-" 15-5-4 F 19-" 1.0-0 6-1-12 5 10-4 3-5-4 4-1-4 5x8 i Scale=1:53.3 5 7x12= 5x8= 6 7 8.00 F12 2.5x4\\ 4 3 O1 2 cal! 3x4 i 3x4-i 5x8 II 11 12 10 13 14 9 15 8 4x6= 5x8= 3x6 11 7-10-6 15-5-4 196-8 7-10-6 7-6-14 4-1-4 Plate Offsets MY): 2:0-3-13 Ed 5:0-54 0-2-4 LOADING(psi') SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1,15 TIC 0.74 Vert(LL) -0.17 9-10 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.71 Vert(TL) -0.28 9-10 >825 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.81 Horz(TL) 0.03 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:100lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-4-15 oc purlins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 7-1-15 oc bracing. 7-8 2 X 4 SPF Stud,4-10 2 X 4 SPF Stud,6-9 2 X 4 SPF Stud WEBS 1 Row at midpt 7-8,5-9 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-7-9 REACTIONS (lb/size) 8=1264/Mechanical,2=1295/0-5-8 Max Horz 2=657(LC 7) Max Uplift8=-456(LC 8),2=-552(LC 8) Max Grav8=1289(LC 4),2=1679(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-2028/553,3-4=-1612/571,4-5=-17131705,5-0=-940/477,6-7=-065/353,7-8=-1241/485 BOT CHORD 2-11=-035/1494,11-12=-635/1494,10-12=-035/1494,10-13=-373/721,13-14=-373/721,9-14=-373/721,9-15=-122/136, 8-15=-122/136 WEBS 4-10=-751/522,5-10=460/1108,5-9=-376/316,6-9=-1030/344,7-9=436/1222 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02,120mph;h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf,Category II;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone,Cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed, Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category 11.Exp C.Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs \7111trrlllrrfrrrrly non-concurrent with other live loads. �� ``\�F CONNF 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. �� C. 7)This truss has been designed fora 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. '� ANG' • ��1 8)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit ��4,�� <i'••�i� between the bottom chord and any other members. 4 y 9)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. _ * _ � 10)Provide mechanical Connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 456 lb uplift at joint 8 and 552 lb uplift at joint 2. = 569 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced 9 (V standard ANSI/TPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard July 5,200 A& WARNING-Verify design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED AUTEE REFERENCE PAGE AW-74 73 BEFORE USE. Sim Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown.and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding eo...—I.rawr.- fabrication.quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T►Il Qualtiy Criteria,DSO-89 and ICS11 Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty Sale OW Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrio Drive.Madison.WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO63017 Symbols • Y Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. I6 4 8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-brocing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by on engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,1,or Eliminator C 1-Y C2-3 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WEBS tea, 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 0 O= �'� 3 � 3 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate c = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'4e' from outside a �v u U all other interested parties. truss.of edge o g O1 c7 a c6-7 cse O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSIAPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software Or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal • 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate CO d Wood Truss Construction. MiTek and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Stan tan dardrd for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 1 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.- ANSI/TPI I Quality Criteria. Installing &Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet Mll-7473 —J Job Truss Truss Type City Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399791 0706139J SM75 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:23 2007 Page 1 rt 1-- 6-1-12 , 12-0-0 17-5-4 19-6-8 r -� 1-0-0 6-1-12 5-10-4 5-5-4 2-1-4 5x8 Scale=1.53.7 5 8.00 12 7x12= 2.5x4\\ 3x8= 6 7 4 3 �1 2 3x4 3x4 i 5x8 II 11 12 10 13 9 8 3x10= 3.6= 2.5x4 II 8-10-6 17-5-4 19-6-13 8-10-6 8.6-14 2-1-4 Plate Offsets MY): 2:0-3-13,Ed 5:0-5-4,0-2-0 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-" CSI DEFL in (loc) Udefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.77 Vert(LL) -0.11 2-10 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.59 Vert(TL) -0.26 2-10 >824 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.59 Horz(TL) 0.02 9 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC20031TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight:96lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-7-1 oc purlins, except 1-5 2 X 4 SPF 21OOF 1.8E end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-"oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud'Except' 5-10 2 X 4 SPF No.2,6-10 2 X 4 SPF No.2 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-7-10 REACTIONS (lb/size) 8=-96/5-6-0,2=1112/0-5-8,9=1397/5-0-0 Max Horz 2=618(LC 7) Max Uplift8=-134(LC 5),2=-509(LC 8),9=-513(LC 8) Max Grav8=34(LC 6),2=1522(LC 3),9=1397(LC 1) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-1733/485,3-4=-1521/503,45=-1291/546,5-0=-838/480,6-7=-87/105,7-8=-9/69 BOT CHORD 2-11=-560/1266,11-12=-560/1266,10-12=-560/1266,10-13=-90/112,9-13=-90/112,8-9=-93/113 WEBS 4-10=-780/511,5-10=-248/557,6-10=-2831769,6-9=-1193/537,7-9=-120/50 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf,Category II;Exp C.enclosed,MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2,00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs with ``lttitlllllrlirrllr 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. ``��v �OF C�NNF��r�r.,, 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. Q� GANG' •, �C7 8)'This truss has been designed for alive load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. + /= •r r•, ( Y ) bearing P 9 P 1 P 1 .4 s 9 Provide mechanical connection b others of truss to bearin late capable of withstanding 134 lb uplift at 8,509 lb uplift at joint 2 +:� and 513 lb uplift at joint 9. A: 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced No. 3569 standard ANSI/TPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard 'rr'4�S`S�ONA1 ENGPw`� July 5,200 AL WARNING Verify design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE AITZ-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown.and is for an individual building component, Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek* is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T►II Quality Criteria,DSO.39 and 6CSI1 Building Component 14515 N.Outer Fatty.Suite#300 So"Information available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onotho Drive.Madison.wl 53719. ChesterfbW MO63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss l. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator C 1-2 C2-3 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS cis 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O �•� ��� ; 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U vb : designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'/)e'from outside o_ u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. rL g ~ C7-8 C6-7 CS-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant.preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and sae,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter taus member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 11�14018.Use rof o green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek" is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. SCSI 1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239979 0706139J SM76 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference (optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:23 2007 Page 1 F1-0-9 6-1-12 12.M 19-5-4 19-11-8 1-M 6-1-12 5-10-4 7-54 0-6-4 7x12 Scale=1:54.4 5 8.00 F12 3x4 4 7x12 6 1 3 Q1 2 3x4-i 3x4 i 5x8 11 9 8 7 2.5x4 1\ 3x10= 3x4 II i 7-3-6 I 14-3-4 19-11-8 7-3-6 6-11-14 5-84 Plate Offsets X,Y: 2:0.3-13,Ed 5:0-9-4,0-2-8,[6:0-7-12,Edgel LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.99 Vert(LL) -0.06 2-9 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.46 Vert(TL) -0.15 2-9 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.43 Horz(TL) 0.02 7 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/rP12002 (Matrix) Weight:93lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied, except end verticals. 5-6 2 X 4 SPF 210OF 1.8E BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 8-3-6 oc bracing. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 WEBS 1 Row at midpi 4-8,5-8 WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* 7-10 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E,4-9 2 X 4 SPF Stud,6-8 2 X 4 SPF Stud SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-7-9 REACTIONS (lb/size) 7=326/0-5-8,2=919/0-5-8,8=1098/0-5-8 Max Horz 2=584(LC 7) Max Uplift7=-216(LC 9),2=456(LC 8),8=421(LC 8) Max Grav7=637(LC 4),2=1262(LC 3),8=1231(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-1384/399,3-4=-1116/415,4-5=-320/335,5-0=-461/231,6-7=-577/233,6-10=0/0 BOT CHORD 2-9=-474/929,8-9=-457/974,7-8=-104/285 WEBS 4-9=0/311,4-8=-1062/500,5-8=-576/165,6-8=-220/303 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11;Exp C;enclosed,MWFRS gable end zone,cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs 11111IIIIilrrd7 non-concurrent with other live loads. 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. `\��`��F CONNF�,T�,��� 7)The following joint(s)require plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection:5. P'� �G ANG' 8)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit {J C .•Gjts between the bottom chord and any other members. • R+s 9)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 216 lb uplift at joint 7,456 lb uplift at joint 2 �»and 421 lb uplift at joint 8. 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced No. 569 Q standard ANSI/TPI 1. 11)Design assumes 4x2(flat orientation)purlins at oc spacing indicated,fastened to truss TC w/2-10d nails. LOAD CASE(S) Standard NA\. 1� tEN���`��� July 5,200 WARNING-V.,Vy de819n pa—t—and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED AUTEE REFERENCE PAGE MU-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with Mi7ek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shovm,and is for an individual building component. aA� Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k• is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing.consult ANSI/TPI1 Quality Criteria,DS6-89 and 1CSII building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,&db SM Safely Information available from Truss Plate Institute.583 D'Onotrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System 0 General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSII. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 0-/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator C 1 2 C2-3 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never Zcis 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O u �'� ; ; O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U pb = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'tid'from outside o- �` u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. C7-B Cb7 CS-6 0 S. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. r BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 'Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 1 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with Industry Standards: project engineer before use. ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction, and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI 1: Building Component Safety Information, MiTek* 1 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.- ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type city Py The Santangelo Resldence4 112399793 0706139J SM77GR ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference I Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.600 s Apr 2 2007 Mffek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:25 2007 Page 1-0-0 2�12 1 4.0-0 1 8-" 12-7-0 16-9-10 21-2-0 23-1.4 i 25-2-0 26-2-0 1-" 2-0.12 1-11♦ 4-" 4.2.10 4-2-10 4-4-0 1-11-4 2-0-12 1-0.0 Scale-1:44.8 12x14 MT18H 7x10 MT20H 2.6x4 11 3x10= 5x8=5xe= 4 5 6 7 8 9 8.00 F12 4x8�i i 3 10 qqryy 11 211 2 121 aqqapp d 22 21 20 23 124 25 26 18 27 17 28 16 29 30 15 14 13 702,i 3x6 11 8x12= 7x12= 7x10 MT20H= 5x8= 8x12= 3x6 11 7x12�� 300 II 2-0-12 1 4-" 8-" 12-7-0 16-9-10 21-2-0 23-1-4 25-2-0 2-0-12 1-11-4 4-4-6 4-2-10 4-2-10 4-4-6 1-11-4 2-0-12 Plate Offsets MY): 2:0-2-0 03-4 4:0-11-0 0-3-0 8:03-0 0-2-8 9:0-7-0 0-3-0 11:0-2-6 034 16:03-8 0-2-8 20:0.3-B 04-0 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) Vdefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.95 Vert(LL) -0.37 18 >809 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.71 Vert(TL) -0.50 18 >603 180 MT20H 148/108 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr NO WB 0.90 Horz(TL) 0.10 11 Na n/a MT18H 197/144 BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003rTP12002 (Matrix) Weight:173lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 1-6-9 oc purlins. 4-7 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E,7-9 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 4-9-10 oc bracing. BOT CHORD 2 X 8 SYP SS WEBS 1 Row at midpt B-15 WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud*Except* 4-20 2 X 4 SPF No.2,4-19 2 X 4 SPF No.2,6-19 2 X 4 SPF No.2 6-16 2 X 4 SPF No.2,8-15 2 X 4 SPF No.2,9-15 2 X 4 SPF No.2 WEDGE Left:2 X 6 SYP No.2,Right 2 X 6 SYP No.2 REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=3227/0-4-10(0-3-8+bearing block),11=3227/0-4-10(03-8+bearing block) Max Holtz 2=-162(LC 6) Max Uplift2=1606(LC 7),11=-1606(LC 6) Max Grav2=3915(LC 3),11=3915(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0177,23=5073/2157,3-0=-5490/2419,4.5=-7532/3406,5-6=-7530/3404,6-7=-7547/3414,7-8=-7547/3414, 8-9=4463/2015,9-10=5475/2407,10-11=5073(2162,11-12=0177 BOT CHORD 2-22=-1763/3843,21-22=-1763/3843,20-21=-1763/3843,20-23=-2071/4569,23-24=-2071/4569,19-24=-2071/4569, 19-25=3905/8631,25-26=3%5/8631,16-26=3905/8631,18-27=3905/8631,17-27=3905/8631,17-28=3905/8631, 16-28=-3905/8631,16-29=334517547,2930=3345/7547,1530=3345/7547,14-15=-1603/3836,13-14=-1603/3836, 11-13=-1603/3836 WEBS 4-20=-263/526,4-19=-1691/3667,5-19=-648/351,6-19=-1450/687,6-18=365/680,6-16=-1429/673,8-16=575/1357, 8-15=3774/1744,9-15=-1066/2404,3-21=-056/267,3-20=521/1099,10-14=-019/241,10-15=522/1094 NOTES �puuuuiul 1)2 X 8 SYP SS bearing bk)ck 12"long at jt 2 attached to front face with 4 rows of 10d(0.131'x3)nails spaced 3'o.c.16 Total fasteners. ��``OF COIN Bearing is assumed to be SYP. 2)2 X 8 SYP SS bearing bock 12"long at A.11 attached to front face with 4 rows of 10d(0.131"x3")nails spaced 3'o.c.16 Total fasteners. ��� '��' GAN••••• T� '�. Q :Jac G�i••�'G '. Bearing is assumed to be SYP. 3)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. - r 4t 4)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.0psf;Category 11;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. _ 5)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pt--40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate N .2 9 DOL=1.15);Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 6)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. %� .t`••<7C,FNS�O: 7)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs �i��Fss�• �NG`��` non-concurrent with other live loads. 4�rIIrld�Al{1l 1`1ti���P 8)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 9)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. July 5,200 b%*81lp MW20 plates unless otherwise indicated. WARMNO-Ver(fy design pammeten and READ NOTES ON TMS AND INCLUDED MITER RBPBRENCE PAGE AM 7473 BEPORE USE. Design valid for use only with M1ek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown.and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek• is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector.Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/TPII Qmc&y Cdhwlo,DS111-89 and BCSII tiuk*q Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Sulte#300 Solely Information available from Truss Plate Institute.583 D'Onofrfo Drive.Madison.NA 53719. Chesterfield,MO 0017 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Failure to Follow Could Cause Property 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator C 1-2 C2-3 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never O WEBS ca, 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. � o � u ��> 3 ��� 3 Cie 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate a designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'aa"from outside � �'' u U all other interested parties. edge Of truss. C7-8 Cs7 cs-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each T joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint his symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MrFek 20/20 software Or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBEREDAETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS � �I ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and sae,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352, ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek(ED All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek" and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.- ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239979 0706139J SM77GR ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:25 2007 Page NOTES 11)•This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-"tall by 14W wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 12)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1606 lb uplift at joint 2 and 1606 lb uplift at joint 11. 13)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 Intemational Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 14)Hanger(s)or other connection device(s)shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s)285 lb down and 169 lb up at 2-0-12,283 lb down and 144 lb up at 4-0-12, 283 lb down and 144 lb up at 6-0-12,283 lb down and 144 lb up at 8-0-12,283 lb down and 144 lb up at 10-0-12.283 lb down and 144 lb up at 12-0-12,283 lb down and 144 lb up at 13-1-4.283 lb down and 144 lb up at 15-1.4,283 lb down and 144 lb up at 17-1-4.283 lb down and 144 lb up at 19-1-4,and 283 lb down and 144 lb up at 21-1-4.and 285 lb down and 169 lb up at 23-1-4 on bottom chord. The design/selection of such connection device(s)is the responsibility of others. 15)In the LOAD CASE(S)section,bads applied to the face of the truss are noted as front(F)or back(B). LOAD CASE(S)Standard 1)Snow:Lumber Increase=1.15,Plate Increase=1.15 Uniform Loads(plf) Vert:1-4=-94,4-9=-94,9-12=-94,2-11=-20 Concentrated Loads(lb) Vert:20=-283(B)21=-285(B)14=-285(8)15=-283(B)23=-283(B)24=-283(B)25=-283(B)26=283(B)27=-283(B)28=-283(B)29=-283(B)30=-283(B) L--- - I A WARMNO•Vert fy design pamrneten and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED Y!TER REIERdNCE PADS MZF 7473 BEYORE VSB. MAM Design valid for use only with MiiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component, Applicability of design poramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M iTe k Is for lateral support of Individual web members only.Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction Is the responsibillity of the erector.Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure 8 the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage.delivery,erection and tracing,consult ANSI/Ml Quality Criteria,DSB-99 and 6CSI1 Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty Suite#300 Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute,5113 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 83017 Symbols Numbering System 0 General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Failure to Follow Could Cause Property 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 0 _1/16„ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS C' 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O= U �'� ; ��1 ; 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 Orientation,locate b = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'hd'from outside a �`' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. a- g O C7-8 C6-7 CS 6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 b 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In M1Tek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT The first dimension is the plate t0.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,sae,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and sae,and ICC-ES Reports: ne in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing. BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with Industry Standards: project engineer before use. ANSI/TPI l: National Design Specification for Metal x 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM." ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet.Mll-7473 . Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399794 0706139J SM79 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference o tional Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2D07 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:26 2007 Page 1 4-0-0 6-0-0 12-7-0 19-2-0 25-2-0 26-2-0 1.0.0 6-" 6-7-0 6-7-0 6-" 1-0-0 Scale=1:44.8 7xt2 i 2.5x4 II 7x12 4 5 6 8.00 F,2 3 7 2 8 9 1 Io 3x6 i 3x6 7x12= 13 12 11 10 7x12= 3x6 G 2.5x4 11 5x8= 3x6= 2.5x4 11 3x6 J 6.0-0 12-7-0 19-2-0 - 25-2-0 6-" 6-7-0 6-7-0 6-0-0 Plate Offsets X,Y: 2:0-0-0,0-3-13, 4:0-7-12 0-1.4 6:0-7-12,0-1-4, 8:0- 0 0313 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) Udefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.82 Vert(LL) -0.16 10-12 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.84 Vert(TL) -0.26 10-12 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.67 Horz(TL) 0.09 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003fiP12002 (Matrix) Weight:102lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 2-4-13 oc pudins. 4-6 2 X 4 SPF 2100F 1.8E BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-5-4 oc bracing. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud'Except* 4-12 2 X 4 SPF No.2,6-12 2 X 4 SPF No.2 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-5-5,Right 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-5-5 REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=1529/0-3-8,8=1529/0-3-8 Max Horz 2=246(LC 7) Max Uplift2=-624(LC 8),8=-624(LC 9) Max Grav 2=2160(LC 3),8=2160(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-2917/853,3-4=-2451/873,4-5=-2908/1091,5-0=-2908/1091,6-7=-2451/874,7.8=-2917/854,8-9=0/53 BOT CHORD 2-13=-826/2166,12-13=-828/2161,11-12=-602/2161,10-11=-602/2161,8-10=-599/2166 WEBS 4-13=0/253,4-12=-606/1305,5-12=-1071/586,6-12=-607/1305,6-10=0/253 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been Considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf,Category 11;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone,cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02.Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Category 11;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs `1111f If 111111"/ oher live loads. th 6)Provide adequa enon-concurrentl drainage to prevent water ponding- `�� QF CONNFCT�''% 7)This truss has been designed fora 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. : P� "GA/VG' 8)The following joint(s)require plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection:4 and 6. 9)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-"tall by 1-"wide will fit ` L- between the bottom chord and any other members. 10)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 624 lb uplift at joint 2 and 624 lb uplift at joint o.2 569 8. 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced �'•���.<` '��CENS�O��\�` standard ANSI/TPI 1. ALf�NG?O LOAD CASE(S) Standard i 10 July 5,200 N WARNING-Ver{fy d-1gn parameter and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED WTER REFERENCE PAGE MU-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. ems Applicability of design poramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown i Te k• is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding .ewrwr.- fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/MI Guallty Criteria,DS6-119 and 6CSI7 building Component 14515 N.OUIK I-"fluke•300 Sally I tomgMan available from Truss Plate Institute,%3 D'Onotrio Drive,Madison,wl 53719. Chesterfield,It063017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Failure to Follow Could Cause Property 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y offsets are indicated. Ib-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 0-/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,1,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C I-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never 0 WEBS hC4stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. Cle OO U 1 �� O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'/l9'from outside a U all other interested parties. edge of truss. a g ~ c7a c6-2 cs a 10 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint 8 7 6 5 required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 1 l,Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ff.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but C 2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green heated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek* and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 `I J Jab Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239979 0706139J SM80 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:27 2007 Page 1 -1-0-0 4-1-12 8 0 0i 12-7-0 17-2-0 21-0-4 i 25-2-0 26-2-0 1.0-0 4-1-12 3.10-4 4-7-0 4-7-0 3-10.4 4-1-12 1-041 Scale=1:44.8 5x8 1P 3x4= 5x8 5 6 7 8.00 12 2.5x4,N 2.5x4-9 4 8 Z 9 it 2 10„I� Ig 3x10 i 300 Q 7x12= 13 14 15 12 7x12= 3x10= 5X8= B-0-0 17-2-0 25-2-0 B-0-0 9-2-0 8-041 Plate Offsets Y 2:0-0 0 03-13 5:0-4-12 0-2-0 7:0-4-12,0-2-0 10:0-0-0 0-3-13 12:04-0 0-3.4 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) Wall Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.47 Vert(LL) -0.30 12-13 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.94 Vert(TL) -0.49 12-13 >622 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.61 Horz(rL) 0.09 10 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC200317P12002 (Matrix) Weight 109 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-1.4 oc puriins. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 2-2-0 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud*Except* 6-13 2 X 4 SPF No.2,6-12 2 X 4 SPF No.2 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 25-2,Right 2 X 4 SPF Stud 25-2 REACTIONS (lb(size) 2=1582/03-8,10=1582M-M Max Horz 2=320(LC 6) Max Uplift2=-651(LC 8),10=551(LC 9) Max Grav2=2139(LC 3),10=213%LC 4) FORCES Qb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,23=-28741768,3-4=2728f786,45=-2444/700,5-6=-1933/678,6-7=1932/678,7-8=-2445/701,8-9=-2728/787, 9-10=-28741768,10-11=0153 BOT CHORD 2-13=-774/2184,13-14=-704/2061,14-15=-704/2061,12-15=-704/2061,10-12---468/2185 WEBS 4-13=332/308,5-13=155/681,6-13=558/388,6-12=-661/388,7-1 2=-1 551680,8-12=331/308 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.0psf;Category II;Exp C;enclosed;MW FRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow.Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category 11;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct--1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs ,`11,nurrrrrrr,, non-concurrent with other live loads. ��� F CONK 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. .�` '� -`CAN 8)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 34$-0 tall by 14-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. = '�•*rr 9)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 651 lb uplift at joint 2 and 651 Ib uplift at joint r 10. 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 Intemational Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced ,o o 3 69 r standard ANSVTPl 1. ••� LOAD CASE(S)Standard '�•.,,�S�C N At EN��.�` July 5,200 A WARMING•VerVy design parameter and READ NOTES OH TWS AND ZW-U DED 1QTE8 REFERENCE PAGE MV 7473 BEFORE USE. UAW' Design valid for use only with Mnek connectors.This design is based only upon 9 Y 19 V Po parameters shown,and far an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M iTe k is for lateral support of individual web members only.Additional temporary bracing to Insure stability during construction is the responsiblllity of the erector.Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure's the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality Control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T►Il Quality CdtMa,DSB-89 and 6CSI1 SuNdny ComponmM 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite 8300 Safely Information available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,wl 53719. Chesterfield,ICAO 63017 Symbols Numbering System A General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss l. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 0-/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator C 1-2 C2-3 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never 0 WEBSel �z, 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O �`> 3 ; 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate b = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-',16"from outside d � u U all other interested parties. edge Of truss. C7 e C6-7 C51-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 'Plate location details available In MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of buss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. ® 18.Use green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, nmental,1,health or performance risks.Consult with Industry Standards: project engineer before use. ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. i�� x and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MRek Engineering Reference Sheen MII-7473 • Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399796 0706139J SMSIGR ROOF TRUSS 1 3 Job Reference o tional Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:28 2007 Page 1 4.0-3 7-9-14 11-7-8 �13-6-8 1"-8 23-" ,24.11:1 4.0-3 3-9-10 3-9-10 1-11-0 5-" 5-M 1-5-0 7x10 MT16= Scale=1:59.6 7x12= 4 5 5x8 i 8.00 F12 3 4x6 6 4x8 3x6 11 2 702= 7 8 1 I 702= 17 16 18 15 19 140 21 13 22 12 23 11 24 25 10 9 ICI 3x10 II 8x12= 6x8= 8x12= 6x8= 802= 802= 3x6 11 4-0-3 7-9-14 11-7-8 133-6_8 18-" 23-" ?4-1" 4-0-3 3-9-10 3-9-10 1-11-0 5-" 5-0-0 1-5-0 Plate Offsets X Y: 1:0-0-2,0-0-5, 4:0-7-0 0-3-4, 5:05-0 03-4, 9:Ed 0-5-12 11:0-3.8 0.4-0 14:0-3 8 03-0, 15:0-0-8,0-4-0 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.42 Vert(LL) -0.15 14-15 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.45 Vert(TL) -0.22 14-15 >999 180 MT16 116/127 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr NO WB 0.73 Horz(TL) 0.07 9 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:593lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E'Except' TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-"oc pudins, except 4-5 2 X 8 SYP SS end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 8 SYP SS BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* 2-16 2 X 4 SPF Stud,2-15 2 X 4 SPF Stud,3-15 2 X 4 SPF Stud 6-11 2 X 4 SPF Stud,7-11 2 X 4 SPF Stud,7-10 2 X 4 SPF Stud 7-9 2 X 4 SPF 2100F 1.8E REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=1 1 235/0-4-9,9=10868/0-5-8 Max Horz 1=474(LC 7) Max Uplift1=-4402(LC 8),9=-4091(LC 8) Max Grav1=11548(LC 3),9=11170(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-17493/6720,2-3=-14637/5853,3-4=-11435/4744,4-5=-9425/4006,5-6=-11568/4739,6-7=-14596/5581,7-8=-849/331, 8-9=-687/308 BOT CHORD 1-17=-5532/14077,16-17=-5532/14077,16-18=-5532/14077,15-18=-5532/14077,15-19=-4765/12099,19-20=-4765/12099. 14-20=-4765/12099,14-21=-3641/9313,13-21=-3641/9313,13-22=-4523/12065,12-22=-4523/12065,12-23=-4523/12065, 11-23=-4523/12065,11-24=-3980/10786,24-25=-3980/10786,10-25=-3980/10786,9-10=-3943/10652 WEBS 2-16=-1008/3021,2-15=-2446/949,3-15=-1974/5078,3-14=-4708/1958,4-14=-2535/6037,4-13=-326/789,5-13=-2293/5682 ,6-13=-3468/1214,6-11=-1116/3342,7-11=-655/1478,7-10=-373/1270,7-9=-13448/5016 NOTES 1)3-ply truss to be Connected together with 10d(0.131"x3")nails as follows: Top chords connected as follows:2 X 6-2 rows at 0-9-0 oc,2 X 8-2 rows at 0-9-0 oc,2 X 4-1 row at 0-9-0 oc. //111111 r l rlfl// Bottom chords connected as follows:2 X 8-2 rows at 0-4-0 oc. CONNF Webs connected as follows:2 X 4-1 row at 0-9-0 oc. \ C) 2)All loads are considered equally applied to all plies,except if noted as front(F)or back(B)face in the LOAD CASE(S)section.Ply to ply 1 SIT- •J�GANG�/ connections have been provided to distribute only loads noted as(F)or(B),unless otherwise indicated. � 3)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. • + �.;r G• _ A+-s 4)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category II;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed,end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 5)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Pf= 240.0 psf(Flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate 569 DOL=1.15):Category 11;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 �Q 6)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. equate vent water ponding. 8)This tdrussdhas been designed for drainage fea 10.0 psf bottom Chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. //�����SS�ONAL�NG 9)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. it it, 10)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit July 5,200 Cor1t % om chord and any other members. Aj WARNING-Verify deign parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MTEX REFERENCE PAGE MIT.7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek. is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/ttll Quality CrIli DSB-89 and 6CSII 6ullding Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite#300 Sah1y IdorrtMdbn available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onotrio Drive,Madison,w153719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are Indicated. I6 4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,1,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C I-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never Q WEBS C . 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O U �'� 3 ��� 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-Itra' from outside 0- u U all other interested parties. edge Of truss. O c�-e co- cs e O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the g 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 software Or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT p 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MTekO All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. ® 18.Use green heated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, nmental,1,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, MiTek' 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 Jab Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399796 0706139J SM81 GR ROOF TRUSS 1 3 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:28 2007 Page NOTES 11)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 4402 lb uplift at joint 1 and 4091 lb uplift at joint 9. 12)This truss is designed In accordance with the 2003 Intemational Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 13)Hanger(s)or other connection device(s)shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s)1759 lb down and 598 lb up at 2-0-12.1698 lb down and 614 lb up at 4-0-12, 1680 lb down and 631 lb up at 6-0-12,1574 lb down and 648 lb up at 8-0-12,1552 lb down and 716 lb up at 10-0-12,1604 lb down and 648 lb up at 11-0-12.1499 lb down and 649 lb up at 12-7-8,1477 lb down and 679 lb up at 14-7-8,1551 lb down and 543 lb up at 16-7-8,1427 lb down and 507 lb up at 18-7-8,1386 lb down and 504 lb up at 20-7-8. and 1274 lb down and 421 lb up at 22-7-8.and 815 lb down and 261 lb up at 24-9-12 on bottom chord. The design/selection of such connection device(s)is the responsibility of others. LOAD CASE(S)Standard 1)Snow.Lumber Increase=1.15,Plate Increase=1.15 Uniform Loads(plf) Vert:1-4=-94.4-5=-94.5-7=-94,7-8=-94,1-9=-20 Concentrated Loads(lb) Vert:9=-815(B)16=-1698(B)15=1574(B)1 1=-1427(B)17=-1759(B)18=-1680(B)19=-1552(B)20=-1604(B)21=-1499(B)22=-1477(B)23=-1551(B)24=-1386(B) 25=-1274(B) A WARNING.9erVy design paramees and READ NOTES ON TNIS AND INCLUDED MITES REFERENCE PAGE AM 7473 BEFORE USE. f� Design valid for use only with iTel connectors.This design a based only upon parameters shown,and is for on individual buldng component. a�ri Applicability of design poromenters and proper incorporation of component B responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M iTe k h for lateral support of individual web members only.Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction Is the responsibillity of the I erector.Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding ro.ww„•ewrow.,.• fabrication,qualy control,storage.delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/TIII Quality Criteria,DSB•89 and SCSII Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty Suite 0300 Sahy Information available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 1 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T.I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 13 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never 0 WEBS NC stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O �' � 0C 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U designer,erection supervisor.property owner and plates 0-'/1d'from outside o U all other interested parties. edge of truss. CL C7-8 c6-7 CS-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the g 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 Software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection, the length parallel to slots. 1 l.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ff.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTeks and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERi<ORM.- ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239979 0706139J SM82 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference o tional Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:29 2007 Page 1 5-1-0 9-10-6 15-3-8 20-1-0 25-2-0 �6-2-9 5-1-0 4-9-8 5-5-0 4-9-8 5-1-0 1-" Scale=1,51.8 12x14 MT18H= 5x8= 4 5 8.00 12 2.5x4 I� 2.5x4 3 8 M r 2 7 1 8 9 IQ a 4x6 i 3x10�� 7x12= 12 13 11 10 702= 3x10= 3x4= 3x4= 9-10-8 15-3-8 25-2-0 9-10-8 55-0 9-10-8 Plate Offsets X Y: 4:0-10-0 0-1-8, 5:0--0 0-1-9 8:0-M 03-13 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.62 Vert(LL) -0.18 8-10 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.69 Vert(TL) -0.46 8-10 >651 180 MT18H 197/144 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.41 Horz(TL) 0.08 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:112lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-0-4 oc purlins. 45 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 7-1-0 oc bracing. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 WEBS 1 Row at midpt 5-12 WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* 3-12 2 X 4 SPF Stud,6-10 2 X 4 SPF Stud SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-11-14,Right 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-11-14 REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=1475/0-3-8,8=1586/0-3.8 Max Horz 1=-397(LC 6) Max Upliftl=-574(LC 8),8=-072(LC 9) Max Grav 1=1 890(LC 3),8=2053(LC 4) FORCES (Ib)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-2663/806,2-3=-2323/822,3-4=-2103/714,45=-1596/705,5-6=-2117/708,6-7=-2330/813,7-8=-26721799,8-9=0/53 BOT CHORD 1-12=-670/2033,12-13=-329/1602,11-13=-329/1602,10-11=-329/1602,8-10=-472/2033 WEBS 3-12=-544/402,4-12=-153/470,5-1 2=-41 51363,5-10=-167/554,6-10=-528/392 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02,120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf,Category 11;Exp C;enclosed;MW FRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed,end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category 11,Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs `+11511tIllltlflrll ' non-concurrent with other live loads. `\\OF CONNF 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 7)This truss has been designed fora 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. �� '��, �GAN�' • TKO ': 8)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. }`� ��(�'•Gj'; 9)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-"tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit r•` `� 4_+: between the bottom chord and any other members. 10)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate Capable of withstanding 574 lb uplift at joint 1 and 672 lb uplift at joint = 8. = 2 5 2 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced (V standard ANSI/TPI 1 LOAD CASE(S) Standard i�sSIONIAt G\\\\- July 5,200 WARNING-Verify d—ign parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITES REFERENCE PAGE 1F77-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek* is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector, Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/Ml Quality Criteria,OSS-89 and SCSI1 Building Component 14515 N.OUW Forty,SUB*MW—— Sdefy kdorrnallon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 03017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Failure to Follow Could Cause Property 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 0-/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T.I,or Eliminator Cl-2 C2-3 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WEBS N04 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O �`•� ��� 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'he' from outside a U all other interested parties. edge of truss. CL g ~ C7-8 c6-7 Cs-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available in AAITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT p 10.Comber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions LATERAL BRACING LOCATION PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and sae,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek(b All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. ® 18.Use green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, nmental,1,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek" and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, P93WER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399798 0706139J SMB3GR ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference opt anal Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:30 2007 Page 1 i 2.041 6-6-14 11-M 15-5-2 204)-0 22-" I23-0-0 2-M 4-6-14 4-5-2 4-5-2 4.6-14 2-0-0 1-" Scale=1:37.9 8x14 MT20H= 8x14 MT20H= 8.00 F12 2.5x4 II 3x10= 5x8= 2.5x4 II 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 8 � 9 Io 702�i 15 16 17 14 18 19 13 20 12 11 21 22 10 7x12 2.5x4 11 5x12= 2.5x4 11 10x16 MT20H WB= 2.5x4 11 5x12= 2-0-0 6-6-14 if-" 15-5-2 20-0-0 22-0-0 2-" 4-6-14 4-5-2 4-5-2 4-6-14 2-0-0 Plate Offsets X.Y: 1:E ,0-1-11 2:0-10.0,0-1-8, :0-10-0,0-1-8, 8:0-1-2 0-1-11 11:0-1-12,0-2$ 14:0-5-4 0-2-8 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) Udefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.68 Vert(LL) -0.49 13 >528 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.75 Vert(TL) -0.65 13 >399 180 MT20H 148/108 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Ina NO WB 0.56 Horz(TL) 0.09 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight:111 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2'Except' TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 2-7-9 oc purlins. 2-5 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E,5-7 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 4-10-12 oc bracing. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SPF 210OF 1.8E WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud'Except' 2-14 2 X 4 SPF 210OF 1.8E,4-14 2 X 4 SPF No.2,4-11 2 X 4 SPF No.2 7-11 2 X 4 SPF 210OF 1.8E WEDGE Left:2 X 8 SYP No.2,Right:2 X 8 SYP No.2 REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=1713/Mechanical,8=1823/0-3-8 Max Horz 1=-102(LC 6) Max Upliftl=-1037(LC 7),8=-1069(LC 6) Max Grav 1=2284(LC 3),8=2454(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-3565/1648,2-3=-6700/3268,34=-6699/3266,4-5=-6656/3257,5-6=-6656/3257,6-7=-6657/3258,7-8=-34 7 111 6 2 8, 8-9=0/66 BOT CHORD 1-15=-1323/2722,15-16=-1311/2691,16-17=-1311/2691,14-17=-1311/2691,14-18=-3921/8049,18-19=-392118049, 13-19=-3921/8049,13-20=-3921/8049,12-20=-3921/8049,11-12=-392118049,11-21=-1205/2624,21-22=-1205/2624, 10-22=-1205/2624,8-1 0=-1 217/2650 WEBS 2-15=-138/332,2-14=-2122/4304,3-14=-673/362,4-14=-1476/739,4-13=-126/308,4-11=-1494/741,6-11=-673/364, 7-11=-2134/4322,7-10=-124/306 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. +11111f 1+111rII 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph,h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category II;Exp C;enclosed,MW FRS gable end zone;cantilever left �F C�NNF and right exposed,end vertical left and right exposed, Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. ��� �'T zip 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate .• G% DOL=1.15);Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 r _ G'•• 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4tga s 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs __ non-concurrent with other live loads. 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. No.2 56 ¢. 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 8)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. %� ,t` ��CENSE� 9)*This between truss has be chord and any other load memof 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit ipNAfill t1�N 10)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 11)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1037 lb uplift at joint 1 and 1069 lb uplift at July 5,200 ContiA6rlYon page 2 a WARNING-Verify design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED JGTEK REFERENCE PAGE AM-7473 BEFORE USE. NAM Design valid for use only with MiiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Am- Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i T�k is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding �n,o�s.rww.• fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/7111 Quality Crterfa,DSB•89 and BCSII Building Component 14515 N.OuOr Forty,SuIM Safety Inlarmallon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onolno Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO SM17 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 01 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For -/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator � bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never 0 WEBS 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. W T 1�_ 0 O '� 3 �y� � O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building z For 4 x 2 Orientation,locate b = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'nd'from outside a �'" u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. xL g ~ c7-8 c6-7 c5-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT p 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ff.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. ® 18.Use green heated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, nmental,1,health or performance risks.Consult with Industry Standards: project engineer before use. ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTeks and Pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.- ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:Mll-7473 • _J Job Truss Truss Type aty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399798 0706139J SM83GR ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06488 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:30 2007 Page NOTES 12)This truss is designed in accordance With the 2003 Intemational Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/fPI 1. 13)Hanger(s)or other connection device(s)shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s)95 lb down and 74 lb up at 2-0-12,95 lb down and 74 lb up at 3-11-4,95 lb down and 74 lb up at 5-11-4,95 lb down and 74 lb up at 7-11-4,95 lb down and 74 lb up at 9-11-4,95 lb down and 74 lb up at 11-11-4,95 lb down and 74 lb up at 13-11.4.95 lb down and 74 lb up at 15-11-4,and 95 lb down and 74 lb up at 17-11.4,and 95 lb down and 74 lb up at 19-11-4 on bottom chord. The desigrdselection of such connection devices)is the responsibility of others. 14)In the LOAD CASE(S)section,loads applied to the face of the truss are noted as front(F)or back(B). LOAD CASE(S)Standard 1)Snow:Lumber Increase=1.15,Plate Increase=1.15 Uniform Loads(plf) Vert:1-2=-94,2-7=-94,7-9=-94,1-8=-20 Concentrated Loads(lb) Vert 12=-95(B)15=-95(B)10=-95(B)16=-95(B)17=-95(B)18=95(B)19=95(B)20=-95(B)21=-95(B)22=95(B) A WARMNO-Verify design pararnetsre and READ NOTES ON TWS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PADS MU 7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k• is for lateral support of individual web members only.Additional temporary bracing to Insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector.Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing.consult ANSVTPII Quality Criteria,DSB-89 and 11CSI1 WNding Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite#300 Salaty Information available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofno Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/+' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 0_1/iQ, 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WEBS Dc,, 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. OU �� 3 ��� 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'he'from outside a u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. a g '— c7-e c6-7 cs-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This Symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MRek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ff.spacing, BEARING or less.if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. =! 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. -•�-� 18.Use green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, nmental,1,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal ® 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSIAPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 1— Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399799 0706139J SM84 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference o tp ionalZ Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:31 2007 Page 1 -1-0-0 4-" 11-0-0 18-0-0 1 20-0-0 r 22� 1-" 4-04) 7-0-0 7.0-0 2.0-0 2-" Scale=1:39.8 702// 2.5x4 11 7xt2 4 5 6 8.00 12 6x8= 3x4 11 7 8 3 q R 1 2 N 4x6// 6x8= 13 12 11 10 9 2.5x4 II 4x12= Us= 4x6= 3x4= 4-0-0 11-0-0 18-M _ 22-041 44)-0 7-0-0 7-0-0 4-0-0 Plate Offsets X Y: 2:0-0-3,0-3-1 , 4:0-"0-1-8 6:0-7-12,0-1-4 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.90 Vert(LL) -0.19 12-13 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.88 Vert(TL) -0,31 12-13 >850 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.79 Horz(TL) 0.07 9 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:89lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2'Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 2-2-0 oc purlins, except 4-0 2 X 4 SPF 2100F 1.8E,6-7 2 X 4 SPF 2100F 1.8E end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-3-0 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud`Except' 4-12 2 X 4 SPF No.2,6-12 2 X 4 SPF No.2 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-2-14 REACTIONS (lb/size) 9=1244/Mechanical,2=1342/0-3-8 Max Horz2=232(LC 7) Max Uplift9=-588(LC 7),2=-605(LC 7) Max Grav9=1779(LC 4),2=1934(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-2645/870,34=-2333/885,4-5=-3362/1335,5-0=-3362/1335,6-7=-2340/828,7-8=-09/64,8-9=-249/129 BOT CHORD 2-13=-862/2010,12-13=-866/2006,11-12=-753/2016,10-11=-568/1712,9-10=-568/1712 WEBS 4-1 3=012 2 7,4-12=-758/1736,5-12=-1115/601.6-12=-709/1685,6-11=-278/224,7-11=-237/586,7-9=-2225/726 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed,end vertical left and right exposed: Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate D01-=1.15),Category 11;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs \fit\11111I I It1rIII7 non-concurrent with other live loads. `�.```��F Co 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. �. CJ �� 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. �� Q'� `(,AfVG�• ��1 ��. 8)The following joint(s)require plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection:6. 9)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit r r, between the bottom chord and any other members. - 10)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. _ 11)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 588 lb uplift at joint 9 and 605 lb uplift at joint 5 �2 2. 12)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. ��°� S`S�ONA\ �" ``�`` LOAD CASE(S) Standard July 5,200 WARNING-Vert fy design pammet—and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED AUTEE REFERENCE PAGE AM-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing.consult ANSI/T►II Quality Criteria.DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Bulb/300 Salety,Irtlommillon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onotrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719, Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. see BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 0-/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator C 1-2 C2-3 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WEBS NC4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O= 2 �� 3 �,�� 0 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U = designer,erection supervisor,property owner andplates 0-1116"from outside a U all other interested parties. ed a of truss. ag O c�-a c6-� O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 software or Upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 1 l.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions I PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and ICC-ES Reports: p I in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or pudins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. ® 18.Use green healed lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, nmental,1,health or performance risks.Consult with Industry Standards: project engineer before use. ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek" and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER M PERFORM." ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing &Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet.Mll-7473 J Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399800 0706139J SM85 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference o tional Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:31 2007 Page 1 1-0-0 1 6-" 11-" 164)-0 118—" 22-041 1-0 0 6-" 5-0-0 5-0-0 2-0-0 4.0.0 Scale=1:39.8 5x8 i 3x4= 6x8= 4 5 6 4x6= 3x6 11 8.00 ri2 7 8 3 4 Y M 2 3.4 3x4 6x8 11 12 11 10 9 3x6= 3x10= 3x4= 4x6= 6-" 16-0-0 22-0-0 6-0-0 10-0-0 6-" Plate Offsets MY): 2:0-3-13,Ed 4:0-4-12 0-2-8 6:0-5-4 0-2-0 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.68 Vert(LL) -0.21 11-12 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.75 Vert(TL) -0.55 11-12 >481 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.68 Horz(TL) 0.07 9 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003fTP12002 (Matrix) Weight:100lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-7-7 oc puffins, except 4-6 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 5-10-13 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud'Except' WEBS 1 Row at midpt 7-9 5-12 2 X 4 SPF No.2,5-11 2 X 4 SPF No.2 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-5-5 REACTIONS (lb/size) 9=1244/Mechanical,2=1342/0-3-8 Max Horz2=343(LC 7) Max Uplift9=-004(LC 7),2=-564(LC 8) Max Grav9=1718(LC 4),2=1875(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-2463/686,3-4=-2147/705,4-5=-1780/666,5-0=-1 7401604,6-7=-2114/668,7-8=-64/85,8-9=-298/153 BOT CHORD 2-12=-787/1793,11-12=-966/2104,10-11=-669/1812,9-10=-669/1812 WEBS 4-12=-22Of724,5-12=-874/505,5-11=-780/412,6-11=-198/633,7-11=-165/210,7-9=-2223/749 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11;Exp C;enclosed,MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category 11,Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs 111111111tf1/rI non-concurrent with other live loads. �\\`OF 'ONNF7jII��i, 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. '� • 'GANG' •, �[7 8)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit P.+JE between the bottom chord and any other members. + r s 9)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 10)Provide mechanical Connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate Capable of withstanding 604 lb uplift at joint 9 and 564 lb uplift at joint = 2 0. 3569 Q 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 Intemational Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.102 and referenced lv standard ANSI/TPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard ONA\- July 5,2007 WARNING-Verify design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE AM-7473 BEFORE USE. MM— Design volid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Tek• is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector.Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding s�rowrr._ fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSVT►I1 Quallty Criteria,DSB-69 and BCSII Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,&Me SM Salely Info xdkw available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onafrio Drive,Madison,Wl 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss l. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 IN 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WEBScue 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O= U ; ; 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building Kb = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U plates 0-114' from outside a �' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. a g ~ c7-8 c6-7 c5-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 software Or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions LATERAL BRACING LOCATION PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and sae,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek" and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing &Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 • Job Truss Truss Type oty My The Santangelo Residence-4 112399801 0706139J SM86 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference optional Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6,5W s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:32 2007 Page 1 r-1-M 4-1-12 I 8.0-0 F 14-" i 16-0-0 22-M , 1-0.0 4-1-12 3-10-4 6-" 2-0-0 6-0 0 Scale=t 41 9 7x12= 5x8= 5 6 7x12= Sx8 II 7 8 8.00 12 2.5x4 Q 4 4 4 � 3 � ai d 2 t 4x6'i 6x8 II 12 13 11 10 9 3x10= 3x6= 3x6= 4x6= 8-" 14-0-0 22-" r— i 8_" 6-0-0 8-" Plate Offsets KY: 2:0-3-13 Ede 5:0.8-0 0-1-8 6:04-0 0-1-9, 8:0-3-8 Edgel LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.83 Vert(LL) -0.10 11-12 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0,59 Vert(TL) -0,21 9-11 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.52 Horz(TL) 0.06 9 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003(rP12002 (Matrix) Weight:105lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-0-14 oc purlins, except 5-6 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-5-11 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud`Except' WEBS 1 Row at midpt 6-12,7-9 8-9 2 X 4 SPF No.2,6-12 2 X 4 SPF No.2,7-9 2 X 4 SPF No.2 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-5-2 REACTIONS (lb/size) 9=1290/Mechanical,2=1372/0-3-8 Max Horz 2=456(LC 7) Max Uplift9=-621(LC 7),2=-584(LC 8) Max Grav 9=1 679(LC 4),2=1822(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-2336/659,3-4=-2190/676,4-5=-1911/604,5-6=-1484/599,6-7=-1876/597,7-8=-101/115,8-9=-431/219 BOT CHORD 2-12=-824/1759,12-13=-014/1461,11-13=-614/1461,10-11=-685/1663,9-10=-685/1663 WEBS 4-12=-345/293,5-12=-39/299,6-12=-291/290,6-11=-112/634,7-11=475/198,7-9=-1950/717 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=2511;TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf,Category II;Exp C;enclosed,MWFRS gable end zone,cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Category 11,Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs 1t1t111 l f l tt/rll non-concurrent with other live loads. ��`v�`\\QF CONNF 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. � 0;. 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. ; `•• GANG(i./rG. 8)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20-Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3 6-0 tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members 9)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 10)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 621 lb uplift at joint 9 and 584 lb uplift at joint - 2. XNo.2 1569 Q 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.102 and referenced lv standard ANSI/TPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard ��086NAL� July 5,200 WARNING-Vert/'y design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED AffTEX REFERENCE PAGE AM-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding s�raer.- fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/TPII GualBy Criteria.DSB-89 and ICSII Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite#300 savvy Intarraallon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator AL bracing should be C I-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading considered. shown and never 0 WEBS �a, 4 stock materials on inadequately braced trusses. o d 0 X: u ; ��� ; 0 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U we = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-14'from outside a �' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. Or a0 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. C7-8 C6-7 C51-6 0 BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available in MRek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13,Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or after truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. -.�-® 18.Use green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, nmental,1,health or performance risks.Consult with Industry Standards: project engineer before use. ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back.words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. i�� x and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI 1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.- ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 • e Job Truss Truss Type Oty Pty The Santangelo Residence4l 11239980 0706139J SM87 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference aptional Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:33 2007 Page 1 0-0-0, 5-1-12 10-" 12." 14-0-0 1 17-10-4 22-0-0 1-0-0 5-1-12 4-1G-4 2-M 2-" 3-10-4 4-1-12 5x 10 MT20H i Scale-1:49.8 5x8= 5 6 5x8= 3x6= 3x6 11 7 8 9 8.00 52 2.5x4 Q 4 4 v r 3 1 Q 2 cry! 3x4-5, 7x12= 13 14 15 12 16 11 10 3x4 3x10= 5x8= 3x6= 5x8= r 10-0-0 14.04) 22-0-0 _ 10-0-0 4-0-0 Plate Offsets MY): 2:0-"0-3-9 5:0-6 0 0-1-8 6:0-5-8 0-1-12 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.67 Vert(LL) -0.20 2-13 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.65 Vert(fL) -0.52 2-13 >506 180 MT20H 148/108 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.88 HOrz(fL) 0.05 10 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:1161b LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-11-4 oc purlins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-5-3 oc bracing_ 9-10 2 X 4 SPF Stud,7-12 2 X 4 SPF Stud WEBS 1 Row at midpt 8-10 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-0-5 REACTIONS (lb/size) 10=1349/Mechanical,2=1384/0-3-8 Max Horz 2=572(LC 7) Max Upliftl0=-638(LC 7),2=-597(LC 8) Max Grav 10=1629(LC 4),2=1726(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-2124/676,3-4=-1780/691,4-5=-1517/566,5-6=-1091/582,6-7=-1676/712,7-8=-1300/537,8-9=-104/133, 9-10=-263/107 BOT CHORD 2-13=-811/1598,13-14=-562/1067,14-15=-562/1067,12-15=-562/1067,12-16=490/916,11-16=-490/916,10-11=-490/916 WEBS 4-13=-627/423,5-13=-77/474,6-13=-305/449,7-12=-1265/521,8-12=-276/841,8-10=-1517/681,6-12=-276/905 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph,h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11;Exp C;enclosed,MWFRS gable end zone,cantilever left and right exposed,end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip D0L=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Category 11;Exp C.Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs 11111III1fliiirl non-concurrent with other live loads. CONNF 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. ��� C� -11, 7)This truss has been designed fora 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. C G �C -" AN 8)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. ;+J ��(,'•G� 9)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit :r between the bottom chord and any other members. 10)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 11)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate Capable of withstanding 638 lb uplift at joint 10 and 597 lb uplift at 2 569 joint 2. �Q 12)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced ': ,� �!C�NSE�' standard ANS11TPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard July 5,200 y WARMING-Verify design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED A17TER REFERENCE PAGE AW-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. wr Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek. is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector.Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery.erection and bracing,consult ANSI/1►11 Quality Criteria,DSB-69 and 8CS11 Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Sub 193DD Safety IrtlormaMon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrio Dtive,Madison,WI 53719, Chesterfield,MO OW17- 1 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss l. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. Q 1/t Q, 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator � bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C23 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS cz' stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O 34. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 Orientation,locate U v" = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'p1e'from Outside rl �' u U all other interested parties. edge Of truss. CL c78 c6a C5-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the $ 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 'Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to Slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 1 l.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and sae,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 Mifek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, nmental,1,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek" and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate POWER TO PERFORM." Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 • Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399803, 0706139J SM88 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference o tbnai Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:34 2007 Page 1 -1.0-f1, 5-7-12 11-0-0 12.0� 16-10-4 22-0-0 r i 1-0-0 5-7-12 5-4-4 1." 4-10-4 5-1-12 5x8 Scale=1:50.3 5 6x8 3x6= 3x6 II 6 7 8 8.00 12 3x6 i 4 4 3 2 t 3x4�i 5x8 II 12 11 13 10 9 3x4�i 2.5x4 I I 5x12= 3x10= 5x8= 5-7-12 12-" 22-" 5-7-12 6-4-4 10-0-0 Plate Offsets KY):: 2:0-3-13,Ed a 5:0-5-4 0-2-4 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) Udefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.75 Vert(LL) -0.33 9-11 >783 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 1.00 Vert(TL) -0.66 9-11 >395 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.94 Horz(TL) 0.04 9 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight:114lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-0-3 oc puriins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 2-2-0 oc bracing. 4-12 2 X 4 SPF Stud WEBS 1 Row at midpt 8-9.7-9 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-3-13 REACTIONS (lb/size) 9=1372/Mechanical,2=1379/0-3-8 Max Horz 2=647(LC 7) Max Uplift9=-706(LC 7),2=-599(LC 8) Max Grav9=1588(LC 4),2=1657(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-2068/637,3-4=-1788/654,4-5=-1284/520,5-6=-1264/583,6-7=-1066/554,7-8=-1281165,8-9=-335/137 BOT CHORD 2-12=-843/1488,11-12=-843/1488,11-13=-550/828,10-13=-550/828,9-10=-550/828 WEBS 4-12=0/201,4-1 1=-76 31456,5-11=-278/1138,6-11=-1069/317,7-11=-233/695,7-9=-1314/739 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;12omph;h=25111;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category II;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35 0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category II;Exp C.Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. ``11111111tlfrrrrrr 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. � OF CON(iIF''''i� 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. �.� Cr 'ice 8)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit :�P� ,J`(,ANG between the bottom chord and any other members. 9)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. .= 10)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 706 lb uplift at joint 9 and 599 lb uplift at joint +: 2. 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced .2 569 ' standard ANSI(TPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard /C........ if n t 1111'`� July 5,200 WARNING-Verify design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITEK REFERENCE PAGE MIT 7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k• is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding ,- fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/TIII Quality Crlferla,DSB-89 and 6CSI1 Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Sidle A1300 Safety Informallon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield.MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. I6-4-8 dimensions shown in ff-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator C 1-Y C23 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WEBS cue 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. Oz 3 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 Orientation,locate b = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'Q"from Outside a �K u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. C7-8 C6-7 CS-6 a0 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. � BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MfTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 191%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. JOINT CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JO The first dimension is the plate 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67, ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but C 2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. R 18.Use of green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek* and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.- ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 ft Job Truss Truss Type city Ply i The Santangelo Residence-4 112399804 0706139J SM89 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:34 2007 Page 1 5-6-0 + 11-0.0 16-4-4 22-0-0 1-0-0 5-6-0 5-" 5-" 5-7-12 7x12 MTIBH-i Scale=1:52.3 2.5x4 11 7x12= 5 6 7 8.00 12 3x8 4 3 2 1 3x4-i 6x8 II 12 11 13 10 9 8 30 2.5x4 11 3x6= 6x8= 3x4= 3x6 11 5-" 11-0-0 16-4-4 22-" 5-" 5-6-0 5-" 5-7-12 Plate Offsets X Y: 2:03-13,Edge], 5:0-M,0-1-8 7:0-3-8 Ed LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) Vdefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.72 Vert(LL) -0.07 10-11 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.46 Vert(TL) -0.11 10-11 >999 180 MT18H 197/144 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.94 Horz(TL) 0.04 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003rrPI2002 (Matrix) Weight:116lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-M oc pudins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-9-1 oc bracing. 4-12 2 X 4 SPF Stud WEBS 1 Row at midpt 7-8,5-10 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-2-12 REACTIONS (lb/size) 8=1409/Mechanical,2=1394/0-3-8 Max Horz 2=568(LC 7) Max Uplift8=-617(LC 7),2=-595(LC 8) Max Grav8=1624(LC 4),2=1672(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0153,2-3=-2122/638,3-4=-1694/655,4-5=-1329/542,5-6=-838/423,6-7=-837/424,7-8=-1478/610 BOT CHORD 2-12=-744/1538,11-12=-744/1538,11-13=-576/999,10-13=-576/999,9-10=-128/165,8-9=-128/165 WEBS 4-12=0/225,4-11=-803/455,5-11=-1 99/650,5-10=-646/266,6-10=-893/445,7-10=-583/1376 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-02,120mph,h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11,Exp C.enclosed,MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)TCLL.ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 5)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 111tlllllfrlf// 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. � QF(iON�f�,'''vi,, 7)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. . � ......... 8)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit � , between the bottom chord and any other members. 9)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 10)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 617 Ib uplift at joint 8 and 595 lb uplift at joint = * 2. - _ 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced 569 standard ANSI/TPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard o NA '''�nnntII1111� iJuly 5,200 N WARMNG�Verify design parameters and READ MOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE MD�7473 DEF'ORE USE. Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design poramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility at building designer-not truss designer Bracing shown M iTe k. is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibllllty of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding r fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery.erection and bracing,Consult ANSI/T►Il Quality Crflerla.DS111-89 and 11CSI1 Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty.Suite#300 Sally Idarmadlon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onoffto D",Madison,wl 53719. I Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides Of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator � bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never O WEBS N,, stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. oc b '� �,�� O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-IN"from outside a U all other interested parties. f edge o truss. g r0 c7-8 c6-7 Cs-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MiTek 20/20 software Or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint v number where bearings occur. '= .Install and wad vertically unless indicated otherwise. -.�-� 18.Use green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, nmental,1,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss ffi s Construction. MiTek' and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures atone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 ` r Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 0706139J SM8GR ROOF TRUSS 1 3 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Mar 8 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 14:58:15 2007 Page 1 4-2-4 8-1-0 , 14-0-0 17-3-0 21-9-2 , 24-7-8_ 126-5-00i 29-0-12 , 32-0-0 4-2-4 3-10-12 5-11-0 3-3-0 4-6-2 2-10-6 1-9-8 2-7-12 2-11-4 Scale 1:57.7 Bx8= _ Us II 6x8= 702= 6x8=34 II 6x8 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 8.00 12 4x6-� US ii 10 2 7x12 11 8x8�i 3 ju 22 23 2124 25 2@8 27 28 29 19 18 30 31 17 3233 16 34 35 15 146 3738 13 3940 12 300 II 8x12= 802= 8x12= 6x8= 12x14= 3x6 II 1004= 802= 8x12= 4x12 II 4-2-4 8-1-0 14-0-0 17-3-0 18-8-R 21-9.2 , 24-7-8 ,26-5-0, 29-0-12 , 32-0-0 4-2-4 3-10-12 5-11-0 3-3-0 1-5-8 3-0-10 2-10-6 1-9-8 2-7-12 2-11-4 Plate Offsets(X,Y): [3:0-5-4,0-3-12],[9:0-5-4,0-3-12],[13:0-3-8,0-4-0),[14:0-3-8,0r4-0),[15:0-7-0,0-6-4],[17:0-4-12,0-6-0],[20:0-3-8,0-4-0],[21:0-3-8 0-4-0 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.27 Vert(LL) -0.07 19-20 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.40 Vert(TL) -0.10 19-20 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr NO WB 0.74 Horz(TL) 0.02 12 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight:1077 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 8 SYP SS TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc BOT CHORD 2 X 8 SYP SS purlins, except end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2'Except' BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. 2-21 2 X 4 SPF Stud,1-22 2 X 6 SPF 1650F 1.5E 1-21 2 X 4 SPF Stud,11-12 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E 5-17 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E REACTIONS (lb/size) 22=7304/0-5-8,12=9516/0-5-8,17=16515/0-3-8 Max Horz 22=572(LC 7) Max Uplift22=-3025(LC 8),12=-4153(LC 9),17=7034(LC 7) Max Grav22=7809(LC 3),12=9862(LC 4),17=17192(LC 3) FORCES (Ib)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-6058/2408,2-3=-6098/2522,3-4=-4240/1903,4-5=-4237/1903,5-6=-11511740, 6-7=-5422/2393,7-8=-5422/2393,8-9=-5438/2398,9-10=-6020/2578,10-1 1=-4977/2127, 1-22=-6757/2659,11-12=9012/3699 BOT CHORD 22-23=-715/578,23-24=-715/578,21-24=-715/578,21-25=-2255/4764,25-26=-2255/4764, CONNFC 20-26=2255/4764,20-27=2342/5118,27-28=-2342/5118,28-29=-2342/5118,19-29=-2342/5118, '� . GANG!•. 18-19=-653/1151,18-30=-653/1151,30-31=-653/1151, 17-31=-653/1151,17-32=1570/3555, :'-kJ ��, �, zG'•.GJ 32-33=-1570/3555,16-33=1570/3555,16-34=-1570/3555,34-35=-1570/3555,15-35=-1570/3555, e` 6 ? 15-36=-2123/5050,14-36=-2123/5050,14-37=-1600/3821,37-38=-1600/3821,13-38=-1600/3821, 13-39=-210/340,39-40=-210/340,12-40=-210/340 N .2 569 ` WEBS 2-21=-610/179,2-20=-417l706,3-20=-1488/3444,3-19=-1491/628,4-19=-380/265, 5-19=-2536/5939,6-16=-430/1198,9-14=-319/356,10-14=-1271/3089,10-13=-3190/1162, J�'.,90,c'�ICENS�O' 1-21=-1950/5143,11-13=-2699/6758,8-15=-422/1025,6-15=-2227/5609,9-15=-667/1845, NAt�N�.�°�` 6-17=-7341/2904,5-17=-6279/2719 ��� h/nf►IIIIjj111`� July 5,20 7 A WARMNO-Ver{fy design parameters and READ NOTES ON TWS AND INCLUDED 1QT&R RSldR6NC6 PAGE AW-7473 BZPO"U86. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based onty upon parameters shown.and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the Welk Edcbq nent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of fhe building designer.For general guidance regarding 14515 N.Outer Forty Suite e300 Sa1Ny h for allon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofdo Drive,Madison,WI 53719. t:hesterfbW MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. I6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 0 _1/16, 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator � bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never 0 WEBS Cap 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 0 O U � ; ��� 3 0 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building pb 4 = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U plates 0-'/16"from outside a �' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. Or p 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. C7-8 C6-7 CS-6 0 BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. THEOLEFT.D THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZEuse with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION species and size,and 12.Lumber used shall be of the s ICC-ES Reports: p in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at output. Use T,1 or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67, ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. rare a 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal ® 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 0706139J SM8GR ROOF TRUSS 1 Job Reference(optional Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Mar 8 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 14:58:16 2007 Page 2 NOTES 1)3-ply truss to be connected together with 1 Od(0.131"x3")nails as follows: Top chords connected as follows:2 X 8-2 rows at 0-9-0 oc,2 X 6-2 rows at 0-9-0 oc. Bottom chords connected as follows:2 X 8-2 rows at 0-4-0 oc. Webs connected as follows:2 X 4-1 row at 0-9-0 oc,Except member 8-15 2 X 4-2 rows at 0-5-0 oc,2 X 6-2 rows at 0-9-0 oc. 2)All loads are considered equally applied to all plies,except if noted as front(F)or back(B)face in the LOAD CASE(S)section.Ply to ply connections have been provided to distribute only loads noted as(F)or(B),unless otherwise indicated. 3)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 4)Wind:ASCE 7-02; 120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 5)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr=35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15); Category 11;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 6)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 7)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 8)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 9)e This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 10)Bearing at joint(s)17 considers parallel to grain value using ANSI/TPI 1 angle to grain formula. Building designer should verify capacity of bearing surface. 11)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 3025 lb uplift at joint 22,4153 lb uplift at joint 12 and 7034 lb uplift at joint 17. 12)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI(TPI 1. 13)Hanger(s)or other connection device(s)shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s)1315 lb down and 498 lb up at 1-10-8, 1378 lb down and 603 lb up at 3-10-8, 1358 lb down and 570 lb up at 5-10-8, 1237 lb down and 576 lb up at 7-10-8, 1530 lb down and 569 lb up at 9-10-8, 1319 lb down and 594 lb up at 11-10-8, 1368 lb down and 594 lb up at 13-10-8,1328 lb down and 594 lb up at 15-10-8, 1328 lb down and 594 lb up at 17-10-8, 1368 lb down and 594 lb up at 19-10-8, 1368 lb down and 594 lb up at 21-10-8, 1469 lb down and 556 lb up at 23-10-8,6943 lb down and 2577 lb up at 24-7-8, 1236 lb down and 586 lb up at 25-10-8,973 lb down and 444 lb up at 26-5-4, 1192 lb down and 590 lb up at 27-10-8,735 lb down and 374 lb up at 28-5-4, 1269 lb down and 484 lb up at 29-10-8,and 702 lb down and 365 lb up at 30-5-4,and 129 lb up at 31-9-4 on bottom chord. The design/selection of such connection device(s)is the responsibility of others. LOAD CASE(S) 1)Snow:Lumber Increase=1.15,Plate Increase=1.15 Uniform Loads(plf) Vert: 1-3=-94,3-9=-94,9-11=-94,20-22=-20,20-28=-60,28-30=-20, 17-30=-60,17-33=-20,33-34=-60, 12-34=-20 Concentrated Loads(lb) Vert: 18=-1328(B)19=-1368(B)16=-1368(B)14=-973(F)15=-6943(F)23=-1 315(B)24=-1378(B)25=-1 358(B)26=-1237(B)27=-1 530(B) 29=-1319(B)31=-1 328(B)32=-1368(B)35=-1469(B)36=-1236(B)37=-1 192(B)38=-735(F)39=-1269(B)40=-702(F) 2)Regular:Lumber Increase=1.15,Plate Increase=1.15 Uniform Loads(plf) Vert: 1-3=-84,3-9=-84,9-11=-84,20-22=-20,20-28=-60,28-30=-20, 17-30=-60, 17-33=-20,33-34=-60, 12-34=-20 Concentrated Loads(lb) Vert: 18=-1129(B)19=-1169(B)16=-1169(B)14=-597(F)15=-4452(F)23=-1081(B)24=-1144(B)25=-1099(B)26=-1100(B)27=-1073(B) 29=-1119(B)31=-1129(B)32=-1169(B)35=-1105(B)36=-1139(B)37=-1071(B)38=-597(F)39=-1148(B)40=-643(F) 3)Unbal.Snow-Left:Lumber Increase=1.15,Plate Increase=1.15 Uniform Loads(plf) Vert: 1-3=-147,3-9=-147,9-11=-14,20-22=-20,20-28=-60,28-30=-20, 17-30=-60, 17-33=-20,33-34=-60, 12-34=-20 Concentrated Loads(lb) Vert: 18=-1328(B)19=-1368(B)16=-1368(B)14=-973(F)15=-6943(F)23=-1315(B)24=-1378(B) 25=-1358(B)26=-1237(B)27=-1530(B)29=-1319(B)31=-1328(B)32=-1368(B)35=-1469(B)36=-1236(B) 37=-1192(B)38=-735(F)39=-1269(6)40=-702(F) 4)Unbal.Snow-Right:Lumber Increase=1.15,Plate Increase=1.15 Uniform Loads(plf) Vert: 1-3=-14,3-9=-147,9-11=-147,20-22=-20,20-28=-60,28-30=-20, 17-30=-60,17-33=-20,33-34=-60, 12-34=-20 Concentrated Loads(lb) Vert: 18=-1328(B)19=-1368(B)16=-1368(B)14=-973(F)15=-6943(F)23=-1315(B)24=-1378(B) 25=-1358(B)26=-1237(B)27=-1530(B)29=-1319(B)31=-1328(B)32=-1368(B)35=-1469(B)36=-1236(B) 37=-1192(B)38=-735(F)39=-1269(B)40=-702(F) 5)IBC BC Live:Lumber Increase=1.25,Plate Increase=1.25 Uniform Loads(plf) Vert: 1-3=-14,3-9=-14,9-11=-14, 12-22=-40 Concentrated Loads(lb) Vert: 18=-483(B)19=-483(B)16=-483(B)14=-282(F)15=-1959(F)23=-530(B)24=-530(B)25=-483(B) 26=-483(B)27=-483(B)29=483(B)31=-483(B)32=483(B)35=-483(B)36=483(B)37=-483(B) 38=-282(F)39=-483(B)40=-282(F) 6)MWFRS Wind Left:Lumber Increase=1.33,Plate Increase=1.33 WARNING-Vert fy design pammeten and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED AGTER REFERENCE PAGE 1m-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek. is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the Went bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding -.e.-.eeroe.,- Sally Idamallon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofdo Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chest N.Outer Forty,Suite f1300 _ _. ChesterlieW,fd083017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 1 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. Ct-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WXZCoo 4 stock materials on inadequately braced trusses. 0 O �'� ; 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U Kb _ designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'/1e' from outside o �' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. 011 C7-8 C6-7 C5-6 10 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint This symbol indicates the g 7 6 5 required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 'Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant.preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular i responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type.size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. MIMI* 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal III,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek* and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.- ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 • Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence4 0706139J SM8GR ROOF TRUSS 1 J e} Job Reference o tiona_IL_ Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Mar 8 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 14:58:16 2007 Page 3 LOAD CASE(S) Uniform Loads(plf) Vert: 1-3=-15,3-9=79,9-11=41, 12-22=-10 Horz: 1-3=6,9-11=49, 1-22=36, 11-12=46 Drag:3-4=-0,8-9=1 Concentrated Loads(lb) Vert: 18=594(B)19=594(B)16=594(B)14=444(F)12=129(B)15=2577(F)23=498(B)24=603(B)25=570(B)26=576(B)27=569(B) 29=594(B)31=594(B)32=594(B)35=556(B)36=586(B)37=590(B)38=374(F)39=484(B)40=365(F) 7)MWFRS Wind Right:Lumber Increase=1.33,Plate Increase=1.33 Uniform Loads(plf) Vert: 1-3=41,3-9=79,9-11=-15, 12-22=-10 Horz: 1-3=49,9-11=-6, 1-22=46, 11-12=-36 Drag:3-4=-0,8-9=1 Concentrated Loads(lb) Vert: 18=594(B)19=594(B)16=594(B)14=444(F)12=1 29(B)15=2577(F)23=498(B)24=603(B)25=570(B)26=576(B)27=569(B) 29=594(B)31=594(B)32=594(B)35=556(B)36=586(B)37=590(B)38=374(F)39=484(B)40=365(F) 8)MWFRS 1st Wind Parallel:Lumber Increase=1.33,Plate Increase=1.33 Uniform Loads(plf) Vert: 1-3=66,3-9=43,9-11=43,12-22=-10 Horz: 1-3=-74,9-11=52, 1-22=-37, 11-12=37 Drag:3-4=-0,8-9=1 Concentrated Loads(lb) Vert: 18=594(B)19=594(B)16=594(B)14=444(F)12=129(B)15=2577(F)23=498(B)24=603(B)25=570(B)26=576(B)27=569(B) 29=594(B)31=594(B)32=594(B)35=556(B)36=586(B)37=590(B)38=374(F)39=484(B)40=365(F) 9)MWFRS 2nd Wind Parallel:Lumber Increase=1.33,Plate Increase=1.33 Uniform Loads(plf) Vert: 1-3=43,3-9=43,9-11=66, 12-22=-10 Horz: 1-3=-52,9-11=74, 1-22=-37, 11-12=37 Drag:3-4=-0,8-9=1 Concentrated Loads(lb) Vert: 18=594(B)19=594(B)16=594(B)14=444(F)12=1 29(B)15=2577(F)23=498(B)24=603(B)25=570(B)26=576(B)27=569(B) 29=594(B)31=594(B)32=594(B)35=556(B)36=586(B)37=590(B)38=374(F)39=484(B)40=365(F) 10)MWFRS 3rd Wind Parallel:Lumber Increase=1.33,Plate Increase=1.33 Uniform Loads(plf) Vert: 1-3=34,3-9=24,9-11=24, 12-22=-10 Horz: 1-3=-42,9-11=33, 1-22=-37,11-12=37 Drag:3-4=-0,8-9=1 Concentrated Loads(lb) Vert: 18=594(B)19=594(B)16=594(B)14=444(F)12=129(B)15=2577(F)23=498(B)24=603(B)25=570(B)26=576(B)27=569(B) 29=594(B)31=594(B)32=594(B)35=556(B)36=586(B)37=590(B)38=374(F)39=484(B)40=365(F) 11)MWFRS 4th Wind Parallel:Lumber Increase=1.33,Plate Increase=1.33 Uniform Loads(plf) Vert: 1-3=24,3-9=24,9-11=34, 12-22=-10 Horz: 1-3=-33,9-11=42, 1-22=-37, 11-12=37 Drag:34=-0,8-9=1 Concentrated Loads(lb) Vert: 18=594(B)19=594(B)16=594(B)14=444(F)12=1 29(B)15=2577(F)23=498(B)24=603(B) 25=570(B)26=576(B)27=569(B)29=594(B)31=594(B)32=594(B)35=556(B)36=586(B)37=590(B) 38=374(F)39=484(B)40=365(F) 12) 1st unbalanced Regular:Lumber Increase=1.15,Plate Increase=1.15 Uniform Loads(plf) Vert: 1-3=-84,3-9=-84,9-11=-14,20-22=-20,20-28=-60,28-30=-20, 17-30=-60, 17-33=-20,33-34=-60, 12-34=-20 Concentrated Loads(lb) Vert: 18=-1129(B)19=-1169(B)16=-1169(B)14=-597(F)15=-4452(F)23=-1081(B)24=-1144(B) 25=-1099(B)26=-1100(B)27=-1073(B)29=-1119(B)31=-1129(B)32=-1169(B)35=-1105(B) 36=-1139(B)37=-1071(B)38=-597(F)39=-1 148(B)40=-643(F) 13)2nd unbalanced Regular:Lumber Increase=1.15,Plate Increase=1.15 Uniform Loads(plf) Vert: 1-3=-14,3-9=-84,9-11=-84,20-22=-20,20-28=-60,28-30=-20,17-30=-60, 17-33=-20,33-34=-60, 12-34=-20 Concentrated Loads(lb) Vert: 18=-1129(B)19=-1169(B)16=-1169(B)14=-597(F)15=-4452(F)23=-1081(B)24=-1144(B) 25=-1099(B)26=-1100(B)27=-1073(B)29=-1119(B)31=-1129(B)32=-1169(B)35=-1105(B) 36=-1139(B)37=-1071(B)38=-597(F)39=-1 148(B)40=-643(F) WARNING-Verl fy design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED XJTEX REFERENCE PAGE MZI.7473 BEFORE USE. I Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the M I Te k erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding 1. - Sawy IMormallon available from Truss Plate Institute,5a3 D'Onofrlo Drive,Madison,WI 53719, Chest N.Outer =Suite Ili_ Chesterfield,MO 83017 , Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator � bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS �a� 4 stack materials on inadequately braced Trusses. O �'> ; ��� 3 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U Kb i = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-Ind' from outside 0- U all other interested parties. edge of truss. a g O c7-8 c6-7 cs6 O 5. Cut members to bear Tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably y protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 'Plate location details available In MRek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and sae,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,1 or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks.Consult with Industry Standards: project engineer before use. ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek' and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI 1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII.7473 ' Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399806 0706139J SM90 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference o tionap Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:37 2007 Page 1 1� 6-4-10 12-5-12 17-1-2 i 22-M i 14).0 6-4-10 6-1-2 4-7.6 4-1D-14 7x12 MT18H i Scale=1 56.9 4x6= 5x8 II 5 6 7 8.00 FIT 3x8 4 3 cY 1 2 3x4 i 3x4 i 6x8 II 12 11 10 13 9 14 8 2.5x4 11 5x8= 3x10= 6x8= 6-4-10 12-5-12 22.0-0 6-4-10 6-1-2 9-6-4 Plate Offsets Y: 2:0-3-13 Edge], 5:0-M,0-1-8 :0-3-8 Ed LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-" CSI DEFL in (loc) Well L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.80 Vert(LL) -0.27 8-10 >967 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.57 Vert(TL) -0.50 8-10 >529 180 MT18H 197/144 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.98 Horz(TL) 0.04 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003fTP12002 (Matrix) Weight:113lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-8-8 oc pudins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* end verticals. 2-9 2 X 4 SPF 210OF 1.8E BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 8-2-15 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* WEBS 1 Row at midpt 7-8,6-8 4-11 2 X 4 SPF Stud SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-9-3 REACTIONS (lb/size) 8=1410/Mechanical,2=1418/0-3-8 Max Horz 2=639(LC 7) Max Uplift8=-619(LC 7),2=-597(LC 8) Max Grav8=1519(LC 4),2=1787(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-2250/620,3-4=-1758/639,4-5=-1310/510,5-6=-894/554,6-7=-134/209,7-8=-316/215 BOT CHORD 2-12=-738/1622,11-12=-738/1622,10-1 1=-738/1622,10-13=-428/603,9-13=-428/603,9-14=-428/603,8-14=-428/603 WEBS 4-11=0/220,4-10=-937/530,5-10=-13/180,6-10=-344/911,6-8=-1164/625 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Pf=40.0 psf(Flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category 11,Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. I1111liltfiifrl 5)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. ` OF CONIyF � 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom Chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. �� CJ �, 7)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. CLANG' �C ': 8 The following joint(s)require plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection:5. 9)'This truss has been designed fora live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-"wide will fit - t between the bottom chord and any other members. 10)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. - 11)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 619 lb uplift at joint 8 and 597 lb uplift at joint o.2 569 Q 2. 12)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced %,9X" "CENSE�' standard ANSI/TPI 1. NIALt�NG0``,`` LOAD CASE(S) Standard July 5,200 a WARNING-Verify design parameters and READ NOTES ON TH78 AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE MD-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for on individual building component. Applicability of design poromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek. is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding - fabrication.quality control.storage.delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T►Il Quality CrItwic,DSB-B9 and BCSII Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite#300 SaWy tolcrmaAlon available from Truss Plate institute,%3 D'Onotrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System 0 General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Failure to Follow Could Cause Property 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 0-/16„ 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS �a9 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. co y o 0 O O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 Orientation,locate U pb = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-y,a'from outside a. U all other interested parties. edge of truss. 0 c7$ cc cs 6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MiTek 20/20 software Or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION species and size,and 12.Lumber used shall be of the s ICC-ES Reports: p in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 111111111111111111® 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: I W ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek* and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. SCSI l: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.- ANSIAPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:Mll-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Oily Ply The Santangelo Residence4 11239980 0706139J SM91 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:38 2007 Page 1 rt-0-9 6-1-12 12-" 13-64 17-7-6 22-0-0_ 1-" 6-1-12 5-104 1-154 4-1-2 44-10 6x8 Scale=1:53.3 5 5x8= 3x6= 3x6 11 6 7 8 8.00 F12 3x6 i 4 co r; 3 Q 2 �dl!1 z:A- 30'3x4 i 6x8 11 12 11 13 1014 9 2.50 11 4x12= 46= 5x8= 6-1-12 13-6-4 22-" 6-1-12 7d$ 8-5-12 Plate Offsets MY): 2:0-3-13 Ed e, 5:0-54 0-2-8 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.82 Vert(LL) -0.20 9-11 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.83 Vert(fL) -0.37 9-11 >711 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stresslncr YES WB 0.90 Horz(TL) 0.05 9 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003frP12002 (Matrix) Weight:117lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-9-2 oc puriins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2'Except' BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-4-2 oc bracing. 4-12 2 X 4 SPF Stud WEBS 1 Row at midpt 8-9,4-11,7-9 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-7-7 REACTIONS (lb/size) 9=1362/Mechanical,2=1370/0-3-8 Max Horz2=694(LC 7) Max Uplift9=-069(LC 7),2=-602(LC 8) Max Grav9=1507(LC 4),2=1711(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-2145/628,3-4=-1850/646,4-5=-1161/485,5-6=-1104/579,6-7=-951/526,7-8=-135/174,8-9=-281/122 BOT CHORD 2-12=-808/1539,11-12=-808/1539,11-13=-468/661,10-13=-468/661,10-14=-468/661,9-14=-468/661 WEBS 4-12=0/263,4-11=-905/509,5-11=-257/892,6-1 1=-937131 4,7-9=-1237/682,7-11=-289/760 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf,Category 11,Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone,cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed, Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(Flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category II;Exp C.Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times Flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. tt1t111llddtdrr 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. �.�`���`F CON/(! I,,,��i' 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. ( `.� �� FCC �i� 8)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit ,AfVG' •, ��1 between the bottom chord and any other members. 9)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss Connections. * •1 ( Y ) bearing P 9 P ) P I a+•s 10 Provide mechanical connection b others of truss to bearin late capable of withstanding 669 lb uplift at joint 9 and 602 lb uplift at 2. 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced o. 3569 �Q standard ANSI/TPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard %,���•<`�s�CENS�� ���\�` S�ONALENG``��. runn111%0"o July 5,200 WARNING Verify design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITEK REFERENCE PAGE AM 7473 BEFORE USE. gC Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design poramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek. is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding 1. - fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/TFI1 Qua9ty Cdleda,DSB-89 and IICSII Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite 8300 Softly Informallon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onohio Drive,Madison,w1 53719, Chesterfield.MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T.I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. CI-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WEBS coo 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. (L ,p �y 0 0 ix U �,�� 3 0 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U Kb designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'h6'from outside o- U all other interested parties. edge of truss. g O °- c7-s ce-7 C5-b O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint This symbol indicates the g 7 6 5 required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software Or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to 4 x 4 to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 tt,spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. =! 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. -•�-� 18.Use green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, nmental,1,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI l: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek" and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI l: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling' POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MTfek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type City Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239980 0706139J SM92 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:38 2007 Page 1 ri:91 6-1-12 12-M 15-6-4 22.0-0 i 1-" 6-1-12 5-10-4 3.64 6-5-12 5x8= Scale=1:53.5 5 8x1z II 6x8= 6 7 8.00 12 2.5x4\\ 4 n M 3 b Q1 2 add 3x4,�,3x4 i 6x8 II 12 13 11 14 15 10 9 16 8 4x6= 6x8= 3x4= 3x6 11 7-10-14 15-" I 22.0-0 7-10-14 7-7-6 6-5-12 Plate Offsets MY): 2:0-3-13,Ed e,[6:0-3-8,Edgel LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Lid PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.92 Vert(LL) -0.21 10-11 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.74 Vert(TL) -0.32 10-11 >808 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.70 Horz(fL) 0.04 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:108lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 2-2-0 oc purlins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-9-6 oc bracing. 4-11 2 X 4 SPF Stud,6-10 2 X 4 SPF Stud WEBS 1 Row at midpt 7-8,5-10,6-10 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-7-9 REACTIONS (lb/size) 8=1425/Mechanical,2=1450/0-3-8 Max Horz 2=655(LC 7) Max Uplift8=-533(LC 7),2=-608(LC 8) Max Grav8=1571(LC 4),2=1791(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-2217/648,3-4=-1800/667,4-5=-1893/796,5-6=-1548/679,6-7=-1090/504,7-8=-1441/534 BOT CHORD 2-12=-712/1647,12-13=-712/1647,11-13=-712/1647,11-14=-447/921,14-15=-47/921,10-15=-447/921,9-10=-142/125, 9-16=-142/125,8-16=-142/125 WEBS 4-11=-742/518,5-11=-455/1093,5-10=-352/903,6-10=-1583/542,7-10=-521/1439 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5 Opsf,Category 11;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone,Cantilever left and right exposed,end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Category 11,Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs t111111I l I1/JfI non-concurrent with other live loads. �F CONNF 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. ��` ., 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. ��`�Q� •J�GANO,�/.��1G�� 8)The following joint(s)require plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection.6. 9)'This truss has been designed fora live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit r:- s between the bottom chord and any other members. 4 VkAit+� U'w 10)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 11)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 533 Ib uplift at joint 8 and 608 lb uplift at joint 569 2. O. 12)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced ,� �CENSE• ��1�`�` standard ANSI/TPI 1. //,�7y�ssl�NA` LOAD CASE(S) Standard July 5,200 a WARMNG-Vert/'y design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE HD-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek' is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/Till Quality Criteria.DSB-89 and 11011 Building Component 14515 N Ouler Forty,Suite n300 SalNy IriatnmMoa availobte from Truss Plate Institute.583 D'Orlohio Drive,Madison,wl 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 0-/16„ 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,1,or Eliminator should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 bracing 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never Q ZSSao 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. n m Q O 6 �`•> ; 0 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate Kb j designer,erection supervisor,property owner and I �' U all other interested parties. plates 0-nd'from outside n. � U p edge of truss. il- 1 g `- C7-8 C6-7 c5-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT p NUMBERS/LETTERS. 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and sae,and ICC-ES Reports: p in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing. BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of on engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where beatings OCCUt. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal x 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. SCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 ` Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 112399809 0706139J SM93 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference optional Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:39 2007 Page 1 rt-O-Q 6-1-12 12-0-0 17-64 22-M i 1-" 6-1-12 5-10-4 5-" 45-12 6x8 i Scale=1:55.5 5 8.00 F12 7x12= 2.5x4\\ 5x8= 6 7 4 3 e Q1 2 will 3x4�i 3x4 6x8 II 12 13 11 14 10 9 8 3x10= 3x4= 3x4 II Sx8= 6-10-14 17.6-4 22-" 8-10-14 8-7-6 4-5-12 Plate Offsets MY):: 2:0-3-13,Ed e, 5:0-5-4 0-2-8 10:0-3-8 0-2-8 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.67 Vert(LL) -0.12 2-11 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.66 Vert(TL) -0.29 10-11 >909 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.67 Horz(TL) 0.04 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003fTP12002 (Matrix) Weight:103lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2'Except' TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-10-10 oc purlins, except 1-5 2 X 4 SPF 210OF 1.8E end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 7-1-15 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud'Except' WEBS 1 Row at midpt 7-8,6-11 5-11 2 X 4 SPF No.2,6-11 2 X 4 SPF No.2 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-7-10 REACTIONS (lb/size) 8=1 301(Mechanical,2=1389/0-3.8 Max Horz2=616(LC 7) Max Uplift8=-477(LC 8),2=-613(LC 8) Max Grav 8=1 447(LC 4).2=1730(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-2084/659,3-4=-1670/677,4-5=-1637/716,5-6=-1124/585,6-7=-1067/459,7-8=-1417/493 BOT CHORD 2-12=-631/1550,12-13=-631/1550,11-13=-631/1550,11-14=-299/1096,10-14=-299/1096,9-10=-110/105,8-9=-110/105 WEBS 4-11=-761/501,5-11=-407/882,6-11=-532/284,6-10=-979/474,7-10=-543/1559 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph,h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psi(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Category 11;Exp C.Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20-0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs \71y11t1111t11111711 non-concurrent other live loads. 6)Provide adequa eltdrainage to prevent water ponding. �(��CONIyF�,l 7)This truss has been designed fora 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. P� �(,ANG'• �Ct 8)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit J ZZL. between the bottom chord and any other members. 4 R+»s 9)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 10)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 477 lb uplift at joint 8 and 613 lb uplift at joint - 2. o.2 569 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced 9 (v standard ANSI/TPI 1. 0,,, •,<7C�Ng�O,' LOAD CASE(S) Standard llllllllt111111\11` July 5,200 a WARNING-Ver(fy deat®n parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITEK REFERENCE PAGE MI-7473 BEFORE USE. E= Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding 'a.'— , fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T9I1 Quallty Cdtwla.DSB-89 and Ill Building Component 14515 N.Outer F Safety Y/ornaMon available from Truss Plate Institute.583 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,WI S3719. Forty.Suite p300 Chesteribld.MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ff-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator C 1-2 C2-3 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WEBS L z, 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. Cieao O ��� p 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate Uvb a designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-1/14'from outside a. Uall other interested parties. edge of truss. O !y c7 a co- cs 6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. ® 18.Use green heated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, nmental1,,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTeV and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.- ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MiTek Engineering Reference Sheet:Mll-7473 Job Truss Truss Type City Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239981 0706139J SM94 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:40 2007 Page 1 F1-0-(�_ 6-1-12 12-0-0 19-6-4 22L-Q:2 i 1-041 6-1-12 5-10-4 7.6-4 2-5-12 8x12 Z�' Scale=1:54.3 5 8.00 12 2.5x4 Q 4 7x12= Sx8= 6 7 3 M M Q1 2 �d! 3x4 i 7x12= 12 13 11 10 9 8 3x4 3x10= 3x4= 5x8= 2.5x4 11 12-" 19-" 22-" 12-" 7-6.4 2-5-12 Plate Offsets X Y: 2:0-0-3,0-2-13, 5:0-9-4,0-2-8 6:0.8 8 Ed e, 9:03-8,0-2-8 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) Udefl L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.93 Vert(LL) -0.36 2-11 >731 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.95 Vert(TL) -0.91 2-11 >288 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0,80 Horz(TL) 0.04 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:98lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF 210OF 1.8E TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 2-2-0 oc purlins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF Stud'Except' BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 2-2-0 oc bracing. 4-11 2 X 4 SPF No.2,5-11 2 X 4 SPF No.2,6-11 2 X 4 SPF No.2 WEBS 1 Row at midpt 6-11 SLIDER Left 2 X 4 SPF Stud 3-7-9 REACTIONS (lb/size) 8=1260/Mechanical,2=1387/0-3-8 Max Horz2=577(LC 7) Max Uplift8=-473(LC 8),2=-616(LC 8) Max Grav8=1406(LC 4).2=1728(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=0/53,2-3=-2026/681,3-4=-1819/698,4-5=-1274/552,5-0=-1279/577,6-7=-974/404,7.8=-1372/479 BOT CHORD 2-12=-624/1522,12-13=-024/1522,11-13=-624/1522,10-11=-303/1035,9-10=-303/1035,8-9=-76/90 WEBS 4-11=-848/502,5-11=-233/626,6-11=-289/348,6-9=-1453/574,7-9=-62811 7 9 3 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02,120mph;h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf,Category II;Exp C.enclosed,MWFRS gable end zone,cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow Lumber DOL=1 15 Plate DOL=1.15),Category 11.Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 20.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. `1111tllllllfrrll 6)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. ` OF CONNF G' 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. • �.� 8)The following joint(s)require plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection:5 ��� Q� , GAN • �� ': and 6. 9)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-"tall by 1-"wide will fit _ between the bottom chord and any other members. 4-ham' 10)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss Connections. _ 11)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 473 lb uplift at joint 8 and 616 lb uplift at joint o. 569 2. \? 12)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSIITPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard July 5,2007� a WARMING-Vert jy design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE AM-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design poramenlers and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek• is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during constructions the responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding -- fabrication,quality control,storage.delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T►Il Quality Criteria,DSB-89 and 6CSI1 BuNding Component 14515 N.Outer Ferry Suite 030D Sa"Information available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,w1 53719. Ali Chesterfield,M083017 Symbols Numbering System A General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 0-/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator AL bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never 0 WEBS c3o 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O 3 �,�� 3 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate b 1 = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-1/4'from outside a �'V u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. a g ~ ci-e cs cs-e O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This Symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT The first dimension Is the plate 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to 4 x 4 to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION species and size,and 12.Lumber used shall be of the ICC-ES Reports: in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352, ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67, ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 1 S.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. ® 18.use green treated lumber may pose unacceptable enviroro nmental,1.health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI l: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. i���� and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.- ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MiTek Engineering Reference Sheep MII-7473 ` c Job Truss Truss Type City Ply The Santangelo Resideri 112399811 0706139J SM95 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference optional Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:40 2007 Page 1 5-1-12 10-" 13-10-0 17-11.8 5-1-12 4-10-4 3-10-0 4-1-8 5x8= Scale=1:52.8 3 8.00 12 3x4 3x6 4 2 3x6 11 5 5x8 11 t M 8 9 10 7 11 12 6 5x8= 3x10= 4x6= 10-" 17-11-8 10-" 7-11-8 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Lid PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.62 Vert(LL) -0.16 7-8 >755 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.53 Vert(TL) -0.39 7.8 >304 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.53 Horz(TL) 0.01 6 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:90lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 9-5-11 oc bracing. 5-0 2 X 4 SPF Stud WEBS 1 Row at midpt 3-7 REACTIONS (lb/size) 8=582/Mechanical,7=1152/Mechanical,6=463/0-5-8 Max Horz8=551(LC 7) Max Uplift8=-196(LC 8),7=-479(LC 8),6=-167(LC 9) Max Grav8=837(LC 3),7=1152(LC 1),6=689(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-513/229,2-3=-240/208,34=-216/191,4-5=-241/205,1-8=-519/268,5-6=-315/226 BOT CHORD 8-9=-375/443,9-10=375/443,7-10=-375/443,7-1 1=-80/260,11-12=-80/260,6-12=-80/260 WEBS 2-7=-609/449,3-7=-3901134,4-7=-406/346,2-8=-247/237,4-6=-321/67 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph,h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf,Category 11,Exp C;enclosed,MWFRS gable end zone,cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35 0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category Il;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 6)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20,Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-M wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 7)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 8) vide lb is joint CON t section(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 196 lb uplift at joint 8,479 lb uplift at joint 7 `\\v v�1o�11�1F y1 and 9)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSIfTPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard N .2569 Q � .<iCENS�O: �SS�ONAI.ENG�.�`��. 11411 r1 n n 1j"o July 5,200 N WARNING Ver(r'y design pammet—and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED WTER REFERENCE PAGE MU 7473 BEFORE USE. � J Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k• is for lateral support of individual web members only.Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer,For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/TIII Quality Criteria,DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite OW Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onolrlo Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System A General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4 Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss l. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 0 1/t Q, 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T.I,or Eliminator C 1-2 C2-3 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WEBS Ca, 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. o: O � O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate b designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-1/,6'from Outside a �'' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. a- g O C7-8 C6-7 C5-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 'Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software Or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and sae,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 tt,spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior <\71:6 (supports)occur. Icons vary but C 2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number whale bearings OCCUr. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, nmental,1,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:Mll-7473 a a Job Truss Truss Type City Ply The Santangelo Residence4 11239981 0706139J SM96 ROOF TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference optional Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MfTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:41 2007 Page 1 0,5.12 5-2-14 F 10-0-0 15-10-4 22-0-0 i 0-5-12 4-9-2 4-9-2 5-10-4 6-1-12 5x8= Scale=1:52.8 4 8.00 12 3x6 3 3x6 5 8x12= 12 B ^ M 141 19 N 30= 702�� 11 12 13 10 9 8 7 5x8= 3x10= 30= 3x4\\ 10-" 17-8-12 1711i" 22-M 10-0-0 7-8-12 G-2-12 4-" Plate Offsets X Y: 1:Ed ,0-3-8, 6:Ed a 0-1-15 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 350 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.85 Vert(LL) -0.17 10-11 >999 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.66 Vert(TL) -0.42 10-11 >506 180 BCLL 00 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.95 Horz(TL) 0.02 8 1 n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:99lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF 210OF 1.8E'Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-8-7 oc purlins, except 24 2 X 4 SPF No.2 end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-0-0 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X4 SPF No.2*Except* 5-8 2 X 4 SPF Stud SLIDER Right 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2-8-14 REACTIONS (lb/size) 11=1013/Mechanical,8=1568/0-5-8 Max Horz 11=-525(LC 6) Max Upliftl 1=-396(LC 8).8=-834(LC 9) Max Grav 11=1 294(LC 3),8=1923(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-11=-555/286,1-2=-296/91,2-3=-526/243,34=-871/420,4-5=-799/442,5-6=-337/893 BOT CHORD 11-1 2=-355/876,12-13=-355/876,10-13=-355/876,9-10=-40/268,8-9=-40/268,7-8=499/419,6-7=4991419 WEBS 3-11=-827/245,3-10=488/382,4-1 0=-1 93/349.5-1 0=-1 82/402,5-8=-1859/794 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02,120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf,Category II;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone,cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02:Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp,;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. `1111111IIltrlti//y 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. `\ OF CiON/1/�'I�yi,� 7)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit `� '� between the bottom chord and any other members. � G G•'••, C� 8)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. P:+JEAN G 9)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 396 lb uplift at joint 11 and 834 lb uplift at joint ; G` 8. _ 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced ` standard ANSIfTPI 1. .2 569 LOAD CASE(S) Standard NtA`�N July 5,200 AJ WARNING Ver1/y design parameter and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITES REFERENCE PAGE MI1 7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design poromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown Welk elkis for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillify of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T►Il QaaBly Criterb.DSB-89 and 5CSI1 Building Component 14515 N.Outw Forty Sable"W SafMy MlatmoMon ovaloble from Truss Plote Institute,583 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO113017_____ Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 1 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ff-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 0-/16„ 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T.1,or Eliminator � bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never WEBS DC, 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O u �'� ; ��� 0 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'/Id'from outside 0- c�, U all other interested parties. edge of truss. g ~ c7-e ce-7 CS-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. r— BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the $ 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. B. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and sae,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but C 2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental.health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal ® 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM." ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239981 0706139J SM9GR ROOF TRUSS 1 J e� Job Reference(optional)_ _ Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:42 2007 Page 1 L 4-1-8 7-11-8 12-1-0 r 4-1-8 3-10-0 4-1-8 3x6 I I Scale=1:51.0 4 7x/2 i 8.00 12 3 5x8 i 2 1 8 9 7 10 11 8 12 13 5 6x8 G 4x12 11 1204= 5x8= 4-1-0 7-11-8 i 12-1-0 4-1-8 3-10-0 4-1-8 Plate Offsets MY): 6:038 0-6 0 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.20 Vert(LL) -0.06 6-7 >999 240 MT20 1971144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1,15 BC 0.33 Vert(TL) -0.08 6-7 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr NO WB 0.47 Horz(TL) 0.02 5 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight:291 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-M oc purlins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 8 SYP SS end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2*Except* BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-M oc bracing. 4-5 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E,2-6 2 X 4 SPF Stud,3-6 2 X 4 SPF 21 OOF 1.8E WEBS 1 Row at midpt 4-5 REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=7415/0-5-8,5=6596/Mechanical Max Horz 1=578(LC 7) Max Upliftl=-2386(LC 8),5=-2544(LC 8) Max Grav 1=7725(LC 3),5=6906(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-8854/2838,2-3=-4650/1581,3-4=-258/214,4-5=-259/133 BOT CHORD 1-8=-2497/7087,8-9=-2497/7087,7-9=-2497/7087,7-10=-2497/7087,10-11=-2497/7087,6-11=-2497/7087, 6-12=-1428/3782,12-13=-1428/3782,5-13=-1428/3782 WEBS 2-7=-1431/4473,2-0=-4113/1477,3-0=-2566/6985,3-5=-6288/2418 NOTES 1)3-ply truss to be connected together with 10d(0.131"x3")nails as follows: Top chords connected as follows:2 X 6-2 rows at 0-9-0 oc. Bottom chords connected as follows:2 X 8-3 rows at 0.4-0 oc. Webs Connected as follows:2 X 4-1 row at 0-9-0 oc. 2)All loads are considered equally applied to all plies,except if noted as front(F)or back(B)face in the LOAD CASE(S)section.Ply to ply connections have been provided to distribute only loads noted as(F)or(B),unless otherwise indicated. 3)Wind:ASCE 7-02,120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5 Opsf;Category 11;Exp C;enclosed;MW FRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed, Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 11111IIItIftflr 4)OL=1A 5C 7 2;P 113 . C;(roof liveloft:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate \```\�� 1 CONS r����'/, Category P Y P; F 5)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. Q�+-�GANd /C, 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 7)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-"wide will fit * r. •%R+ s between the bottom chord and any other members. 8)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. _ 9)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 2386 lb uplift at joint 1 and 2544 lb uplift at N .23 69 2 joint 5. 9 ! O lv 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced '.���,( '!C�NS�•'���` standard 1. 11)Hanger(s) lor other device(s)shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s)2189 lb down and 589 lb up at �� NA; 0-11-4,2231 lb down and 681 lb up at 2-11-4,2097 lb down and 728 lb up at 4-114,2039 lb down and 791 lb up at 6-6-12,and 2041 lb down�and 748 lb up at 8-6-12,and 2088 lb down and 747 lb up at 10-6-12 on bottom chord. The design/selection of such Connection July 5,2007 COnttfttl esponsibility of others. A& WARNING 9er{ry design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE MI1 7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MITek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of budding designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M iTe k• is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage.delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T►11 Quality Criteria,DSb•89 and SCSI building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,9Wb SM Solety Irdo nlallon avoidable from Truss Plate Institute.583 D'Onotrio Drive,Madison.WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 533017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/,' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 0-/16 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator C 1-2 C2-3 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never O WEBS �aq � ap �y 0 O 00 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U Kb = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-14'from outside �' v U all other interested parties. edge of truss. c�e co- cse O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. ►- BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software Or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is comber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION species and size,and 12.Lumber used shall be of the s ICC-ES Reports: p in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 fit.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. w 18.Use green heated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, nmental,1,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19,Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTekr and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MlTek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 ` Job Truss Truss Type jQty Ply Tf1e Santangelo Residence-4 w 11239981 0706139J SM9GR ROOF TRUSS 1 3 Job Reference o t'lorta Truss Tec11.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:42 2007 Page LOAD CASE(S)Standard 1)Snow.Lumber Increase=1.15,Plate Increase=1.15 Uniform Loads(plf) Vert:1.4=-94,1-5=-20 Concentrated Loads(lb) Vert 8=-2189(B)9=-2231(B)10=-2097(B)11=-2039(B)12=-2041(B)13=-2088(B) A WARNTNO-Vert f y deelyn parnnwM and READ NOTES ON 7WS AND MUVDED W7ES REFERENCE PAON MU 7473 BEFORE USL Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M i Te k• Is for lateral support of individual web members only.Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector.Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding •anew rw►ewrawr.- fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T/Il Quality Criteda,DSII.89 and SCS11 bullidny Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite#300 Safely Information available from Truss Plate institute,5153 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated.. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage Or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T.I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C2-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o ZWEBSDczav 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. W O O u �•� 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-1Q"from outside a U U all other interested parties. edge of truss. a- ~ c7-8 C6a Cse O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 'Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION species and size,and 12.Lumber used shall be of the s ICC-ES Reports: p in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. ® 18.Use green treated lumber may pose unacceptable EN environmental, nmental,1,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTeko and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.- ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet.MII-7473 ` 4 ..•. 11 • •• 1 11 ...... ..... .0..... .'•..•.• '.�i'000.O�i. OODOO.00 '••ii�ii�i�i�i�i`. :i�i•Oii•�i0ii� ►1.❖.1.•••.1.❖••.1.❖.1.•.�.�.❖.1.0•. .�.1.•.��C'.Lri',.........................1.• r.•.........•.........•...�. �.........................• ►........•...•..•................ •...•.....•.....•..•.........•.� 'i i�iii i�i�i ii iiii i�ii i�ii i i ii i•Oii�ii i��'�4��•i`. ti�iii iiiii ii•Di iii ii•�•iiii�i�i•�•ii iii�i i��0 iU! �1�% % ��%i i�i�%i�O� *i�� .��.i; 1 1 1 • 1 .- 1 1 • 1 1 ..- 11 11 • • I 11 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4 Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage Or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ff-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSII. T „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T.I,or Eliminator C 1-2 C23 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS �a, 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 0 O U O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate b = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and U t`" all other interested parties. plates 0-ad'from outside n- U U edge of truss. a g ~ C-8 c6-7 c5-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This Symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software Or Upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. O CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT The first dimension is the plate 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to 4 x 4 to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,sae,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and ICC-ES Reports: � in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green heated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI I: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek" and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 ®- r❖.❖•❖.••❖.4S'a�v i.❖.`� .'.❖.❖.❖.❖.❖.❖.❖.•••1 PIC r❖.•1❖.❖•❖.❖.❖.❖.❖.❖.❖.•.`. •'.•1❖.❖.❖.••❖.❖.❖.❖.❖..❖.•� ....0i..................... .0.................MeWl.,470 ......1 �iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiw•iiiiiiiiiii`� .':•iiiiiiiiiiiiiiii•�•iiiiiiiiiii .............♦ a+•............. .............•............•..♦ �iiii••ii••ii•Dii••i••i=�=�•i0•iiii•�•iiiii`. .'ii••iiiii••ii••ii••iii•�•iiiii•�•ii•Diiii i•••iiiiiiiii iiii iiiii iii, .❖i�ii�•Oiiiiiiii0•iiiii%%%%%%%%i•%%%%%%i 'i iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiii,,,,..•::%%%i0�%%%%%%%%i%%i��%%% % . ......•...•.....•.........•............ ♦......................................� !!'•lt?����i�i��� �������������?�lf S�1f�•i�a•i���� ����� ..............•�.r.....r�ilSt��l�l� , r r � 1 •• 11. 11 '•• 111 • 111 • 1 1 11 11 - • • • 1 • • I Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4* Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 (72-3 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never ;XZ �z� 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O u h;� ; 0 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate U Mb o = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-11,6"from outside a u U all other interested parties. edge Of truss. 0 c7-8 C6-7 Cs-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint This Symbol indicates the B 7 6 5 required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 Software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and sae.and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTekO All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTeko and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.- ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 I Job Truss Truss Type City Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239981 0706139J SMV3 ROOF TRUSS 2 1 Job Reference optional Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.600 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:43 2007 Page 1 7-10-3 7-1p-9 7-10-3 0-0-6 2.5x4 11 Scale=1:16.4 1 2 3 LJ 4x6= 3-11-1 7-10-3 3-11-1 3-11-1 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.31 Vert(LL) n/a n/a 999 MT20 1971144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.13 Vert(TL) n/a n/a 999 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.10 Horz(TL) -0.00 4 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003frP12002 (Matrix) Weight:21 Ib LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-M OC purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-M oc bracing. OTHERS 2 X 4 SPF Stud REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=156/7-10-3,4=472r7-10-3,3=156r7-10-3 Max Upliftl=-68(LC 4),4=-247(LC 4),3=-68(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-5/7,2-3=-7/5 BOT CHORD 1-4=-32/29,3-4=-29/32 WEBS 2-4=-404/282 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category II;Exp C;enclosed,MW FRS gable end zone,cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed, Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15),Pf=40.0 psf(Flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 4)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5)Gable requires Continuous bottom chord bearing. 6)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 7)Bearing at joint(s)3 considers parallel to grain value using ANSI/rPl 1 angle to grain formula. Building designer should verify capacity of bearing surface. 8)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 68 Ito uplift at joint 1,247 lb uplift at joint 4 and 68 lb uplift at joint 3. 10)This ltrruss is designed in te or shim required accordance provide full th bearing003 International onal Residence with truss tial)Coderd at nsections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced �,.` FICON/�I�'''7�i, C standard ANSI/TPI 1. G A N G LOAD CASE(S) Standard - + r, 'C - 569 %,csS�ONAli- '"nnn1111W 1O July 5,2007 A WARNING-yertrg design parameters and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITER REFERENCE PAGE MD 7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown.and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design poramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek' is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication.quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing.consult ANSI/T►11 CNaNly Criteria,DSB-69 and I1CSI1 Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,State SM Safety Intorma6on available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onofrio Drive,Madison,wl 53719, Chesterfield,MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 10 4 13/4 Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator C 1-2 C2-3 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS cz� 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. � m o O u � ��� 3 �O 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate b = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'ab'from outside U s�K u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. a0 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. C7-8 C6-7 CS-6 H BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably y protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 'Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT The first dimension is the plate 10.Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal ® 19.Review all portions of this design'front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI l: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI I Quality Criteria Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet:Mll-7473 4 Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239981 0706139J SMV4 GABLE 2 1 _ Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:44 2007 Page 1 9-11-8 9-11-14 9-11-8 0-" 2.5x4 11 Scale=1:20.1 1 2 3 Ll 4x6= 4-11-12 9-11-8 4-11-12 4-11-12 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) Udefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.34 Vert(LL) n/a n/a 999 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.18 Vert(TL) Na n/a 999 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stresslncr YES WB 0.13 Horz(TL) -0.00 3 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003ffP12002 (Matrix) Weight:27lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-M oc purtins. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-M oc bracing. OTHERS 2 X 4 SPF Stud REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=198/9-11-8,4=628/9-11-8,3=198/9-11-8 Max Upliftl=-97(LC 4),4=-307(LC 4),3=-97(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-9/4,2-3=-9/4 BOT CHORD 14=-53/47,311=-53/47 WEBS 2-4=491/328 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11;Exp C.enclosed,MWFRS gable end zone,Cantilever left and right exposed,end vertical left and right exposed, Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-02,Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15).Category 11;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 4)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5)Gable requires Continuous bottom chord bearing. 6)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 7)Bearing at joint(s)1 considers parallel to grain value using ANSI/TPI 1 angle to grain formula. Building designer should verify capacity of bearing surface. 8)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate Capable of withstanding 97 Ib uplift at joint 1,307 lb uplift at joint 4 and 97 lb uplift at joint 3. 9 Beveled plate or shim required to provide full bearingsurface with truss chord at'oint s 1,4,3. y11111111111/1, 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced .� F CON/e standard ANSI/TPI 1. \�.�P`� J��AN� L LOAD CASE(S) Standard :+ G . J ,��GCS, ... •G \`� S/ E �I1111111111111 July 5,2007 a WARNING Verify dsrlgn pvim—t.-and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED NITER REFERENCE PAGE MIT 7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown.and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown M iTe k. is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity,of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility,of the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/i911 Quality Criteria,DSB-89 and BCSI1 6uNding Component 14515 N.Outer Forty,Suite#300 Solely Irfa nallon available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onotrfo Drive,Kicidison.wl 53719. Chesterfield,MO 630117 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 1 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides Of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. t „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T.I,or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C 1-2 C23 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS �a, 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O � ��� ; 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 Orientation,locate U Kb designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-'1,d'from outside a +' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. a g O c�-e cs csb O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 'Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or Upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P 10.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 NUMBERS/LETTERS. width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prig (supports) occur. Icons vary but C 2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. -•�-® 18.Use green heated lumber may pose unacceptable enviroro nmental,1.health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek' and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. � DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.- ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MiTek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 • a Job TfUSS Truss Type Oty Ply The Santangelo Residence-4 11239981 0706139J SMV5 GABLE 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Truss Tech.Inc,Monroe,CT 06468 6.500 s Apr 2 2007 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu Jul 05 12:25:44 2007 Page 1 12-0-13 12T1-3 12-0-13 0." 2.5x4 11 2.5x4 11 2.5x4 11 Scale=1:23.7 1 2 3 4 5 Li 5x8= 6-06 12.0-13 6-0-6 6-0-6 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) Vdefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.22 Vert(LL) n/a n/a 999 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.10 Vert(TL) Na - n/a 999 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.13 HOrz(TL) -0.00 5 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003ITP12002 j (Matrix) Weight:35lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-0-0 oc bracing. OTHERS 2 X 4 SPF Stud REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=16/12-0-13,7=483/12-0-13,5=16/12-0-13,8=375/12-0-13,6=375/12-0-13 Max Upliftl=-7(LC 4),7=-237(LC 4),5=-7(LC 4),8=-183(LC 4),6=-183(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-3/0,2-3=-3/0,3-4=-3/0,4-5=-3/0 BOT CHORD 1-8=-29/5,7-0=-43/46,6-7=-43/46,5-6=-29/5 WEBS 3-7=-398/278,2-8=-314/221,4-6=-314/221 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft,TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11;Exp C;enclosed:MWFRS gable end zone;cantilever left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed, Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-35.0 psf(roof live load:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 4)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-"tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 6)Bearing at joints)1 considers parallel to grain value using ANSI/TPI 1 angle to grain formula. Building designer should verify capacity of bearing surface. 7)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate Capable of withstanding 7 lb uplift at joint 1,237 lb uplift at joint 7,7 lb uplift at joint 5,183 lb uplift at joint 8 and 183 lb uplift at joint 6. 8)Non Standard bearing Condition. Review required. te or shim required to ce with truss rd at 110)This 1eruss is designed in accordance provide the 20039 International Residential)Code sections R5021 1.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. LOADCASE(S) Standard Q�+J.GAfVG�6, ;, o. 569 Q NAI.�NG•``��� July 5,2007� WARNING Verjfy design parameter and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED MITEK REFERENCE PAGE AM 7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors.This design is based only upon parameters shown,and is for an individual building component. HE Applicability of design poromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer.Bracing shown MiTek* is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility or the building designer.For general guidance regarding fabricationr quality control,storage,delivery,erection and bracing,consult ANSI/T►Il Quality Criteria,DSS-89 and SCS11 Busding Component 14515 N.Outer Forty Su Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute,583 D'Onolrto Drive,Madison,WI 53719. Chesterfield,MOOW1ns d9300 7 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 1 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss l. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing,is always required. See BCSI1. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,I,or Eliminator C t-2 CZ-3 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never 10 WEBS �a, 4 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O u �`'� �,�� ; 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation,locate (=J = designer,erection supervisor,property owner and plates 0-11td'from outside 0- �' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. a g ~ cr-e C6-7 c51_6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully.Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. •Plate location details available In MRek 20/20 software or Upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted,moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design is not applicable for PLATE SIZE use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT P W.Camber is anon-structural consideration and is The 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular NUMBERS/LETTERS. responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11.Plate type,sae,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION species and size,and 12.Lumber used shall be of the s ICC-ES Reports: p in all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730,95-43,96-31,9667A 13.Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but ©2006 MiTek®All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17.Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18.Use green treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, nmental,1,health or performance risks.Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal ® 19.Review all portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. MiTek and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSIAPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII-7473 • SEP U 4 in/ D MiTe k' South Windsor POWER ro PERFORM. BUILDING DEPARTMENT MITek Industries, Inc. 14515 North Outer Forty Drive Suite 300 Chesterfield,MO 6W17-5746 Re: 0706139J The Santangelo Residence-4 The truss drawing(s)referenced below have been prepared by MiTek Industries,Inc. under my direct supervision based on the parameters provided by Truss Tech Inc.-Stevenson. Pages or sheets covered by this seal: 112617062 thru 112617063 My license renewal date for the state of Connecticut is JANUARY 31,2008. ICOm f''''�,,,� No 17524 /f/jhIJ11i111 '15\ August 15,2007 Fox,Steve The seal on these drawings indicate acceptance of professional engineering responsibility solely for the truss components shown. The suitability and use of this component for any particular building is the responsibility of the building designer,per ANSI/TPI-1995 Sec.2. t • J�1 7-M Trues Type 0ty Plyo7os13eJ It"Truss s 1LThe1ttt11te710e1D RMiewoa CLJ 11281'. Trim Teals.tric.Monroe,CT COW e.ttoo s e 2007 ek Ytlud W,Nc.Wed Aug 1510:0335 21107 Pap*1 5.0-13 9-" 1544 19� CONDITION:STUB LEFT END BY 5-1/2' 5413 4511 8-0-0 344 exB 3CeN.147.5 8.00 12 8 300 i 5x8 II 7 2.5x4 II 5 4 25s4 3." 3 2/ ADD 2 X 6 SPF 165OF 1.5E _ 9 10 11 e CUT TO FIT TIGHT AS TOP CHORD SLIDER 7x12 = 8x8= ATTACH 1/2"PLYWOOD OR OSB GUSSET(15/32-APA RATED SHEATHING 32/16 EXP 1) TO EACH FACE OF TRUSS WITH 10d(3-X.131-)NAILS DRIVEN THROUGH BOTH SHEETS OF PLYWOOD AND CLINCHED PER THE FOLLOWING NAIL SCHEDULE: 2 x Ts-1 ROW,2 x 4's-2 ROWS,2 x ITS AND LARGER-3 ROWS:SPACED Q 0-4-0 O.C. NAILS TO BE DRIVEN FROM BOTH FACES. STAGGER SPACING FROM FRONT TO BACK FACE FOR A NET 0-2-0 O.C.SPACING IN THE MAIN MEMBER. USE A MIN.0-3-0 MEMBER END DISTANCE. 948 I 19-1-0 96 8 98-8 Plate 1. 7-7 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) 1/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 1,00 Vert(LL) -0.37 8-9 >615 240 MT20 197/144 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.60 Vert(TL) -0.58 8-9 >393 180 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Ina YES WB 0.74 Horz(TL) 0.03 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2003/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight 104lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF Not TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied, except end verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF 2100E 1.8E BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 8-9-15 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2'ExcW WEBS 1 Row at midpt 6-9,6 8 7-8 2 X 4 SPF Stud 2 Rows at 113 pis 7-8 SLIDER Left 2 X 6 SPF 1850E 1.5E 2-10-9 REACTIONS (lb/size) 1-1132/0-3-8,8-1261MIechanical Max Horz 1-870(LC T) Max UpIM 1-419(LC 8),8=-558(LC 8) Max Grav 1=/596(LC 3),8=1353(LC 3) FORCES (ib)-Maximum Compression/ ximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=2095/521,2-3=1921/536,3-4-1582/462,4-5=-16861182,5-6-1429/799,6-7-2811372,7-8=2871336 BOT CHORD 1-9=759/1504,9-10=-339/390,10-11=339/390,8-11=-339/390 WEBS 39-416a%,4-9-864/559,6-9-820/1671,6-8=1230/666 NOTES 1)Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 111iffffffy 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft.TCDL-4.2psf,BCDL=5.Opsf;Category 11,Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS gable end zone:cantilever �wp yUq left and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL-1.33. ��`�`v``�F C`7NISJ�C'��i��i 3)TCLL ASCE 7-02:Pr=35.0 psf(roof live bad Lumber DOL=1 15 Plate DOL=1.15y Pf-40.0 pal(flat roof snow Lumber DOL-1 15 �` l�r•'y EN F Plate DOL=1.15);Category II;Exp C;Fully Exp.;Ct=1.1 y 4)Unbalanced snow bads have been considered for this design. " ' 5)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrenl with any other live loads. Lee I 6)•This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 1-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 7)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections Z ^ rsl0.17524 C 8)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing piale capable of withstanding 419 lb uplift at joint 1 and 558 Ib uplift atrC tiG 16� joint 8. 9)This standard hisrus is designed 1 in accordance with the 2003 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced LOAD CASE(S) Standard August 15,2007 0 wAnxnm rwi*re..ye p....r.e..e a=e sr.10 xores aw»as 4xD arso�a 1199fR mate Im 14ss afeioRs gtrs Design void for use oMy with MRek connecton.This design Is based only upon parameters shown and b for an Individual building component. Appkcob&N of design paromentan and proper ix rporation of component a responsibility of building dedgrw-not inns designer Bracing shown s tw aterd suppmi of irs3vxAral web members arty.Additional temporary txoc V to Ywee lfabety during wrs truceon Is the responsibility of" We erector.Addtiorai permanent tracing of the overall structure,is the resporsbiry of Use bAang deNprw.For general guldonce regarding .. fotm aeon,guafrly control, rt/pl,storage.delvery,erection and acing.consult ANSM Qey t O*ft 0=49 and K91 es/3sg Carp 14515 onent N.Corer Forty.Suile e300 So"lrtlorrsaeoe avoeoble Rom Tnns Plate inslenAe.583 D'Onotrlo DrNe.Madren iM$3119, ChestereeW.MO 63017 'i ruse True Type Oty Ply The srsopslo Rsslesrrow4 0706139J ROOF TRUSS t tlJob 2.0 UNITS-CLJ 112517052 Tres Tach.Inc,140xea,CT 05466 6.600 w aaar 6 2007 NRak YMuddes,nc.Wad Asp 16 09:6a:36 2007 Petal 4), 10-" 154-4 I5AJ2 19-1-0 I 444 5-5.12 54-0 0-" 3-44 CONDITION:STUB LEFT END BY 5-11Y 54= Salsa 1:672 8.00 i2 6 3)0 � i 5sc8 II � 56 i 7 5 4 3-0.0 1t8 3 2/ d ADD 2 X 6 SPF 1850E 1.5E- 11 10 12 9 13 e CUT TO FIT TIGHT 2.5x4 11 34= 5x8= 4x6 I I AS TOP CHORD SLIDER ATTACH 1R-PLYWOOD OR OSS GUSSET(1&3Y APA RATED SHEATHING 32J16 EXP 1) TO EACH FACE OF TRUSS WITH 10d(3-X.131-)NAILS DRIVEN THROUGH BOTH SHEETS OF PLYWOOD AND CLINCHED PER THE FOLLOWING NAIL SCHEDULE: 2 x 3's-1 ROW,2 x 4's-2 ROWS,2 x VS AND LARGER-3 ROWS:SPACED®0-4-t1 O.C. NAILS TO BE DRIVEN FROM BOTH FACES. STAGGER SPACING FROM FRONT TO BACK FACE FOR A NET 0.2-0 O.C.SPACING IN THE MAIN MEMBER. USE A MIN.0-3-0 MEMBER END DISTANCE. 4-" 104)-4 15-" 19.1.0 46.8 54-12 564 3b6 Plate X :044 0-1 E 034 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0.0 CSI DEFL in (be) Udall L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 35.0 Plates Increase 1,15 TC 0.74 Vert(LL) -0.06 9.10 >999 240 MT20 1971144 TCDL 7.0 Lumberkhasase 1.15 SC 0.66 Vert(TL) -0.13 10-11 >999 1W MII20 1971144 BCLL 0.0 Rep Straws Incr YES WB 0.71 Horz(TL) 0.04 8 No nla BCDL 10.0 Cade IRC2003/TPI2002 (Matrbt) Wbgt 114 b LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2•ExoepM TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-2-4 oc pulns, except (PJ 6-7 2 X 4 SPF 2100F 1.8E and verticals. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rqd ceiling directly applied or 6-0-0 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SPF No.2'Exapt• WEBS 1 Row at micipt 7-8,6.9,4-9 3-11 2 X 4 SPF Stud SLIDER Left 2 X 6 SPF 1650F 1.SE 28.9 REACTIONS (bls¢e) 1=112&G,".8=1211JModwicaI Matt Horz 1=870(LC 7) Max Uplift 1 s119(LC 8).8a558(LC 8) Max Grav 1=1589(LC 3),S=1304(LC 3) FORCES (b)-Maximum CompreswioNMaxim rn Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-21 5 615 1 4,23=-196U533,3-4 15191437,45-7221342,5-6m-475I36S,6.7-447/431,7-8=-12321834 BOT CHORD 1-11-7 7611 53 8,10-11=776/1538,10-12=55011100,9-12--550/1100,9-13=-153/198,8-13=153/198 WEBS 3-11=01185,3-1D=527J382,7-0=-45WI093,6-9=-257J242,4-10=-14M508,49 11172161313 NOTES 1)Unbalanced rod live loads Cleve been considered for this design. 2)Wind:ASCE 7-02;120mph;h=25ft;TCDL=4.2psf;BCDL-5.0pst Category Il;Exp C;enclosed;MWFRS 9"and zone;cantilever ``11111tt111l1llllrr MR and right exposed;end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. � F•CON/�FC�%,,,,� 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-02;Pr-,M.0 pal(rod five bad:Lumber DOL=1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Pf=40.0 put(1Mt roof vow:Lumber DOL-1.15 Plate DOL=1.15);Category It.F-xp C;Fully Exp-;Ct=1.i `J�Q •�,V EN FC'•.OG� 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered(or Offs design. 5)This tons has bean designed for a 10.0 pot bottom chord live bad nonoorlaxrent with any other live beds. 8)All pMtes are MT20 pMtes unless otherwise indicated. 7)WA 8)•This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all mom where a rectangle 3-"tell by 1-0-0 wide will Z iw. 17524 fit between the bottom chord and any other members. Q 9)Refer to girder(s)for truss to tons connections. �:CENSh;;G,: 10) Provide mechanical connection(by others)of tons to bearing plate capable of withstanding 419 b uplift at Joint t and 558 It,uplift at Joint e. 11) This tons is designed Inaccordance with the 20031nttemational Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced rl41 011t`���. standard ANSVWI 1. AUgUSt 15,2007 0 vARsmlo eWY d"taft!-0.0--W Assn Rennie M"M AND ass oa=n WTM arssa►saa PAM lie'T4sa ERR =can. Design void for use only with Welk connectors.Tl*design it based mM upon pora"faa showm and is for on individual building comgxxwnt. Appicabay of design p-tan and paper Fhcorpaafion of cwrpwmnf b rasPorebWY of bhxlding designer-not Iris desigrw.&ocip shown Is for iota Rprso"of kKk4 Ud web members only.Additional tempo vy broci g to ketxa stability during carufiietion is the msppebMy of fho Pi ek erector.Addllbnal perrrnonwnf tracing of the overall skmtwe b the resporsb=IN of she building desigrw.For general guidance regarding fabrication,quality co frd.sfaoge.delivery.erection and bracing.corwlf AMSUIMi Qa'r0 Csaerle.OU-W and ICS11 w11wallg CerrnPOead 14615 N.Oder Filly,auto NOD Sd*Irdorenioa available from inns Plate imtltule.583 D'Qro6b Drive,Madison,VA 53719. Clhsslsr6atl.a1O63017 r 'z Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/; Center plate on joint unless x,y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property 1J offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ff-in-sixteenths Damage or Persona(Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. �� (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss I. Additional stability bracing for truss system,e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing,Is always required. See BCSIi, O 1/T�, 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer.For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing,individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing,or alternative T,L or Eliminator C I.1 C&3 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o WEBS Xstack materials on inadequately braced trusses. Ix O k•� ; �y� 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the budding For 4 x 2 Orientation,IOCat@ designer,erection supervisor,property owner and ,ANplates 0-'n6'from outside a all other interested parties. edge of truss. 0 5. Cut members to bear fightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Puce plates on each face of truss at each Nnt and embed fully.Knots and wane of joint This Symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 required direction of slots in cations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment In accord with ANSI/TP1 1. 'Plate on details available InMRek 20/20 8. Unless othewise noted,moisture content of lumber softwarere or or upon request. JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabdcaflon. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted,this design Is not applicable for use with fire retardant,preservative treated,or green lumber. The first dimension is the late CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT 4 x 4 width measured p NUMBERS/LETTERS. 10.Camber iil anon-structural consideration and ls the perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator.General practice is to to slots.Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11,Plate type,size,orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12.Lumber used shall be of the species and size,and In all respects,equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 95-43,96-31,9667A 13,Top chords must be sheathed or purins provided at output. Use T,I or Eliminator bracing NER-487,NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110,84-32,96-67,ER-3907,9432A 14.Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ff.spacing, BEARING or less,if no ceiling is installed,unless otherwise noted. 15.Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16.Do not cut or after truss member or plate without prior (supports)occur. icons vary but ®2006 MiTek®All RightYlliter approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint 17.Instal and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. number where bearings occur. ��� �' 18.Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental,health or performance risks.Consult with Industry Standards: project engineer before use. ANSI/TPII: National Design Specification for Metal 19.Review al portions of this design(front,back,words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. and pictures)before use.Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. Is not sufficient.BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, MiTek" 20.Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER rO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 quality,Criteria. installing&Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet:MII473 a DEPARTMENT DECISION APPLICATION FOR ELECTRICAL PERMIT PERMIT# Application is hereby: TOWN OF SOUTH WINDSOR T BUILDING DEPARTMENT APP 1540 SULLIVAN AVENUE Bldg.Permit# 644-2511 ext. 230 Date Building Inspect Application must be printed or typed FEE SCHEDULE Location of Job: 1231 � s,��L 2D y $0-$1,000=$15.00 Street No. Street Lot No. Over$1,000= $15.00 per$1,000 or any fraction thereof Tenant Designation Apt.No. APPLICANT n- /4 G cez,, L/G ;F=�^s G APPLICANT ADDRESS - 70 ��-S'T��l S' 7" G 7' c2caZL APPLICANT PHONE# �y7 — �76" oW N St OWNER . 000�4 r n�C OWNER ADDRESS O O C f�C /?/3 (IAII -Se ci 7:;q 1-,"ZA& e OM A. F OWNER PHONE o2(J 9 704s:5 C ' ESTIMATED COST$ K-AO O IS THIS A CONTRACT COST? Yes _No o Q: � FEE ENCLOSED$ Co TYPE OF JOB: r to s R V New Installation (� Alteration/Addition/Repair Revised 4/01//2002 I yes APPLICATION FOR ELECTRICAL PERMIT (Continued from reverse side) TYPE OF BUILDING IS THIS APPLICATION ASSOCIATED WITH A lU NrRESIDENTIAL BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION? YES 0 NO O BUSINESS CURRENT USE AND OCCUPANCY Al O W67- ❑ASSEMBLY ❑MERCANTILE FUTURE USE AND OCCUPANCY GL �R Y /4&A ❑EDUCATIONAL "�' /G 0 INSTITUTIONAL ❑FACTORY ENGINEER'S NAME PHONE ❑STORAGE ❑GARAGE ADDRESS ❑MI3CED USE CITY STATE ZIP (Other please specify) TYPE OF INSTALLATION/WIRING METHOD /Zza4 SIZE OF SERVICE .2-0 O SIZE OF MAIN CONDUCTORS O (� NUMBER OF METERS NUMBER OF DISCONNECTS AND RATINGS 4_ NUMBER OF PANELS REMOTE DISCONNECT REQUIRED? O YES U NO NUMBER OF LIGHT CIRCUITS NUMBER OF POWER CIRCUITS NUMBER OF SWITCHES �le) NUMBER OF OUTLETS NUMBER OF LIGHT FIXTURES_NUMBER OF HEAT CIRCUITS NUMBER OF A/C CIRCUITS SEPARATE HEAT LOSS AND A/C CALCULATIONS MUST BE SUBMITTED. DESCRIPTION OF WORK .41 E w THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY APPLIES FOR A PERMIT TO PERFORM THE WORK DESCRIBED AND IS TO COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL ORDINANCES AND STATE OF CONNECTICUT BUILDING CODES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF SUCH WORK. /037/42 C7- CONTRACTORS LICENSE NO TYPE STATE SIGNATURE OF APPLICANT / DATE o SITE COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST TOWN OF SOUTH WINDSOR,CONNECTICUT */**** BUILDING PERMIT***** ADDRESS 3, L LOT/UNIT# " ` Reviewed by q r> (Engineering) CONTACT/DEV Date Reviewed Z�c/&'monied PH# Reviewed by J1, (Planning) Date Submitted 61- Date Reviewed 7 o�'? Approv fed In accordance with the Zoning and/or Subdivision Regulations,prior to the building of any structure on a lot,a Topographic Plot Plan shall be submitted for approval. The minimum requirements shall include: Approved Denied N/A i. Name,address&phone number of / owner/applicant 2. Name,address&phone number of plan preparer 3. Zoning Information—i.e.zone,open space, floodway,street address 4. Plot Plan at 1'=4O'scale a. Subdivision refererx e,abutting properties,etc. —� b. Easements of record C. Lot description,bearings,building lines, distances,area,etc d. Contours,existing&proposed,i Or 2ft.Interval where appropriate e. Bulkling location with dimensions.Elevations of proposed finish floor,garage floor&centedine of road at driveway f. Elevations of gravity drainage systems,sanitary &foumdation drain at the house and the street g. Tentative utility location(gas,water,elect ic, septic system,etc. h. Title block with name&address of preparer, date,appropriate certification,live seal&live signature consistent with the Board of Registration requirements.(P.E.&L.S.) S. Sedimentation and erosion Control — — 6. Special Planning&Zoning,Inland/Wetlands considerations(Plans on file w/Town Cleric) COMMENTS: �� E IS s/engineering/molloy/building compliance cheWist DEPARTMENT DECISION APPLICATION FOR HVAC PERMIT PERMIT# Application is hereby: TOWN OF SOUTH WINDSOR , 71 373b BUILDING DEPARTMENT — — APPROVED 1540 SULLIVAN AVENUE Bldg.Permit# 644-2511 ext. 230 Date Building Inspectof Application must be printed or typed FEE SCHEDULE F Location of Jo ra $0-$1,000=$15.00 Street No. Street Lot No. Over$1,000= $15.00 per$1,000 or any fraction thereof Tenant Designation Apt.No. APPLICANT 'L ,. ` C� /1 APPLICANT ADDRESS le of APPLICANT PHONE# , ©,--8 5 SOW N SF4 OWNER . f;L-;z Al2cr r/H n :3 tZ � v, r-S OWNER ADDRESS 41e D GG az S o Gz� I'a 5 CIO) c OWNER PHONE � Q C ESTIMATED COST$ /Z ` �� C� C _ 4 •� �` IS THIS A CONTRACT COST? Yes _No t� C� FEE ENCLOSED$ Z 9� O d TYPE OF JOB: �— S SOR.CO New Installation Alteration/Addition/Repair Revised 4/01//2002 i APPLICATION FOR HVAC PERMIT (Continued from reverse side) TYPE OF SYSTEM: TYPE OF BUILDING: *HEATING l-RESIDENTIAL LAIC ❑COMMERCIAL ❑ VENTILATION Cl INDUSTRIAL HEATING ❑ STEAM LOW PRESSURE LIMIT LBS. HIGH PRESSURE LIMIT LBS. ❑ HYDRONIC &WARM AIR Cl UNIT RADIANT HEATER EXISTING RADIATION ADDITIONAL RADIATION TOTAL RADIATION DESIGN TEMP. OUTSIDE D OF INSIDE 7,S— OF DIFFERENCE Z--,- °F TOTAL HEAT LOSS(BTUH) /Z (HEAT LOSS SHEET MUST ACCOMPANY APPLICATION) DESCRIBE ALL HEATING EQUIPMENT(INCLUDING MAKE& MODEL NO.) /f)5-/L, ,It9m DD �E) C-1 GROSS HEATING CAPACITY(INPUT—BTUH) AN? NET RATING(OUTPUT—BTUH) TYPE OF FUEL ❑ OIL--GPM OIL TANK LOCATION :❑ INSIDE❑ OUTSIDE CAPACITY ..GAS—INPUT la O LPG TANK CAPACITY ELECTRIC—KW AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN TEMP.OUTSIDE 9� OF INSIDE 70 OF DIFFERENCE L 5 OF TOTAL HEAT GAIN(BTUH)3,f (HEAT GAIN SHEET MUST ACCOMPANY APPLICATION) DESCRIBE ALL COOLING EQUIPM)ENT(INCLUDING MAKE&MODEL NO.) TONNAGE / COOLING CAPACITY(BTUH) VENTILATION DESCRIBE ALL AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT(INCLUDING KITCHEN EXHAUST EQUIPMENT) TOTAL SIZE OF SYSTEM(CFM) FRESH AIR INTAKE(CFM) (PLANS MUST ACCOMPANY APPLICATION) FURTHER DESCRIPTION OF WORK THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY APPLIES FOR A PERMIT TO PERFORM THE WORK DESCRIBED AND IS TO COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL ORDINANCES AND STATE OF CONNECTICUT BUILDING CODES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF SUCH WORK. 7, CONTRACTORS LICENSE NO D TYP STATE SIGNATURE OF APPLICANT { DATE 2 O i I Lot #4 Maskel Rd. HVAC Load Calculations for Mannarino Builders RHVACR$SIDEN`I7AL HVAC LOADS Prepared By: Steve Smith Advanced Htg&AC Inc Saturday, August 18, 2007 J Rhvac-Residential&Light Commemial HVAC Loads Elite Software Development,Inc_ Advanced Htg&A/C Lot#4 Maskel Rd; South Windsor,CT 06074 Page 281 System 1 Room Load Summary Htg Run Run Clg Clg Clg Zone Clg V=- W. rea Sens Nom Duct Duct Sens Lat Nom Adj S o SF Size Vel Btuh Btuh CFM Fact C -Zone --- 1 Master Suite 800 15,354 200 2-7 459 5,398 741 246 1.25 307 246 Zone 1 subtotal 800 15,354 200 5,398 741 246 307 246 --Zone 2--- 2 Study 204 10,170 132 2-5 623 3,738 836 170 1.05 179 170 3 Bed 3 168 4,353 57 1-5 523 1,568 243 71 1.00 71 71 4 Laundry 137 2,949 38 1-4 491 942 108 43 1.00 43 43 5 Kitchen 276 3,295 43 1-7 486 2,856 621 130 1.00 130 130 6 Family 312 7,008 91 1-6 484 2,090 472 95 1.35 128 95 7 Bed 2 390 9,715 126 1-7 553 3,248 526 148 1.25 185 148 8 Dining Rm 408 7,273 95 1-6 592 2,557 458 116 1.25 145 116 9 Living 360 13,038 169 2-6 472 4,074 1,173 185 1.25 232 185 Zone 2 subtotal 2,255 57,801 751 21,073 4,437 959 1,113 959 System 1 total 3,055 73,155 951 26,471 5,178 1,204 1,420 1,204 System 1 Main Trunk Size: 14x16 in. Velocity: 862 ft./min Loss per 100 ft.: 0.092 in.wg Sensible/Latent To Split - tuh tuh Net Required: 2.64 84%/ 16% 26,471 5,178 31,649 Recommended: 2.94 75%/25% 26,471 8,824 35,295 Heating System Cooling System Type: Model: Brand: Efficiency: Sound: Capacity: Sensible Capacity: n/a 0 Btuh Latent Capacity: n/a 0 Btuh i ' Revised 4/01//2002 DEPARTMENT DECISION APPLICATION FOR PLUMBING PERMIT PERMIT# Application is hereby: TOWN OF SOUTH WINDSOR BUILDING DEPARTMENT -- APPROVEt1n 1540 SULLIVAN AVENUE 644-2511 ext. 230 Bldg.Permit# cc .NDaneBuilr Application must be printed or typed FEE SCHEDULE Location of Job: L,C-)7 $0-$1,000=$15.00 Street No. Street of No. Over$1,000= $15.00 per$1,000 or any fraction thereof Tenant Designation Apt.No. APPLICANT C APPLICANT ADDRESS E . c-"ZZ APPLICANT PHONE# ,-') O Yd N S F,q OWNER A sch X�k a < OWNER ADDRESS c\ V� OWNER PHONE d 's C ESTIMATED COST$ ' `b, O O y x ;d IS THIS A CONTRACT COST? JZYes _No a � FEE ENCLOSED$ �� TYPE OF JOB: , SD R•C i/New Installation _Alteration/Addition/Repair APPLICATION FOR PLUMBING PERMIT (Continued from reverse side) TYPE OF BUILDING IS THIS APPLICATION ASSOCIATED WITH A RESIDENTIAL BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION? ❑YES al�O ❑BUSINESS CURRENT USE AND OCCUPANCY ❑ASSEMBLY ❑MERCANTILE❑EDUCATIONAL FUTURE USE AND OCCUPANCY ❑INSTITUTIONAL ❑FACTORY ENGINEER'S NAME PHONE ❑STORAGE ❑GARAGE ADDRESS ❑MIXED USE (Other please specify) CITY STATE ZIP TYPE OF INSTALLATION 3 �Ca�b1 S SIZE OF MAIN DRAIN I NO.OF TOILETS,�STYLE NO.URINALS STYLE NO.OF BATHTUBS NO.OF SHOWERS 2 NO.OF LAVATORIES --t> — NO. OF CONDUCTORS SIZE �A— NO.OF STACKS�_ SIZE AREA OF ROOF NO.OF CATCH BASINS NO.OF FLOOR DRAINS NO.OF OTHER FIXTURES KIND —/ ARE TOILET COMPARTMENTS VENTILATED TO OUTER AIR BY A WINDOW OYES ❑NO SIZE OF WINDOW 2 _ IF NONE C.F.M.OF VENTILATOR SIZE OF DUCTS SEWE OR SEPTIC TANK SIZE OF WATER MAIN SIZE OF WATER PIPING&RISER WATER HEATER: TYPE CG S MANUFACTURER DESCRIPTION OF WORK A PERMIT TO PERFORM THE WORK DESCRIBED AND is To COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL ORDINANCES AND STATE OF CONNECTICUT BUILDING CODES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF SUCH WORK. CONTRACTORS LICENSE NO. TYPE STATE SIGNATURE OF APPLICANT DATE RECEIVED SITE COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST TOWN OF SOUTH WINDSOR,CONNECTICUT NOV �7�(07d ***** FOR C OF O***** $r�N N� ADDRESS d_� 1 171 a Ak' LOT/UNIT#�_ Reviewed b gD y (Engineering) CONTACT/DEV VY1 G n hc4 r 1 n (� Date Reviewed ? proved/ nied PH# Reviewed by (Planning) Date Submitted 1 1 - 6 -0 -7 Date Reviewed �� prov Denied As required in the Zoning and/or Subdivision Regulations, no Certificate of Occupancy shall be issued until grading plans have been complied with and approved by the Town Engineer. The minimum requirements shall include: Approved Denied N/A 1. Approved building permit plan r/ 2. Finish grading per approved / building permit plan 3. Site work; i.e.trees,shrubs, dumpsters,required parking 4. Utility location; a. sanitary sewer/septic systems b. foundation drain f C. electrical&telephone +� d. water —�� e. otherGg5 5. Sewer connection charge paid 6. Appropriate certification 7. Bonding 8. Planning&Zoning/ Inland Wetlands Considerations a. Lighting b. Signage Freestanding Wall C. Fee in lieu of Open Space COMMENTS: P Cy,yIA hh�=-R=_�► 5� Sit wK GAS &All -M F6- r F,;• ,-& W 5 s/engineering/molloy/site compliance checklist eves DEPARTMENT DECISION APPLICATION FOR PLUMBING PERMIT TOWN OF SOUTH WINDSOR PERMIT# Application is hereby: ����(�-� BUILDING DEPARTMENT APPRO D 1540 SULLIVAN AVENUE Bldg.Permit# 644-2511 ext. 230 s 1 to Building Inspector Application must be printed or typed FEE SCHEDULE Location of Job: Z 3 1 r-%� � 2-SL- $0-$1,000=$15.00 F:Tenant :No. Street Lot No. Over$1,000= $15.00 per$1,000 or any fraction thereof ation Apt.No. APPLICANT APPLICANT ADDRESS UA K �' , ��,�► nw ,,,. c�,.,e APPLICANT PHONE# OWN S OWNER ci OWNER ADDRESS 2 Q o OWNER PHONE OESTIMATED COST$ (l o oCJ IS THIS A CONTRACT COST? V Yes No FEE ENCLOSED$ q5 S O TYPE OF JOB: �I O R C New Installation ✓Alteration/Addition/Repair r APPLICATION FOR PLUMBING PERMIT (Continued from reverse side) TYPE OF BUILDING IS THIS APPLICATION ASSOCIATED WITH A RESIDENTIAL BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION? ❑YESXNO BUSINESS CURRENT USE AND OCCUPANCY ❑ASSEMBLY ❑MERCANTILE❑EDUCATIONAL FUTURE USE AND OCCUPANCY ❑ INSTITUTIONAL ❑FACTORY ENGINEER'S NAME PHONE ❑ STORAGE ❑GARAGE ADDRESS ❑MIXED USE (Other please specify) CITY STATE ZIP (�sri TYPE OF INSTALLATION P g� � �� SIZE SF MAIN DRAIN NO.OF TOILETS STYLE �� NO.URINALS STYLE NO.OF BATHTUBS NO.OF SHOWERS NO.OF LAVATORIES NO.OF CONDUCTORS SIZE NO.OF STACKS SIZE AREA OF ROOF NO.OF CATCH BASINS NO.OF FLOOR DRAINS NO.OF OTHER FIXTURES�_ KIND ARE TOILET COMPARTMENTS VENTILATED TO OUTER AIR BY A WINDOW ❑YES ❑NO SIZE OF WINDOW IF NONE C.F.M.OF VENTILATOR SIZE OF DUCTS SEWER OR SEPTIC TANK SIZE OF WATER MAIN SIZE OF WATER PIPING&RISER WATER HEATER: TYPE MANUFACTURER DESCRIPTION OF WORK ;1 Xk%0N annr A U.ro� THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY APPLIES FOR A PERMIT TO PERFORM THE WORK DESCRIBED AND IS TO COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL ORDINANCES AND STATE OF CONNECTICUT BUILDING CODES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF SUCH WORK. S r1 R �'' C'-\ CONTRACTORS LICENSE NO. TYPE STATE SIGNATURE OF APPLICANT DATE DEPARTMENT DECISION APPLICATION FOR ELECTRICAL PERMIT PERMIT# TOWN OF SOUTH WINDSOR Application BUILDING DEPARTMENT Q�- AP o 1540 SULLIVAN AVENUE r 644-2511 ex . 230 Bldg.Permit# t �000ao6 Date Btoing Inspector Application must be printed or typed FEE SCHEDULE Location of Job: $o-$l,000=$ls.00 `3 1 rhASICu' L- Street No. Street Lot No. Over$1,000= $15.00 per$1,000 or any fraction thereof Tenant Designation Apt. No. APPLICANT T�If L Zz m1 C n1 C APPLICANT ADDRESS 70 4�0_2J�` .S 7' lAID <ati C 7— 0 6'a 7`1 APPLICANT PHONE# 0 161-y y——:� ,(-749r OWN SF-4 F,q OWNER �gA L ill 7-"/4w d-' Z 0 < OWNER ADDRESS �2 / l�r S )e e c OWNER PHONE 1,;2- ! �O C ESTIMATED COST$ 07.15-0 O IS THIS A CONTRACT COST? _VoeYes _No FEE ENCLOSED$ 3o -2:�- h!q TYPE OF JOB: CS Ca.e.lti. 6SO R-C O New Installation V/Alteration/Addition/Repair Ocyv Revised 4/01//2002 APPLICATION FOR ELECTRICAL PERMIT (continued from reverse side) TYPE OF BUILD- IS THIS APPLICATION ASSOCIATED WITH A ING BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION? BYES ❑NO IdRESIDENTIAL CURRENT USE AND OCCUPANCY S'if✓�C� ��/G �/ /,4,., ❑BUSINESS ❑ASSEMBLY FUTURE USE AND OCCUPANCY ❑MERCANTILE ❑ EDUCATIONAL ❑ INSTITUTIONAL ENGINEER'S NAME PHONE ❑ FACTORY ❑ STORAGE ADDRESS ❑GARAGE ❑MIXED USE CITY STATE ZIP (Other please specify) TYPE OF INSTALLATION/WIRING METHOD SIZE OF SERVICE SIZE OF MAIN CONDUCTORS NUMBER OF METERS NUMBER OF DISCONNECTS AND RATINGS NUMBER OF PANELS REMOTE DISCONNECT REQUIRED? ❑YES ❑NO NUMBER OF LIGHT CIRCUITS 7 NUMBER OF POWER CIRCUITS NUMBER OF SWITCHES 1 Z NUMBER OF OUTLETS le NUMBER OF LIGHT FIXTURES$_NUMBER OF HEAT CIRCUITS NUMBER OF A/C CIRCUITS SEPARATE HEAT LOSS AND A/C CALCULATIONS MUST BE SUBMITTED. DESCRIPTION OF WORK THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY APPLIES FOR A PERMIT TO PERFORM THE WORK DESCRIBED AND IS TO COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL ORDINANCES AND STATE OF CONNECTICUT BUILDING CODES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF SUCH WORK. 7/� CONTRACTORS LICENSE NO. TYPE STATE SIGNATURE OF APPLICANT Le-3/ DATE /� 1315 TOWN OF SOUTH WINDSOR, CT PERMIT NUMBER CERTIFICATE OF USE DATE: 04/09/10 GIS ID: 57900231 FEE: 10.00 MUNIS APPLICATION# 200800358 BUILDING DESCRIPTION: APPLICANT LOCATION NAME: POOLMAN POOLS ADDRESS: 231 MASKEL ROAD ADDRESS: 540 TALCOTTVILLE ROAD OWNER: SANTANGELO SALVATORE R&MARY E VERNON ROCKVILLE,'CT 06066 231 MASKEL ROAD SOUTH WINDSOR,CT 06074 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: BUILD AN INGROUND SWIM POOL at SPECIAL CONDITIONS: ALL WORK TO BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICATION AND PLANS APPROVED BY THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT. CONSTRUCTION TYPE: OCCUPANCY GROUP: BUILDING OFFICIAL 4/9/2010 3:43 PM THE FEE ABOVE INCLUDES A$0.22 PER THOUSAND CT STATE EDUCATION SURCHARGE 1449 TOWN OF SOUTH WINDSOR, CT PERMIT NUMBER CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY DATE: 08/13/10 GIS ID: 57900231 FEE: 10.00 MUNIS APPLICATION# 201000555 : , BUILDING DESCRIPTION: APPLICANT LOCATION NAME: MANNARINO BUILDERS'INC ADDRESS: 231 MASKEL ROAD ADDRESS: 400 CHAPEL ROAD i 7 OWNER: "SANTANGELO SALVATORE R&MARY E UNIT 3F k - „;., 231;MASKEL ROAD SOUTH WINDSOR,CT 06074`, '; -SOUTH WINDSOR,CT 06074 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: FINISH BASEMENT AS PER PLAN. SPECIAL CONDITIONS: " ALL WORK TO BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WrrHr,THE APPLICATION AND PLANS APPROV Y TH DING DEPARTMENT. CONSTRUCTION TYPE: OCCUPANCY GROUP: BUILDING OFFICIAL 8/13/2010 10:31 AM THE FEE ABOVE INCLUDES A$0.26 PER THOUSAND CT STATE EDUCATION SURCHARGE 1600293 TOWN OF SOUTH WINDSOR, CT PERMIT NUMBER BUILDING PERMIT DATE: 05/19/2016 GIS ID:57900231 FEE: 360.00 MUNIS APPLICATION# 201600613 BUILDING DESCRIPTION: APPLICANT LOCATION NAME: VIVINT SOLAR INC...,'- ADDRESS: '231'MASKEL ROAD ADDRESS: 50 DEVINE STREET; ( j OWNER: ..SANTANGELO SALVATORE R&MARY E UNIT C 231 MASKEL ROAD NORTH HAVEN,CT 06473 SOUTH WINDSOR,CT 06074 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: 14.56 KW DC PV ROOFTOP SOLAR. 56 PANELS: SPECIAL CONDITIONS: �. ALL WORK TO BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICATION AND PLANS,APPROVED BY THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT. CONSTRUCTION TYPE: OCCUPANCY GROUP: BUILDING OFFICIAL 5/19/2016 11:12 AM THE FEE ABOVE INCLUDES A$0.26 PER THOUSAND CT STATE EDUCATION SURCHARGE 1000205 TOWN OF SOUTH WINDSOR, CT PERMIT NUMBER BUILDING PERMIT DATE: 05/13/10 GIS ID:57900231 FEE: 285.00 MUNIS APPLICATION# 201000555 BUILDING DESCRIPTION: APPLICANT LOCATION NAME: MANNARINO BUILDERS INC ADDRESS: 231 MASKEL ROAD ADDRESS: 400 CHAPEL ROAD OWNER: SANTANGELO SALVATORE R&MARY E UNIT 3F 231 MASKEL ROAD SOUTH WINDSOR,CT 06074 SOUTH WINDSOR,CT 06074 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: FINISH BASEMENT AS PER PLAN. SPECIAL CONDITIONS: ALL WORK TO BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICATION AND PLANS APPROVED BY THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT. CONSTRUCTION TYPE: OCCUPANCY GROUP: BUILDING OFFICIAL 5/13/2010 10:35 AM THE FEE ABOVE INCLUDES A$0.22 PER THOUSAND CT STATE EDUCATION SURCHARGE 1600230 TOWN OF SOUTH WINDSOR, CT PERMIT NUMBER ELECTRICAL PERMIT DATE: 05/19/2016 GIS ID: 57900231 FEE: 525.00 MUNIS APPLICATION# 201600613 BUILDING DESCRIPTION: y APPLICANT _ , r LOCATION NAME: VIVINT SOLAR INC. ADDRESS: 231'MASKEL ROAD ADDRESS: 50 DEVINE STREET.' d : OWNER: SANTANGELO SALVATORE R&MARY E UNIT C 231 MASKEL ROAD NORTH HAVEN,CT 06473 SOUTH WINDSOR,CT 06074 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: 14.56 KW DC PV ROOFTOP SOLAR. 56 PANELS: SPECIAL CONDITIONS: ALL WORK TO BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICATION AND PLANS APPROVED BY THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT. 'a CONSTRUCTION TYPE: OCCUPANCY GROUP: BUILDING OFFICIAL 5/19/2016 11:13 AM THE FEE ABOVE INCLUDES A$0.26 PER THOUSAND CT STATE EDUCATION SURCHARGE 1000167 TOWN OF SOUTH WINDSOR, CT PERMIT NUMBER PLUMBING PERMIT DATE: 05/10/10 GIS ID: 57900231 FEE: 45.00 MUNIS APPLICATION# 201000522 BUILDING DESCRIPTION: APPLICANT LOCATION NAME: IMPERIAL PLUMBING CO.;INC. ADDRESS: 231 MASKEL ROAD ADDRESS: 648 SULLIVAN AVENUE r; OWNER: SANTANGELO SALVATORE R&MARY E P.O.BOX 875 231 MASKEL ROAD SOUTH WINDSOR,CT 06074 SOUTH WINDSOR,CT 06074 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: COMPLETING BASEMENT BATH SPECIAL CONDITIONS: ALL WORK TO BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICATION AND PLANS APPROVED BY THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT. CONSTRUCTION TYPE: /ya;(m� OCCUPANCY GROUP: go, BUE ING FICIAL N 5/10/2010 10:20 AM THE FEE ABOVE INCLUDES A$0.22 PER THOUSAND CT STATE EDUCATION SURCHAR